e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2005
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission file number 1-13179
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
New York
|
|
31-0267900
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
5215 N. OConnor
Boulevard
Suite 2300, Irving, Texas
|
|
75039
(Zip Code)
|
(Address of principal executive
offices)
|
|
|
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(972) 443-6500
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE
ACT:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which
Registered
|
|
COMMON STOCK, $1.25 PAR VALUE
|
|
NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
|
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE
ACT:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated
filer. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell
company. Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the
closing price of the registrants common stock as reported
on June 30, 2005 (the last business day of the
registrants most recently completed second fiscal
quarter), was approximately $1,140,689,796. For purposes of the
foregoing calculation only, all directors, executive officers
and known 5% beneficial owners have been deemed affiliates.
Number of the registrants common shares outstanding as of
June 23, 2006 was 56,514,546.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.
EXPLANATORY
NOTE
As a result of the significant delay in completing our
(1) Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 which included the
restatement of our annual 2002 consolidated financial
statements, our annual and interim 2003 consolidated financial
statements and (2) Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarterly period ending March 31, 2004 (the
2004 Restatement) and the obligations regarding
internal control certification under Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 404), we were unable to
timely file with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC), this Annual Report and our Quarterly Reports
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2005,
June 30, 2005, September 30, 2005 and March 31,
2006. We will continue to work towards becoming current in our
quarterly filings with the SEC as soon as practicable after the
filing of this Annual Report. For information regarding the 2004
Restatement, see our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 that was filed on
February 13, 2006.
i
FLOWSERVE
CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ii
PART I
GENERAL
Flowserve Corporation is a world leading manufacturer and
aftermarket service provider of comprehensive flow control
systems. It was incorporated in the state of New York on
May 1, 1912. Unless the context otherwise indicates,
references herein to Flowserve, the
Company and such words as we, our
and us include Flowserve Corporation and its
subsidiaries. We develop and manufacture precision-engineered
flow control equipment, such as pumps, valves and seals, for
critical service applications that require high reliability. We
use our manufacturing platform to offer a broad array of
aftermarket equipment services, such as installation, advanced
diagnostics, repair and retrofitting.
We sell our products and services to more than
10,000 companies, including some of the worlds
leading engineering and construction firms, original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs), distributors and end users.
Our products and services are used in several distinct
industries across a broad geographic reach. Our sales mix by
industry in 2005 consisted of oil and gas 35%, chemical 19%,
general industrial 25%, power generation 14% and water treatment
7%. Our revenues by geographic region in 2005 originated in
North America 43%, Europe, the Middle East and Africa 44%,
Asia Pacific 7% and Latin America 6%. We have pursued a
strategy of industry diversity and geographic breadth to
mitigate the impact on our business of an economic downturn in
any one of the industries or in any one part of the world we
serve. For information on our revenues and assets by geographic
areas, see Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report.
We conduct our operations through three business segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Flowserve Pump Division (FPD) for engineered pumps,
industrial pumps and related services;
|
|
|
|
Flow Control Division (FCD) for industrial valves,
manual valves, control valves, nuclear valves, valve actuators
and controls and related services; and
|
|
|
|
Flow Solutions Division (FSD) for precision
mechanical seals and related services.
|
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
In addition to the information presented below, Note 17
Business Segment Information of the notes to our
consolidated financial statements contains additional
information about our business segments and geographic areas in
which we do business for fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003.
FLOWSERVE
PUMP DIVISION
Through FPD, we design, manufacture, distribute and service
engineered and industrial pumps and pump systems, replacement
parts and related equipment, principally to industrial markets.
FPDs products and services are primarily used by companies
that operate in the oil and gas, chemical processing, power
generation, water treatment and general industrial markets. Our
pump systems and components are currently manufactured at 27
plants worldwide, of which 9 are located in North America, 11 in
Europe and 7 in South America and Asia. We also manufacture a
small portion of our pumps through several foreign joint
ventures. We market our pump products through our worldwide
sales force and our regional service and repair centers or
through independent distributors and sales representatives.
In November 2004, we sold our Government Marine Business Unit
(GMBU), a business within FPD, to Curtiss-Wright
Electro-Mechanical Corporation for approximately
$28 million, generating a pre-tax gain of $7.4 million
after the allocation of approximately $8 million of
goodwill and $1 million of intangible assets. GMBU, which
provided pump technology and service for U.S. Navy
submarines and aircraft carriers, did not serve our core market
and represented only a small part of our total pump business. We
used net proceeds from the disposition of GMBU to reduce our
outstanding indebtedness. As a result of this disposition, we
have presented the assets, liabilities and results of operations
of the GMBU as discontinued operations for all periods included
in this Annual Report.
1
In March 2004, we acquired the remaining 75% interest in
Thompsons, Kelly & Lewis Pty. Ltd. (TKL)
for approximately $12 million. TKL is a leading Australian
designer, manufacturer and supplier of centrifugal pumps,
railway track work products and steel castings. Prior to the
acquisition, we held a 25% interest in TKL. As a result of this
acquisition, we strengthened our product offering in the mining
industry, broadened our manufacturing capacity in the Asia
Pacific region and gained foundry capacity. TKL had total assets
of approximately $24 million at the time of this
acquisition and sales of approximately $36 million in 2003.
FPD
Products
We manufacture more than 150 different active pump models,
ranging from simple fractional horsepower industrial pumps to
high horsepower engineered pumps (greater than 30,000
horsepower). Our pumps are manufactured in a wide range of metal
alloys and with a variety of configurations, including pumps
that utilize mechanical seals (sealed pumps) and pumps that do
not utilize mechanical seals (magnetic-drive and other pumps).
The following is a summary list of our pump products and
globally recognized brands:
FPD
Product Types
|
|
|
|
|
Centrifugal Pumps
|
|
Positive Displacement
Pumps
|
|
Specialty Products &
Systems
|
|
Chemical Process ANSI and
ISO
|
|
Reciprocating
|
|
Hydraulic Decoking
Systems
|
Petroleum Process API
610
|
|
Gear
|
|
Reactor Recycle Systems
|
Horizontal Between
Bearing Single stage
|
|
Twin Screw
|
|
|
Horizontal Between
Bearing Multi stage
|
|
|
|
|
Vertical
|
|
|
|
|
Submersible Motor
|
|
|
|
|
Nuclear
|
|
|
|
|
FPD
Brand Names
|
|
|
ACEC
|
|
Cameron
|
Byron Jackson
|
|
Duriron
|
Durco
|
|
IDP
|
Flowserve
|
|
Pleuger
|
Pacific
|
|
Sier-Bath
|
Scienco
|
|
United Centrifugal
|
Worthington-Simpson
|
|
Wilson-Snyder
|
Western Land Roller
|
|
Jeumont-Schneider
|
Worthington
|
|
TKL
|
Aldrich
|
|
|
FPD
Services
We provide engineered aftermarket services through our global
network of 50 service centers in 20 countries. Our FPD service
personnel provide a comprehensive set of equipment maintenance
services for flow management control systems, including repair,
advanced diagnostics, installation, commissioning, re-rate and
retrofit programs, machining and full service solution
offerings. A large portion of our FPD service work is performed
on a quick response basis, and we offer
24-hour
service in all of our major markets.
2
FPD
New Product Development
Our investments in new product research and development have
consistently led to the production of more reliable and higher
efficiency pump designs. In line with our End-User strategy, the
majority of our new FPD products and enhancements are driven by
our customers need to achieve higher production rates at
lower costs. As a result, we continually collaborate with our
customers in developing advanced technical solutions to improve
the availability and productivity of their pumping systems. This
type of technology advancement is best demonstrated by our
recent release of the IPS Tempo product. The flagship of our
Intelligent Pumping Series, IPS Tempo is a product
developed and designed to incorporate Flowserve operating
intelligence and protection logic in the control of pumps
installed at unmanned locations. Much of our new product
development is applied to projects where customer funding is
available to support the investment. In addition, several of our
new technology initiatives are partially funded by third parties
including:
|
|
|
|
|
Subsea Multiphase pumping project where a highly specialize twin
screw pump manufactured by our Brantford Canada facility is
joined to a submersible motor manufactured by our Hamburg
Germany facility for positioning on the sea floor and recovery
of oil reserves from abandoned wells. An example of Flowserve
technology applied to solving oil shortage problems.
|
|
|
|
Pipeline Research Council Institute technology advancement
project where we are attempting to redefine the performance
characteristic of pipeline pumps reducing wasted energy at off
design operating points. Flowserve technology applied to
improving profitability to pipeline customers.
|
|
|
|
High Pressure Water Injection project where we are developing a
product for an enhanced oil recovery project requiring pressures
in excess of 7500psig (520 bar). Flowserve expertise in
hydraulic design, mechanical design and materials technology are
being applied and necessary to solve the problems associated
with this extremely complex customer application on an off shore
platform.
|
In addition to Product and Technology development, FPD Research
and Development personnel continue to support many of the
organizations leading the industry (HI, API, ISO, Europump) and
have been recognized as leaders in pump technology. Bruno
Schiavello, our hydraulics specialist, has been recently awarded
the prestigious 2006 ASME Fluids Machinery Design Award for his
many years of service in the fluids design discipline.
FPD
Customers
FPDs customer mix is diversified, including leading
engineering procurement and construction firms, OEMs,
distributors and end users. Our sales mix of original equipment
products and aftermarket services diversifies our business and
somewhat mitigates the impact of economic cycles in our business.
FPD
Competition
The pump industry is highly fragmented, with more than 100
competitors. We compete, however, primarily against a relatively
limited number of large companies operating on a global scale.
Competition is generally based on price, expertise, delivery
times, breadth of product offerings, contractual terms, previous
installation history and reputation for quality. Some of our
largest pump industry competitors include ITT Industries, Ebara
Corporation, KSB Inc., The Weir Group PLC, Sulzer Pumps and
United Technologies Corporation.
The pump industry has undergone considerable consolidation in
recent years, primarily caused by (1) the need to lower
costs through reduction of excess capacity and
(2) customers preference to align with global full
service suppliers in simplifying their supplier base. Despite
the consolidation activity, the market remains highly
competitive. We believe that we are the largest pump
manufacturer serving the oil, chemical and power generation
industries, and the third largest pump manufacturer overall. We
believe that our broad range of pumps for the oil, power and
chemical industries, our strong customer relationships and more
than 100 years of experiences in pumping equipment, and our
reputation for providing quality engineering solutions are our
major sources of competitive advantage.
3
FPD
Backlog
FPDs backlog of orders at December 31, 2005 was
$703.5 million, compared with $576.8 million on
December 31, 2004. We expect to ship approximately 95% of
our FPD backlog as of December 31, 2005 during 2006.
FLOW
CONTROL DIVISION
FCD, the second largest business segment within Flowserve,
designs, manufactures and distributes a broad portfolio of
industrial valve products, including actuators, controls and
related equipment. In addition, FCD leverages its experience and
application know-how by offering a complete menu of engineered
services to complement its expansive product portfolio. Valve
products, used to direct the flow of liquids and gases, are an
integral part of any flow control system. Typically, our valve
products are customized, being engineered to perform specific
functions within each of our customers unique flow control
environments.
Our products are primarily used by companies that operate in the
chemical, power generation, oil and gas and general industry
including water, mining and pharmaceutical. We produce the vast
majority of our products at 22 principal manufacturing
facilities, with only 5 of the 22 plants located in the
U.S. A small portion of our valves are produced through
foreign joint ventures.
During the first quarter of 2005, we made the decision to divest
the General Services Group (GSG), which provides
online repair and other selected third-party services in an
attempt to better align Flowserves business portfolio with
our core strategic objectives. GSG was sold on December 31,
2005 for approximately $16 million in gross cash proceeds
(subject to final working capital adjustments). The divestiture
encompassed the selected third party valve repair and online
services businesses, which included 34 service center locations,
located primarily in the U.S. FCDs OEM service,
repair and distribution locations were not included as part of
the divestiture. As a result of this transaction, the
$103.1 million in revenues generated by GSG in 2005 will be
reported as discontinued operations. See Item 7.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations for additional information
regarding the GSG disposition.
FCD
Products
Together, our valve, actuator and automated valve accessory
offerings represent one of the most comprehensive product
portfolios in the flow control industry. Our valves are used in
a wide variety of applications, from the more customary general
service operations to the most extreme of environments,
involving high degrees of corrosion, temperatures and or
pressures. FCDs smart valve technologies,
which integrate high technology sensors, microprocessor controls
and digital positioners into a high performance control valve,
permit real time system analysis, system warnings and remote
services. These smart valve technologies are in
response to the growing demand for increased automation,
improved process control efficiency and digital communications
at the plant level. We are committed to further enhancing the
quality of our product portfolio by continuing to upgrade our
existing offerings with cutting-edge digital technologies.
The following is a summary list of our generally available valve
products and globally recognized brands. The list does not
include GSG products
and/or
brands:
FCD
Product Types
|
|
|
Actuators and Accessories
|
|
Digital Communications
|
Control Valves
|
|
Manual Quarter-Turn
Valves
|
Ball Valves
|
|
Valve Automation
Systems
|
Lubricated Plug Valves
|
|
Valve/ Actuator
Software
|
Pneumatic Positioners
|
|
Nuclear Valves
|
Electro Pneumatic
Positioners
|
|
Quarter-Turn Actuators
|
Smart Valves
|
|
Valve Repair Services
|
4
FCD
Brand Names
|
|
|
Accord
|
|
NAF
|
Anchor/ Darling
|
|
NAVAL
|
Argus
|
|
Noble Alloy
|
Atomac
|
|
Norbro
|
Automax
|
|
Nordstrom
|
Battig
|
|
PMV
|
Durco
|
|
P+W
|
Edward
|
|
Serck Audco
|
Gestra
|
|
Schmidt Armaturen
|
Kammer
|
|
Valtek
|
Limitorque
|
|
Vogt
|
McCANNA/ MARPAC
|
|
Worcester Controls
|
FCD
Services
We provide aftermarket services through our network of 17
service centers located throughout the world. Our service
personnel provide a comprehensive set of equipment maintenance
services for flow control systems, including advanced
diagnostics repair, installation, commissioning, retrofit
programs and field machining capabilities. A large portion of
our service work is performed on a quick response basis,
including
24-hour
service in all of our major markets. We believe our ability to
offer these types of services provides us with a unique
competitive advantage and unparalleled access to our
customers installed base of flow control products.
FCD
New Product Development
Our research and development investment has been targeted in
areas that will advance our technological leadership and further
differentiate our competitive advantage from a product
perspective. The investment priority has been focused on
significantly enhancing the digital integration and
interoperability of the valve top works (positioners, actuators,
limit switches, and associated accessories) with Distributed
Control Systems (DCS). Our efforts in this area
continue to pursue the development and deployment of
next-generation hardware and software for valve diagnostics, and
the integration of the resulting device intelligence through the
DCS to provide a practical and effective asset management
capability for the end-user. In addition to developing these new
capabilities and value-added services, our investments also
include product portfolio expansion and fundamental research in
material sciences in order to increase the temperature,
pressure, and erosion-resistance limits of existing products.
These investments are made by adding new resources and talent to
the organization, as well as leveraging the experience of FPD
and FSD, and increasing our collaboration with third parties. We
expect to continue our research and development investments in
the areas mentioned above.
FCD
Customers
FCDs customer mix spans across several industries,
including the chemical, petroleum, power, water and general
service industries. FCDs product mix includes original
equipment, aftermarket parts and services.
FCD
Competition
While in recent years the valve market has undergone a
significant amount of consolidation, in relative terms, the
market remains highly fragmented. Some of the largest valve
industry competitors include Crane Co., Dresser Inc., Emerson,
Kitz and Tyco.
Our assessments show that the top 10 global valve manufacturers
collectively comprise approximately 30% of the valve market.
Based on independent industry sources we believe that we are the
third largest industrial valve supplier on a global basis. We
believe that our comprehensive portfolio of valve products and
services, our focus on
5
execution and our competency in severe corrosion and erosion
applications are key sources of our competitive advantage.
FCD
Backlog
FCDs backlog of orders at December 31, 2005 was
$240.6 million, compared with $216.5 million on
December 31, 2004. We expect to ship approximately 90% of
our backlog on December 31, 2005 during 2006.
FLOW
SOLUTIONS DIVISION
Through FSD, we design, manufacture and distribute mechanical
seals, sealing systems and parts, and provide related services,
principally to process industries. Flow control products require
mechanical seals to be replaced throughout the products
useful lives. The replacement of mechanical seals is an integral
part of our aftermarket services. Our mechanical seals are used
on a variety of rotating equipment, including pumps, mixers,
compressors, steam turbines and other specialty equipment,
primarily in the petroleum, natural gas, chemical processing,
mineral and ore processing and general industrial end-markets.
We manufacture mechanical seals at three plants in the U.S. and
at four plants outside the U.S. Through our global network
of 64 Quick Response Centers (QRCs), we provide
service, repair and diagnostic services for maintaining
components of flow control systems. Our mechanical seal products
are primarily marketed to end users through our direct sales
force and, on a commission basis, to distributors and sales
agents. A portion of our mechanical seal products is sold
directly to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs)
for incorporation into rotating equipment requiring mechanical
seals.
FSD
Products
We design, manufacture and distribute approximately 200
different models of mechanical seals and sealing systems. We
believe our ability to deliver engineered new seal product
orders within 72 hours from the customers request
through design, engineering, manufacturing, testing and
delivery, provides us with a leading competitive advantage.
Mechanical seals are critical to the reliable operation of
rotating equipment for prevention of leakage and emissions of
hazardous substances and the reduction of shaft wear caused by
non-mechanical seals. We also manufacture a gas-lubricated
mechanical seal that is used in high-speed compressors for gas
transmission and in the oil and gas production markets. We
continually update our mechanical seals and sealing systems to
integrate emerging technologies.
The following list summarizes our seal products and services and
globally recognized brands:
|
|
|
FSD Product Types
|
|
FSD Brand Names
|
|
Cartridge Seals
|
|
BW Seals
|
Dry-Running Seals
|
|
Durametallic
|
Metal Bellow Seals
|
|
Five Star Seal
|
Elastomeric Seals
|
|
Flowserve
|
Slurry Seals
|
|
Flowstar
|
Split Seals
|
|
GASPAC
|
Gas Barrier Seals
|
|
Interseal
|
Couplings
|
|
Pacific Wietz
|
Service and Repair
|
|
Pac-Seal
|
Accessories and
Support Systems
|
|
|
Monitoring and
Diagnostics
|
|
|
FSD
Services
We provide aftermarket services through our network of 64 QRCs
located throughout the world, including 25 sites in North
America. We also provide asset management services and condition
monitoring for rotating
6
equipment. Approximately 75% of our service work is performed on
a quick-response basis, and we offer
24-hour
service in all of our major markets.
FSD
New Product Development
Our investments in new product research and development focus on
developing longer lasting and more efficient products and
value-added services. Approximately 30% of our original
equipment mechanical seal sales for 2005 consisted of products
developed within the past five years. In addition to numerous
product upgrades, our recent mechanical seal and seal system
innovations include: (1) light hydrocarbon seal;
(2) batch chemical process seal; (3) improved split
seal for water markets; (4) high pressure gas compressor
seal; (5) large diameter compressor seal; and
(6) strengthened mineral and ore processing seal. We also
market Flowstar.Net, an interactive tool used to
actively monitor and manage information relative to equipment
performance. Flowstar.Net enhances our customers ability
to make informed decisions and respond quickly to plant
production problems, extend the life of their production
equipment and lower maintenance expenses. None of these newly
developed seal products required the investment of a material
amount of our assets or was otherwise material.
FSD
Customers
Our mechanical seal products and systems are sold directly to
end users and to OEMs for incorporation into pumps, compressors,
mixers or other rotating equipment requiring mechanical seals.
Our mechanical seal sales are diversified among several
industries, including petroleum, natural gas, chemical, mineral
and ore processing and general industries.
FSD
Competition
We compete against a number of manufacturers in the sale of
mechanical seals. Among our largest global mechanical seal
competitors are John Crane, a unit of Smiths Group Plc. and
Eagle Burgmann, a joint venture of two traditional global seal
manufacturers. Based on independent industry sources, we believe
that we are the second largest industrial mechanical seals
supplier in the world. Our ability to quickly manufacture
customers requests for engineered seal products, from
design to engineering, manufacturing, testing and delivery, is a
major competitive advantage.
FSD
Backlog
FSDs backlog of orders at December 31, 2005 was
$61.2 million, compared with $43.7 million at
December 31, 2004. We expect to ship approximately 97% our
FSD backlog on December 31, 2005 during 2006.
GENERAL
BUSINESS
Competition
Despite the consolidation trend over the past 10 years, the
markets for our products are highly competitive, with
competition occurring on the basis of price, technical
expertise, timeliness of delivery, contractual terms, previous
installation history and reputation for quality and reliability.
Timeliness of delivery, quality and the proximity of service
centers are important considerations for our aftermarket
products and services. In geographic regions where we are
positioned to provide a quick response, customers have
traditionally relied on us, rather than our competitors, for
aftermarket products relating to our highly engineered and
customized products. However, aftermarket competition for
standard products has increased. Price competition tends to be
more significant for OEMs than aftermarket services and
generally has been increasing. In the aftermarket portion of our
service business, we compete against large and well-established
national or global competitors and, in some markets, against
smaller regional and local companies, as well as the in-house
maintenance departments of our end user customers. In the sale
of aftermarket products and services, we benefit from our large
installed base of pumps and valves, which require maintenance,
repair and replacement parts. In the petroleum industry, the
competitors for aftermarket services tend to be the
customers own in-house capabilities. In other industries,
except the nuclear power industry, the competitors for
aftermarket services tend to be local independent repair shops.
Low cost replicators of spare parts are competitors for spare
parts for all industries except for the nuclear power industry.
We
7
possess certain competitive advantages in the nuclear power
industry due to our N Stamp, a prerequisite to serve
customers in that industry, and our considerable base of
proprietary knowledge.
Generally, our customers are attempting to reduce the number of
vendors from which they purchase, thereby reducing the size and
diversity of their inventory. Although vendor reduction programs
could adversely affect our business, we have been successful in
entering into global arrangements with a number of customers to
leverage competitive advantages.
Our ability to use our portfolio of products and solutions to
meet customer demands is a competitive strength. We continue to
explore and develop potential new solutions, as well as products
(pumps, valves, and seals), with our customers to improve
service opportunities and increase our market share.
New
Product Development
We spent approximately $24.3 million, $25.2 million
and $24.9 million during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively,
on research and development initiatives. Our research and
development group consists of engineers involved in new product
development and improvement of existing products. Additionally,
we sponsor consortium programs for research with various
universities and jointly conduct limited development work with
certain vendors, licensees and customers. We believe current
expenditures are adequate to sustain our ongoing research and
development activities.
Customers
We sell to a wide variety of customers in the oil and gas,
chemical, power generation, water treatment and general
industries. No individual customer accounted for more than 5% of
our consolidated 2005 revenues.
We are not required to carry unusually high amounts of inventory
to meet customer delivery requirements. We have been working to
increase our overall inventory efficiency to improve our
operational effectiveness and to reduce working capital needs.
We generally do not provide rights of product return for our
customers and do not offer extended payment terms.
Selling
and Distribution
We primarily distribute our products through direct sales by
employees assigned to specific regions, industries or products.
In addition, we use distributors and sales agents to supplement
our direct sales force in countries where business practices or
customs make it appropriate, or wherever it is not economical to
have direct sales staff. We generate a majority of our sales
leads through existing relationships with vendors, customers and
prospects or through referrals.
Intellectual
Property
We own a number of trademarks and patents relating to the name
and design of our products. We consider our trademarks and
patents to be an important aspect of our business. In addition,
our pool of proprietary information, consisting of know-how and
trade secrets related to the design, manufacture and operation
of our products, is considered particularly important and
valuable. Accordingly, we attempt to proactively protect such
proprietary information. We generally own the rights to the
products which we manufacture and sell and are unencumbered by
any license or franchise to operate. Our trademarks can
typically be renewed indefinitely as long as they remain in use,
whereas our existing patents generally expire 20 years from
the dates they were filed, which has occurred at various times
in the past. We do not believe that the expiration of any
individual patent(s) will have a material adverse impact on our
operations.
Raw
Materials
The principal raw materials used in manufacturing of our
products are readily available and include bar stock and
structural steel, castings, fasteners, gaskets, motors, silicon
and carbon faces and fluoropolymer components. While
substantially all raw materials are purchased from outside
sources, we have been able to obtain an adequate
8
supply and anticipate no shortages of such materials. We
continue to expand worldwide sourcing to capitalize on low cost
sources of purchased goods.
We are a vertically integrated manufacturer of certain pump and
valve products. Certain corrosion-resistant castings for our
pumps and quarter-turn valves are manufactured at our foundries.
Other metal castings are either manufactured at our foundries or
purchased from outside sources.
We also use highly engineered corrosion resistant plastic parts
for certain pump and valve product lines. These include
rotomolding as well as injection and compression molding of a
variety of fluoropolymer and other plastic materials. We do not
anticipate difficulty in obtaining raw materials in the future.
Suppliers of raw materials for nuclear markets must be qualified
by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and,
accordingly, are limited in number. However, to date we have
experienced no significant difficulty in obtaining such
materials.
Employees
and Labor Relations
We have approximately 13,000 employees globally. A portion of
the hourly employees at our pump manufacturing plant located in
Vernon, California, our pump service center located in
Cleveland, Ohio, our valve manufacturing plant located in
Lynchburg, Virginia and our foundry located in Dayton, Ohio, are
represented by unions. Additionally, some employees at select
facilities in the following countries are unionized or have
employee works councils: Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium,
Brazil, Canada, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Mexico,
the Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United
Kingdom. We believe relations with our employees throughout our
operations are generally satisfactory, including those employees
represented by unions and works councils. No unionized facility
produces more than 5% of our revenues. We entered into new
multi-year collective bargaining agreements with our unions in
Cleveland and Vernon in 2005.
Environmental
Regulations and Proceedings
We are subject to environmental laws and regulations in all
jurisdictions in which we have operating facilities. These
requirements primarily relate to the generation and disposal of
solid and hazardous waste, air emissions and waste water
discharges. We periodically make capital expenditures to abate
and control pollution and to satisfy environmental requirements.
At present, we have no plans for any material capital
expenditures for environmental control equipment at any of our
facilities. However, we have incurred and continue to incur
operating costs relating to ongoing environmental compliance
matters, although certain costs have been reduced by successful
waste minimization programs. Based on existing and proposed
environmental requirements and our anticipated production
schedule, we believe that future environmental compliance
expenditures will not have a material adverse effect on our
financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
We use hazardous substances and generate hazardous wastes in
most of our manufacturing and foundry operations. Many of our
current and former properties are or have been used for
industrial purposes and may require some
clean-up of
historical contamination. During the due diligence phase of our
acquisitions, we conduct environmental site assessments in an
attempt to determine any potential environmental liability and
to identify the need for clean-up. We are currently conducting
follow-up
investigation
and/or
remediation activities at those locations where we have known
environmental concerns. We have cleaned up a majority of the
sites with known historical contamination and we are addressing
the remaining identified issues.
Over the years, we have been involved as one of many potentially
responsible parties (PRP) at former public waste
disposal sites that are or were subject to investigation and
remediation. We are currently involved as a PRP at four
Superfund sites. The sites are in various stages of evaluation
by government authorities. Our total projected fair
share cost allocation at all four of these sites is
expected to be less than $100,000.
We have established reserves that we believe to be adequate to
cover our currently identified
on-site and
off-site environmental liabilities.
9
Exports
Our export sales from the U.S. to foreign unaffiliated
customers were $221.6 million in 2005, $275.6 million
in 2004 and $203.6 million in 2003.
Licenses are required from U.S. government agencies to
export certain products. In particular, products with nuclear
applications are restricted, as are certain other pump, valve
and mechanical seal products.
We are responding to an SEC investigation regarding the past
sales of goods and services that certain foreign subsidiaries
delivered to Iraq from 1996 through 2003 during the United
Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program. In an apparently related action, one of our foreign
subsidiarys operations is cooperating with a foreign
governmental investigation of that sites involvement in
the United Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program. We are continuing fully cooperate in both the SEC and
the foreign investigations. Both investigations are in progress
but, at this point, are incomplete. See Item 3. Legal
Proceedings for more information.
We have also initiated a process to determine our compliance
posture with respect to U.S. export control laws and
regulations and, if applicable, disclose to the applicable
U.S. governmental authorities, any past potential
violations of the U.S. export control laws. See
Item 3. Legal Proceedings for more information.
AVAILABILITY
OF FORMS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Our shareholders may obtain, without charge, copies of the
following documents as filed with, or furnished, to the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as soon as
reasonably practical after such material is filed with or
furnished to the SEC.:
|
|
|
|
|
annual reports on
Form 10-K,
|
|
|
|
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
|
|
|
|
current reports on
Form 8-K,
|
|
|
|
statement of changes in beneficial ownership of securities for
insiders,
|
|
|
|
proxy statements, and
|
|
|
|
any amendments thereto,
|
A copy of these filings may be obtained by going to our Internet
website at www.flowserve.com and selecting Investor
Relations and selecting SEC Filings. Except as
otherwise stated in these reports, the information contained on
our website or available by hyperlink from our website is not
incorporated into this Annual Report or other documents we file
with, or furnish to the SEC.
Copies may also be obtained by providing a written request for
such copies or additional information regarding our operating or
financial performance to Michael E. Conley, Vice President of
Investor Relations, Flowserve Corporation,
5215 N. OConnor Blvd., Suite 2300, Irving,
Texas 75039.
We have adopted Self Governance Guidelines for our Board of
Directors and Code of Ethics and Business Conduct for our Board
of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer, financial management
and our employees generally. We also have charters for the Audit
Committee, Finance Committee, Organization and Compensation
Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
of our Board of Directors. Copies of the foregoing documents may
be obtained on our website as noted in the above paragraph, and
such information is available in print to any shareholder who
requests it.
The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer required pursuant to Sections 302 and 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley)
are included as exhibits to this Annual Report. Our Chief
Executive Officer certified to the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE) on December 22, 2005, pursuant to
Section 303A.12 of the NYSE listing standards, that he was
not aware of any violation by the Company of the NYSE corporate
governance listing standards as of that date.
10
Any of the events discussed as risk factors below may occur. If
they do, our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows could be materially adversely
affected. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known
to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our
business operations.
We have
material weaknesses in our internal control over financial
reporting, which could adversely affect our ability to report
our financial condition and results of operations accurately and
on a timely basis.
In connection with our 2005 assessment of internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, we
identified material weaknesses in our internal control. We have
taken measures to strengthen our internal control in response to
the previously identified material weaknesses, including by
implementing strengthened control procedures for information
technology infrastructure, enhancing company-level monitoring
controls processes and expanding our internal audit and
corporate compliance functions, and engaged outside consultants
to assist us in our efforts. For a discussion of our internal
control over financial reporting and a description of the
identified material weaknesses and of the steps that we have
taken to remediate these and previously identified material
weaknesses, see Item 9A. Controls and
Procedures Managements Report on Internal
Control over Financial Reporting.
Material weaknesses in our internal control over financial
reporting could adversely impact our ability to provide timely
and accurate financial information. While we have taken measures
to strengthen our internal control in response to the previously
identified material weaknesses, including by implementing
strengthened control procedures for information technology
infrastructure, enhancing company-level monitoring controls
processes and expanding our internal audit and corporate
compliance functions, and engaged outside consultants to assist
us in our efforts, additional work remains to be done to address
the identified material weaknesses. If we are unsuccessful in
implementing or following our remediation plan, or fail to
update our internal control as our business evolves or to
integrate acquired businesses into our controls system, we may
not be able to timely or accurately report our financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows or maintain
effective disclosure controls and procedures. If we are unable
to report financial information timely and accurately or to
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, we could
be subject to, among other things, regulatory or enforcement
actions by the SEC and the NYSE, including a delisting from the
NYSE, securities litigation, events of default under our new
credit facilities, debt rating agency downgrades or rating
withdrawals, and a general loss of investor confidence, any one
of which could adversely affect our business prospects and the
valuation of our common stock.
Furthermore, there are inherent limitations to the effectiveness
of any system of controls and procedures, including the
possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding
of the controls and procedures. We could face additional
litigation exposure and a greater likelihood of an SEC
enforcement or NYSE regulatory action if further restatements
were to occur or other accounting-related problems emerge. In
addition, any future restatements or other accounting-related
problems may adversely affect our financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows.
If we
fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of
Sarbanes-Oxley, our business prospects and stock valuation could
be adversely affected.
Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley of 2002 requires our
management to report on, and our independent registered public
accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting. This legislation is relatively
new, and neither companies nor accounting firms have significant
experience in complying with its requirements. We expended
significant resources to comply with our obligations under
Section 404 with respect to 2004 and 2005. If we are unable
to comply with our obligations under Section 404 in the
future or experience delays in future reports of our management
and outside auditors on our internal control over financial
reporting, or if we fail to respond timely to any changes in the
Section 404 requirements, we may be unable to timely file
with the SEC our annual or periodic reports and may be subject
to, among other things, regulatory or enforcement actions by the
SEC and the NYSE, including delisting from the NYSE, securities
litigation, events of default under our new credit
11
facilities, debt rating agency downgrades or rating withdrawals
and a general loss of investor confidence, any one of which
could adversely affect our business prospects and the valuation
of our common stock.
We are
currently subject to securities class action litigation, the
unfavorable outcome of which might have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows.
A number of putative class action lawsuits have been filed
against us, certain of our former officers, our independent
auditors and the lead underwriters of our most recent public
stock offerings, alleging securities laws violations. We believe
that these lawsuits, which have been consolidated, are without
merit and are vigorously defending them and have notified our
applicable insurers. We cannot, however, determine with
certainty the outcome or resolution of these claims or the
timing for their resolution. The consolidated securities case is
currently set for trial on March 27, 2007. In addition to
the expense and burden incurred in defending this litigation and
any damages that we may suffer, our managements efforts
and attention may be diverted from the ordinary business
operations in order to address these claims. If the final
resolution of this litigation is unfavorable to us, our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows might
be materially adversely affected if our existing insurance
coverage is unavailable or inadequate to resolve the matter.
The
ongoing SEC and foreign government investigation regarding our
participation in the United Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program could materially adversely affect our Company.
On February 7, 2006, we received a subpoena from the SEC
regarding goods and services that certain foreign subsidiaries
delivered to Iraq from 1996 through 2003 during the United
Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program. This investigation includes a review of whether any
inappropriate payments were made to Iraqi officials in violation
of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The investigation includes
periods prior to, as well as subsequent to our acquisition of
the foreign operations involved in the investigation. We may be
subject to liabilities if violations are found regardless of
whether they relate to periods before or subsequent to our
acquisition.
In addition, one of our foreign subsidiarys operations is
cooperating with a foreign governmental investigation of that
sites involvement in the United Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program. This cooperation has included responding to an
investigative trip by foreign authorities to the foreign
subsidiarys site, providing relevant documentation to
these authorities and answering their questions. We are unable
to predict how or if the foreign authorities will pursue this
matter in the future.
We believe that both the SEC and this foreign authority are
investigating other companies from their actions arising from
the
Oil-for-Food
program.
We are in the process of reviewing and responding to the SEC
subpoena and assessing the implications of the foreign
investigation, including the continuation of a thorough internal
investigation. Our investigation is in the early stages and has
included and will include a detailed review of contracts with
the Iraqi government during the period in question and certain
payments associated therewith. Additionally, we have and will
continue to conduct interviews with employees with knowledge of
the contracts and payments in question. We are in the early
phases of our internal investigation and as a result are unable
to make any definitive determination whether any inappropriate
payments were made and accordingly are unable to predict the
ultimate outcome of this matter.
We will continue to fully cooperate in both the SEC and the
foreign investigations. Both investigations are in progress but,
at this point, are incomplete. Accordingly, if the SEC
and/or the
foreign authorities take enforcement action with regard to these
investigations, we may be required to pay fines, consent to
injunctions against future conduct or suffer other penalties
which could potentially materially impact our business financial
statements and cash flows.
Potential
noncompliance with U.S. export control laws could
materially adversely affect our business.
We have notified applicable U.S. governmental authorities
of our plans to investigate, analyze and, if applicable,
disclose past potential violations of the U.S. export
control laws through, in general, the export of products,
services and technologies without the licenses possibly required
by such authorities. If and to the extent
12
violations are identified, confirmed and so disclosed, we could
be subject to substantial fines and other penalties affecting
our ability to do business outside the United States.
The
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is auditing our tax
returns, and a negative outcome of the audit would require us to
make additional tax payments that may be material.
We have recently concluded an IRS audit of our U.S. federal
income tax returns for the years 1999 through 2001. Based on its
audit work, the IRS has issued proposed adjustments to increase
taxable income during 1999 through 2001 by $12.8 million,
and to deny foreign tax credits of $2.4 million in the
aggregate. The tax liability resulting from these proposed
adjustments will be offset with foreign tax credit carryovers
and other refund claims, and therefore should not result in a
material future cash payment, pending final review by the Joint
Committee on Taxation. We anticipate this review will be
completed by December 31, 2006. The effect of the
adjustments to current and deferred taxes has been reflected in
previously filed financial statements.
During 2006, the IRS will commence an audit of our
U.S. federal income tax returns for the years 2002 through
2004. While we expect that the upcoming IRS audit will be
similar in scope to the recently completed examination, the
upcoming audit may be broader. Furthermore, the preliminary
results from the audit of 1999 through 2001 are not indicative
of the future result of the audit of 2002 through 2004. The
audit of 2002 through 2004 may result in additional tax payments
by us, the amount of which may be material, but will not be
known until that IRS audit is finalized.
In the course of the tax audit for the years 1999 through 2001,
we have identified record keeping and other material internal
control weaknesses, which caused us to incur significant expense
to substantiate our tax return items and address information and
document requests made by the IRS. We expect to incur similar
expenses in future periods with respect to the upcoming IRS
audit of the years 2002 through 2004.
Due to the record keeping issues referred to above, the IRS has
issued a Notice of Inadequate Records for the years 1999 through
2001 and may issue a similar notice for the years 2002 through
2004. While the IRS has agreed not to assess penalties for
inadequacy of records with respect to the years 1999 through
2001, no assurances can be made that the IRS will not seek to
assess such penalties or other types of penalties with respect
to the years 2002 through 2004. Such penalties could result in a
material impact to the consolidated results of operations.
Additionally, the record keeping issues noted above may result
in future U.S. state and local tax assessments of tax,
penalties and interest which could have a material impact to the
consolidated results of operations.
The
recording of increased deferred tax asset valuation allowances
in the future could affect our operating results.
We currently have significant net deferred tax assets resulting
from tax credit carry forwards, net operating losses, and other
deductible temporary differences which are available to reduce
taxable income in future periods. Based on our assessment of our
deferred tax assets, we determined, based on projected future
income and certain available tax planning strategies, that
$239 million of our deferred tax assets will more likely
than not be realized in the future and no valuation allowance is
currently required for this portion of our deferred tax assets.
Should we determine in the future that these assets will not be
realized, we will be required to record an additional valuation
allowance in connection with these deferred tax assets and our
operating results would be adversely affected in the period such
determination is made.
We
operate and manage our business on a number of different
computer systems, including several aging Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP) systems that rely on manual
processes, which could adversely affect our ability to
accurately report our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows.
We operate and manage our business on a number of different
computer systems, including disparate legacy systems inherited
from our predecessors. Some of our computer systems, as well as
some of our computer hardware, are aging and contain inefficient
processes. For example, several of our older ERP systems rely on
manual processes, which are generally labor intensive and
increase the risk of error. Furthermore, as discussed below
under Item 9A. Controls and Procedures, as of
the end of 2005, we did not maintain adequate information
technology
13
general controls, as our information technology general controls
supporting restricted access to financial applications, programs
and data. Unless we are able to enhance our computer systems
generally and information technology general controls
specifically, our ability to identify, capture and communicate
pertinent information may be compromised, which in turn may
compromise our ability to timely and accurately report our
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Economic,
political and other risks associated with international
operations could adversely affect our business.
A substantial portion of our operations is conducted and located
outside the U.S. We have manufacturing or service
facilities in 31 countries and sell to customers in over 70
countries, in addition to the United States. Moreover, we
outsource certain of our manufacturing and engineering functions
to, and source our raw materials and components from China,
Eastern Europe, India, Latin America and Mexico. Accordingly,
our business is subject to risks associated with doing business
internationally, including:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
instability in a specific countrys or regions
political or economic conditions, particularly in emerging
markets and the Middle East;
|
|
|
|
trade protection measures, such as tariff increases, and import
and export licensing and control requirements;
|
|
|
|
potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;
|
|
|
|
difficulty of enforcing agreements and collecting receivables
through some foreign legal systems;
|
|
|
|
differing and, in some cases, more stringent labor regulations;
|
|
|
|
partial or total expropriation;
|
|
|
|
differing protection of intellectual property;
|
|
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
|
|
|
|
inability to repatriate income or capital; and
|
|
|
|
difficulty in administering and enforcing corporate policies,
which may be different than the normal business practices of
local cultures.
|
For example, political unrest and a two-month nation-wide work
stoppage in Venezuela in 2002 negatively impacted demand for our
products from customers in that country and other customers,
such as U.S. oil refineries, that were affected by the
resulting disruption in the supply of crude oil. Similarly, the
military conflict in the Middle East softened the level of
capital investment and demand for our products and services in
that region, notwithstanding the historically high prices for
oil. Additionally we are investigating or have investigated
certain allegations regarding foreign management engaging in
unethical practices prohibited by our Code of Business Conduct
which could have inappropriately benefited them at Company
expense.
We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies, as a
significant portion of our revenue, and certain of our costs,
assets and liabilities, are denominated in currencies other than
U.S. dollar. The primary foreign currencies to which we
have exposure are the Euro, British pound, Canadian dollar,
Mexican peso, Japanese yen, Singapore dollar, Brazilian
real, Australian dollar, Argentinean peso and Venezuelan
bolivar. Certain of the foreign currencies to which we have
exposure, such as the Argentinean peso, have undergone
significant devaluation in the past. Although we enter into
forward contracts to economically hedge our risks associated
with transactions denominated in foreign currencies, no
assurances can be made that exchange rate fluctuations will not
adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows.
Our international operations are subject to a variety of laws
and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act and regulations issued by the U.S. Customs
Service, the Bureau of Industry and Security, various foreign
governmental agencies, including applicable customs, currency
exchange control and transfer pricing
14
regulations and various programs administered by the United
Nations. No assurances can be made that we will continue to be
found to be operating in compliance with, or be able to detect
violations of, any such laws or regulations. In addition, we
cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory
requirements to which our international operations might be
subject or the manner in which existing laws might be
administered or interpreted.
We have notified applicable U.S. governmental authorities
of our plans to conduct a voluntary thorough audit of our
compliance with the U.S. export control laws and, if
applicable, make a voluntary self-disclosure of any potential
violations identified, as applicable. If violations are
identified, then such disclosure could result in substantial
fines and other penalties.
In order to manage our
day-to-day
operations, we must overcome cultural and language barriers and
assimilate different business practices. In addition, we are
required to create compensation programs, employment policies
and other administrative programs that comply with laws of
multiple countries. We also must communicate and monitor
standards and directives across our global network. Our failure
to successfully manage our geographically diverse operations
could impair our ability to react quickly to changing business
and market conditions and to enforce compliance with standards
and procedures.
Our future success will depend, in large part, on our ability to
anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks
associated with our international operations. Any of these
factors could, however, adversely affect our international
operations and, consequently, our results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows.
We may be
unable to deliver our backlog on time which could affect our
future sales and profitability and our relationships with
customers.
At December 31, 2005, backlog reached $994.1 million,
a record level for the Company. In 2006, our bookings and
backlog have continued to increase through, at least
March 31, 2006. Our ability to meet customer delivery
schedules for backlog is dependent on a number of factors
including, but not limited to, sufficient manufacturing plant
capacity, access to the raw materials and other inventory
required for production, an adequately trained and capable
workforce, project engineering expertise for certain large
projects, and appropriate planning and scheduling of
manufacturing resources. Many of the contracts we enter into
with our customers require long manufacturing lead times and
contain penalty clauses related to on-time delivery. Failure to
deliver in accordance with customer expectations could subject
us to financial penalties, may result in damage to existing
customer relationships, could negatively impact our financial
performance, and potentially cause adverse changes in the market
price of our outstanding common stock.
Our
business depends on the levels of capital investment and
maintenance expenditures by our customers, which in turn are
affected by the cyclical nature of their markets and their
liquidity.
Demand for most of our products depends on the level of new
capital investment and maintenance expenditures by our
customers. The levels of capital expenditures by our customers
depend, in turn, on the general economic conditions and
conditions in their industry, as well as on their liquidity.
The businesses of many of our customers, particularly general
industrial companies, chemical companies and oil refineries,
are, to varying degrees, cyclical and have experienced periodic
downturns. Our customers in these industries historically have
tended to delay large capital projects, including expensive
maintenance and upgrades, during economic downturns. For
example, demand for our products and services from our general
industrial customers, such as steel and pulp and paper
manufacturers, was negatively impacted by the
U.S. recession in the early part of this decade. Similarly,
in response to high oil and natural gas prices and a weak demand
for their products due to the soft economy, during the past
several years our chemical customers reduced their spending on
capital investments and operated their facilities at lower
levels, reducing demand for our products and services. Some of
our customers may delay capital maintenance even during
favorable conditions in their markets. For example, while high
oil prices generally spur demand for our products and services
in upstream petroleum markets, they often reduce demand for our
products and services from oil refineries, as refiners seek to
take advantage of favorable margins by operating at high levels
of capacity utilization and deferring maintenance.
15
The ability of our customers to finance capital investment and
maintenance may be affected by factors independent of the
conditions in their industry. For example, despite high natural
gas prices in 2003, there was little additional investment or
maintenance activity by our gas customers, many of which have
experienced liquidity constraints as a result of financial
difficulties related to their former energy trading activities.
Recently, amid increasing demand for crude and its derivatives
and the tight market conditions, oil refineries have been
scheduling maintenance activities and upgrading equipment to
meet environmental regulations. In addition, chemical companies
had been able to invest and maintain their equipment as they
pass through the price increases to the end user. This recent
evidence suggests a potential change in how the customer
response to market conditions may impact our business activities.
The diminished demand for our products and services could lead
to excess manufacturing capacity and subsequent accelerated
erosion of average selling prices in our industry, which could
adversely affect our business, results of operations, including
profit margins, financial condition and cash flows.
As we
expand our customer alliance programs, an increasing portion of
our revenues will be on a fixed-fee basis, subjecting us to the
risks associated with cost overruns.
As part of our customer alliance programs, we enter into
maintenance agreements that are fixed-fee arrangements. Under
these agreements, we provide maintenance services, including
replacement parts and repair services, at a specified fixed fee
and, accordingly, bear the risk of cost overruns. While we
conduct a detailed analysis of the customers equipment
prior to entering into fixed-fee maintenance agreements and
benefit from our extensive experience in the flow control
industry, our failure to estimate accurately the anticipated
equipment failures and maintenance costs could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations, including profit
margins, financial condition and cash flows.
We sell
our products in highly competitive markets, which results in
pressure on our profit margins and limits our ability to
maintain or increase the market share of our products.
The markets for our products are fragmented and highly
competitive. We compete against large and well-established
national and global companies, as well as regional and local
companies, low cost replicators of spare parts and in-house
maintenance departments of our end user customers. We compete
based on price, technical expertise, timeliness of delivery,
previous installation history and reputation for quality and
reliability, with price competition tending to be more
significant for sales to original equipment manufacturers. Some
of our customers are attempting to reduce the number of vendors
from which they purchase in order to reduce the size and
diversity of their inventory. To remain competitive, we will
need to invest continuously in manufacturing, marketing,
customer service and support and our distribution networks. No
assurances can be made that we will have sufficient resources to
continue to make the investment required to maintain or increase
our market share or that our investments will be successful. If
we do not compete successfully, our business, our financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be
adversely affected.
Environmental
compliance costs and liabilities could adversely affect our
financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
Our operations and properties are subject to extensive
regulation under environmental laws. These laws can impose
substantial sanctions for violations or operational changes that
may limit production. We must conform our operations to
applicable regulatory requirements and adapt to changes in such
requirements in all countries in which we operate.
We use hazardous substances and generate hazardous wastes in
most of our manufacturing and foundry operations. Many of our
current and former properties are or have been used for
industrial purposes, and some may require
clean-up of
historical contamination. We are currently conducting
investigation
and/or
remediation activities at a number of locations where we have
known environmental concerns. In addition, we have been
identified as one of many potentially responsible parties at
four Superfund sites.
16
We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, operating and
capital costs to comply with environmental requirements. In
addition, new laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of
existing requirements, the discovery of previously unknown
contamination or the imposition of new
clean-up
requirements could require us to incur costs or become the basis
for new or increased liabilities that could adversely affect our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are
party to asbestos-containing product litigation that could
adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows.
We are a defendant in a large number of lawsuits that seek to
recover damages for personal injury allegedly resulting from
exposure to asbestos-containing products formerly manufactured
and/or
distributed by us. All such products were used as self-contained
components of process equipment, and we do not believe that
there was any emission of ambient asbestos-containing fiber
during the use of this equipment. Although we are defending
these allegations vigorously and believe that a high percentage
of these lawsuits are covered by insurance or indemnities from
other companies, there can be no assurance that we will prevail
or that payments made by insurance or such other companies would
be adequate, and unfavorable rulings, judgments
and/or
settlement terms could adversely impact our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.
Our
business may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other
labor matters.
As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately 13,000
employees, approximately half of whom were located in the United
States. Of our U.S. employees, approximately 7% are
represented by unions. We also have unionized employees in
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Finland,
France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Mexico, the Netherlands, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Although we believe
that our relations with our employees are good and we have not
experienced any recent strikes or work stoppages, no assurances
can be made that we will not in the future experience these and
other types of conflicts with labor unions, works councils,
other groups representing employees, or our employees generally,
or that any future negotiations with our labor unions will not
result in significant increases in the cost of labor.
Inability
to protect our intellectual property could negatively affect our
competitive position.
We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks,
trade secrets, confidentiality provisions and licensing
arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We
cannot guarantee, however, that the steps we have taken to
protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent
misappropriation of our technology. For example, effective
patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may be
unavailable or limited in some of the foreign countries in which
we operate. In addition, while we generally enter into
confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties
to protect our intellectual property, such confidentiality
agreements could be breached, and may not provide meaningful
protection for our trade secrets and know-how related to the
design, manufacture or operation of our products. If it became
necessary for us to resort to litigation to protect our
intellectual property rights, any proceedings could be
burdensome and costly, and we may not prevail. Furthermore,
adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an
unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and
manufacturing expertise. If we fail to successfully enforce our
intellectual property rights, our competitive position could
suffer, which could harm our sales, results of operations and
cash flows.
Our
success will depend to a significant extent on our ability to
retain senior executives and other key personnel.
During 2004 and 2005, we appointed a new Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Treasurer,
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Compliance
Officer, Chief Information Officer, Vice President of Tax and a
Vice President of Human Resources, and we created and staffed
new positions responsible for accounting policy and procedures,
financial reporting, tax compliance and internal audit. Our
future success depends to a significant degree on the skills,
experience and efforts of our newly appointed and existing
senior management and other key personnel. The loss of the
services of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer
or other key personnel could adversely affect our ability to
implement our business strategy. To promote continuity of senior
management, in March 2005 our Board of Directors approved a
Transitional Executive Security
17
Plan, which provides financial incentives to key management
personnel to remain employed by us for the near term. No
assurances can be made, however, that we will be successful in
our efforts to retain key members of our senior management.
If we are
unable to obtain raw materials at favorable prices, our
operating margins and results of operations may be adversely
affected.
We purchase substantially all electric power and other raw
materials we use in the manufacturing of our products from
outside sources. The costs of these raw materials have been
volatile historically and are influenced by factors that are
outside our control. In recent years, the prices for energy,
metal alloys, nickel and certain other of our raw materials have
increased, with the prices for energy currently exceeding
historical averages. We also strive to offset our increased
costs through Continuous Improvement Program (CIP),
where gains are achieved in operational efficiencies. If we are
unable to pass increases in the costs of our raw materials to
our customers, our operating margins and results of operations
may be adversely affected.
Significant
changes in pension fund investment performance or assumptions
relating to pension costs may have a material effect on the
valuation of our obligations under our defined benefit pension
plans, the funded status of these plans and our pension
expense.
We maintain defined benefit pension plans that are required to
be funded in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada,
Japan, Mexico and The Netherlands, and defined benefit plans
that are not required to be funded in Germany, France, Austria
and Sweden. Our pension liability is materially affected by the
discount rate used to measure our pension obligations and, in
the case of the plans that are required to be funded, the level
of plan assets available to fund those obligations and the
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. A change in
the discount rate can result in a significant increase or
decrease in the valuation of pension obligations, affecting the
reported status of our pension plans and our pension expense.
Significant changes in investment performance or a change in the
portfolio mix of invested assets can result in increases and
decreases in the valuation of plan assets or in a change of the
expected rate of return on plan assets. Changes in the expected
return on plan assets assumption can result in significant
changes in our pension expense. We currently expect to make
substantial contributions to our U.S. and foreign defined
benefit pension plans during the next three years, and may make
additional substantial contributions thereafter.
An
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act may not be available for certain acquisitions of interest in
our common stock fund in the Flowserve Corporation Retirement
Savings Plan (401(k) plan) which exposes us to
potential liabilities, including rescission rights.
As of May 1, 2005, due to the non-current status of our
financial filings with the SEC, our Registration Statements on
Form S-8
were no longer available to cover offers and sales of securities
to our employees and other persons. Since that date, the
acquisition of interests in our common stock fund under our
401(k) plan by plan participants may have been subject to the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 or
applicable state securities laws and may not have qualified for
an available exemption from such requirements. Federal
securities laws generally provide for a one-year rescission
right for an investor who acquires unregistered securities in a
transaction that is subject to registration and for which no
exemption was available. As such, an investor successfully
asserting a rescission right during the one-year time period has
the right to require an issuer to repurchase the securities
acquired by the investor at the price paid by the investor for
the securities (or if such security has been disposed of, to
receive damages with respect to any loss on such disposition),
plus interest from the date of acquisition. These rights may
apply to affected participants in our 401(k) plan. Based on our
current stock price, we believe that our current potential
liability for rescission claims is not material to our financial
condition or results of operations; however, our potential
liability could become material in the future if our stock price
were to fall below participants acquisition prices for
their interest in our stock fund during the one-year period
following the unregistered acquisitions.
18
A
significant number of stock option exercises following the
removal of the current suspension on stock option exercises
would have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share
We have a substantial number of outstanding stock options
granted in past years to employees under our stock option plans
which have not been exercisable for an extended period due to
our non-current filing status relating to our SEC financial
reports. Given the significant increase in our share price
during the period in which optionees have been unable to
exercise their options, it is possible that many holders may
want to exercise soon after they are first able to do so. If,
following our removal of the current suspension on stock option
exercises, the holders of a large number of these options
promptly exercise, there would be some dilutive impact on our
earnings per share. The impact on our earnings per share is
dependent upon share price, number of shares and strike price of
shares exercised.
We may
incur material costs as a result of product liability and
warranty claims, which could adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We may be exposed to product liability and warranty claims in
the event that the use of one of our products results in, or is
alleged to result in, bodily injury
and/or
property damage or our products actually or allegedly fail to
perform as expected. While we maintain insurance coverage with
respect to certain product liability claims, we may not be able
to obtain such insurance on acceptable terms in the future, if
at all, and any such insurance may not provide adequate coverage
against product liability claims. In addition, product liability
claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention
of management and other personnel for significant periods of
time, regardless of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful
defense of a product liability claim could have an adverse
affect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition and cash flows. Even if we are successful in defending
against a claim relating to our products, claims of this nature
could cause our customers to lose confidence in our products and
our company. Warranty claims are not covered by insurance, and
we may incur significant warranty costs in the future for which
we would not be reimbursed.
Our
outstanding indebtedness and the restrictive covenants in the
agreements governing our indebtedness limit our operating and
financial flexibility.
We are required to make mandatory payments and, under certain
circumstances, mandatory prepayments on our outstanding
indebtedness which may require us to dedicate a substantial
portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our
indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash
flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research
and development efforts and other general corporate purposes and
could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to,
changes in our business and in the industry.
In addition, the agreements governing our bank credit facilities
and our other outstanding indebtedness impose significant
operating and financial restrictions on us and somewhat limit
managements discretion in operating our businesses. These
agreements limit our ability, among other things, to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
make capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
change fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends and make other distributions;
|
|
|
|
prepay subordinated debt, make investments and other restricted
payments;
|
|
|
|
enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
|
|
|
|
create liens;
|
|
|
|
sell assets; and
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions with affiliates.
|
In addition, the credit facilities contain covenants requiring
us to deliver to lenders leverage and interest coverage
financial covenants and our audited annual and unaudited
quarterly financial statements. Our ability to
19
comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our
control. Failure to comply with these covenants could result in
an event of default which, if not cured or waived, may have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
We may
not be able to continue to expand our market presence through
acquisitions, and any future acquisitions may present unforeseen
integration difficulties or costs.
Since 1997, we have expanded through a number of acquisitions,
and we may pursue acquisitions of businesses that are
complementary to ours in the future. Our ability to implement
this growth strategy will be limited by our ability to identify
appropriate acquisition candidates, covenants in our credit
agreement and other debt agreements and our financial resources,
including available cash and borrowing capacity. In addition,
acquisition of businesses may require additional debt financing,
resulting in higher leverage and an increase in interest
expense, and could result in the incurrence of contingent
liabilities.
Should we acquire another business, the process of integrating
acquired operations into our existing operations may encounter
operating difficulties and may require significant financial
resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing
development or expansion of existing operations. Some of the
challenges associated with acquisitions include:
|
|
|
|
|
loss of key employees or customers of the acquired company;
|
|
|
|
conforming the acquired companys standards, processes,
procedures and controls, including accounting systems and
controls, with our operations;
|
|
|
|
coordinating operations that are increased in scope, geographic
diversity and complexity;
|
|
|
|
retooling and reprogramming of equipment;
|
|
|
|
hiring additional management and other critical
personnel; and
|
|
|
|
the diversion of managements attention from our
day-to-day
operations.
|
Furthermore, no guarantees can be made that we will realize the
cost savings, synergies or revenue enhancements that we may
anticipate from any acquisition, or that we will realize such
benefits within the time frame that we expect. If we are not
able to address the challenges associated with acquisitions and
successfully integrate acquired businesses, or if our integrated
product and service offerings fail to achieve market acceptance,
our business could be adversely affected.
Forward-Looking
Information is Subject to Risk and Uncertainty
This Annual Report and other written reports and oral statements
we make from
time-to-time
include forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933,
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements
other than statements of historical facts included in this
report regarding our financial position, business strategy,
plans and objectives of management for future operations,
industry conditions, market conditions and indebtedness covenant
compliance are forward-looking statements. In some cases forward
looking statements can be identified by terms such as
may, will, should,
expect, plans, seeks,
anticipate, believe,
estimate, predicts,
potential, continue,
intends, or other comparable terminology. These
statements are not historical facts or guarantees of future
performance but instead are based on current expectations and
are subject to significant risks, uncertainties and other
factors, many of which are outside of our control.
We have identified factors that could cause actual plans or
results to differ materially from those included in any
forward-looking statements. These factors include those
described under the heading Risk Factors above, or
as may be identified in our other SEC filings from time to time.
These uncertainties are beyond our ability to control, and in
many cases, it is not possible to foresee or identify all the
factors that may affect our future performance or any
forward-looking information, and new risk factors can emerge
from time to time. Given these risks and uncertainties, you
should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as
a prediction of actual results.
20
All forward-looking statement included in this Annual Report are
based on information available to us on the date of this Annual
Report and the risk that actual results will differ materially
from expectations expressed in this report will increase with
the passage of time. We undertake no obligation, and disclaim
any duty, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statement or disclose any facts, events or circumstances that
occur after the date hereof that may affect the accuracy of any
forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new
information, future events, changes in our expectations or
otherwise. This discussion is provided as permitted by the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and all of our
forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their
entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referenced in
this section.
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS.
|
None.
Our corporate headquarters is a leased facility located in
Irving, Texas, which we began to occupy on January 1, 2004.
The lease term is for 10 years, and we have the option to
renew the lease for two additional five-year periods. We
currently occupy 125,000 square feet at this facility. We
recently expanded our leased facility by 25,000 square feet
due to our growth and began to occupy this additional space on
February 3, 2006.
Our major manufacturing facilities operating at
December 31, 2005 are presented in the table below. See
Item 1. Business. for further information with
respect to all of our manufacturing and operational facilities,
including QRCs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. of
|
|
|
Approx. Sq.
|
|
|
|
Plants
|
|
|
Footage
|
|
|
FPD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1,229,416
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
2,571,453
|
|
FCD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1,087,000
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
1,400,000
|
|
FSD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
366,722
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
423,719
|
|
We own most of our major manufacturing facilities. We maintain a
substantial network of U.S. and foreign service centers and
sales offices, most of which are leased. Our leased facilities
are generally covered by long term leases. We believe we will be
able to extend leases on our service centers and sales offices
where desired, as they expire. See Note 11 to the
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report
for additional information regarding our obligations under
leasing arrangements.
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS.
|
We are a defendant in a large number of pending lawsuits (which
include, in many cases, multiple claimants) that seek to recover
damages for personal injury allegedly caused by exposure to
asbestos-containing products manufactured
and/or
distributed by us in the past. Any such products were
encapsulated and used only as components of process equipment,
and we do not believe that any emission of respirable asbestos
fibers occurred during the use of this equipment. We believe
that a high percentage of the applicable claims are covered by
applicable insurance or indemnities from other companies.
On February 4, 2004, we received an informal inquiry from
the SEC requesting the voluntary production of documents and
information related to our February 3, 2004 announcement
that we would restate our financial results for the nine months
ended September 30, 2003 and the full years 2002, 2001 and
2000. On June 2, 2004, we were advised that the SEC had
issued a formal order of private investigation into issues
regarding this restatement
21
and any other issues that arise from the investigation. On
May 31, 2006, we were informed by the staff of the SEC that
it had concluded this investigation without recommending any
enforcement action against us.
During the quarter ended September 30, 2003, related
lawsuits were filed in federal court in the Northern District of
Texas (the Court), alleging that we violated federal
securities laws. Since the filing of these cases, which have
been consolidated, the lead plaintiff has amended its complaint
several times. The lead plaintiffs current pleading is the
fifth consolidated amended complaint (the
Complaint). The Complaint alleges that federal
securities violations occurred between February 6, 2001 and
September 27, 2002 and names as defendants the Company, C.
Scott Greer, our former Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer, Renee J. Hornbaker, our former Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent
registered public accounting firm, and Banc of America
Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, which served
as underwriters for our two public stock offerings during the
relevant period. The Complaint asserts claims under
Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, and
Rule 10b-5
thereunder, and Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of
1933. The lead plaintiff seeks unspecified compensatory damages,
forfeiture by Mr. Greer and Ms. Hornbaker of
unspecified incentive-based or equity-based compensation and
profits from any stock sales, and recovery of costs. On
November 22, 2005, the Court entered an order denying the
defendants motions to dismiss the Complaint. The case is
currently set for trial on March 27, 2007. We continue to
believe that the lawsuit is without merit and are vigorously
defending the case.
On October 6, 2005, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was
filed purportedly on our behalf in the 193rd Judicial
District of Dallas County, Texas. The lawsuit names as
defendants Mr. Greer, Ms. Hornbaker, and current board
members Hugh K. Coble, George T. Haymaker, Jr., William C.
Rusnack, Michael F. Johnston, Charles M. Rampacek, Kevin E.
Sheehan, Diane C. Harris, James O. Rollans and Christopher A.
Bartlett. We are named as a nominal defendant. Based primarily
on the purported misstatements alleged in the above-described
federal securities case, the plaintiff asserts claims against
the defendants for breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control,
gross mismanagement, waste of corporate assets and unjust
enrichment. The plaintiff alleges that these purported
violations of state law occurred between April 2000 and the date
of suit. The plaintiff seeks on our behalf an unspecified amount
of damages, injunctive relief
and/or the
imposition of a constructive trust on defendants assets,
disgorgement of compensation, profits or other benefits received
by the defendants from us, and recovery of attorneys fees
and costs. We strongly believe that the suit was improperly
filed and have filed a motion seeking dismissal of the case.
On March 14, 2006, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was
filed purportedly on our behalf in federal court in the Northern
District of Texas. The lawsuit names as defendants
Mr. Greer, Ms. Hornbaker, and current board members
Hugh K. Coble, George T. Haymaker, Jr., Lewis M. Kling,
William C. Rusnack, Michael F. Johnston, Charles M. Rampacek,
Kevin E. Sheehan, Diane C. Harris, James O. Rollans and
Christopher A. Bartlett. We are named as a nominal defendant.
Based primarily on certain of the purported misstatements
alleged in the above-described federal securities case, the
plaintiff asserts claims against the defendants for breaches of
fiduciary duty. The plaintiff alleges that the purported
breaches of fiduciary duty occurred between 2000 and 2004. The
plaintiff seeks on our behalf an unspecified amount of damages,
disgorgement by Mr. Greer and Ms. Hornbaker of
salaries, bonuses, restricted stock and stock options, and
recovery of attorneys fees and costs. We strongly believe
that the suit was improperly filed and have filed a motion
seeking dismissal of the case.
On February 7, 2006, we received a subpoena from the SEC
regarding goods and services that certain foreign subsidiaries
delivered to Iraq from 1996 through 2003 during the United
Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program. This investigation includes a review of whether any
inappropriate payments were made to Iraqi officials in violation
of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The investigation includes
periods prior, to as well as subsequent to our acquisition of
the foreign operations involved in the investigation. We may be
subject to liabilities if violations are found regardless of
whether they relate to periods before or subsequent to our
acquisition.
In addition, one of our foreign subsidiarys operations is
cooperating with a foreign governmental investigation of that
sites involvement in the United Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program. This cooperation has included responding to an
investigative trip by foreign authorities to the foreign
subsidiarys site, providing relevant documentation to
these authorities and answering their questions. We are unable
to predict how or if the foreign authorities will pursue this
matter in the future.
22
We believe that both the SEC and this foreign authority are
investigating other companies from their actions arising from
theOil-for-Food
program.
We are in the process of reviewing and responding to the SEC
subpoena and assessing the implications of the foreign
investigation, including the continuation of a thorough internal
investigation. Our investigation is in the early stages and has
included and will include a detailed review of contracts with
the Iraqi government during the period in question and certain
payments associated therewith. Additionally, we have and will
continue to conduct interviews with employees with knowledge of
the contracts and payments in question. We are in the early
phases of our internal investigation and as a result are unable
to make any definitive determination whether any inappropriate
payments were made and accordingly are unable to predict the
ultimate outcome of this matter.
We will continue to fully cooperate in both the SEC and the
foreign investigations. Both investigations are in progress but,
at this point, are incomplete. Accordingly, if the SEC
and/or the
foreign authorities take enforcement action with regard to these
investigations, we may be required to pay fines, consent to
injunctions against future conduct or suffer other penalties
which could potentially materially impact our business financial
statements and cash flows.
In March 2006, we initiated a process to determine our
compliance posture with respect to U.S. export control laws
and regulations. Upon initial investigation, it appears that
some product transactions and technology transfers may not
technically been in compliance with U.S. export control
laws and regulations and require further review. With assistance
from outside counsel, we are currently involved in a systematic
process to conduct further review which we believe will take
about 18 months to complete given the complexity of the
export laws and the scope of the investigation. Any potential
violations of U.S. export control laws and regulations that
are identified may result in civil or criminal penalties,
including fines
and/or other
penalties. Because our review into this issue is ongoing, we are
currently unable to determine the full extent of potential
violations or the nature or amount of potential penalties to
which we might be subject to in the future. Given that the
resolution of this matter is uncertain at this time, we are not
able to reasonably estimate the maximum amount of liability that
could result from final resolution of this matter. We cannot
currently predict whether the ultimate resolution of this matter
will have a material adverse effect on our business, including
our ability to do business outside the United States, or on our
financial condition.
We have been involved as a potentially responsible party
(PRP) at former public waste disposal sites that may
be subject to remediation under pending government procedures.
The sites are in various stages of evaluation by federal and
state environmental authorities. The projected cost of
remediation at these sites, as well as our alleged fair
share allocation, is uncertain and speculative until all
studies have been completed and the parties have either
negotiated an amicable resolution or the matter has been
judicially resolved. At each site, there are many other parties
who have similarly been identified, and the identification and
location of additional parties is continuing under applicable
federal or state law. Many of the other parties identified are
financially strong and solvent companies that appear able to pay
their share of the remediation costs. Based on our information
about the waste disposal practices at these sites and the
environmental regulatory process in general, we believe that it
is likely that ultimate remediation liability costs for each
site will be apportioned among all liable parties, including
site owners and waste transporters, according to the volumes
and/or
toxicity of the wastes shown to have been disposed of at the
sites. We believe that our exposure for existing disposal sites
will be less than $100,000.
We are also a defendant in several other lawsuits, including
product liability claims, that are insured, subject to the
applicable deductibles, arising in the ordinary course of
business. Based on currently available information, we believe
that we have adequately accrued estimated probable losses for
such lawsuits. We are also involved in a substantial number of
labor claims, including one case where we had a confidential
settlement reflected in our 2004 results.
Although none of the aforementioned potential liabilities can be
quantified with absolute certainty except as otherwise indicated
above, we have established reserves covering exposures relating
to probable contingencies, to the extent believed to be
reasonably estimable and probable, which we believe to be
reasonable based on past experience and available facts. While
additional exposures beyond these reserves could exist, they
currently cannot be estimated. We will continue to evaluate
these potential contingent loss exposures and, if they develop,
recognize expense as soon as such losses become probable and can
be reasonably estimated.
23
We are also involved in ordinary routine litigation incidental
to our business, none of which we believe to be material to our
business, operations or overall financial condition. However,
resolutions or dispositions of claims or lawsuits by settlement
or otherwise could have a significant impact on our operating
results for the reporting period in which any such resolution or
disposition occurs.
As a consequence of all legal matters, including settlements of
both publicly disclosed litigation and otherwise, we recognized
expenses of approximately $7 million in 2005,
$17 million in 2004 and $25 million in 2003.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
|
None.
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR THE REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
|
Market
Information
Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol
FLS. On June 23, 2006, our records showed
approximately 1,904 shareholders of record. The following
table sets forth the range of high and low prices per share of
our common stock for the periods indicated.
PRICE
RANGE OF FLOWSERVE COMMON STOCK
(Intraday High/Low Prices)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
58.46/$40.91
|
|
|
$
|
27.72/$23.69
|
|
|
$
|
22.77/$18.64
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
31.25/$25.16
|
|
|
$
|
25.09/$19.47
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
37.78/$29.73
|
|
|
$
|
25.35/$21.21
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
39.75/$32.75
|
|
|
$
|
28.18/$20.40
|
|
We did not pay dividends on our common stock in 2005 or the
completed portion of 2006, and have no plans to commence payment
of cash dividends. The declaration and payment of dividends is
subject to limitations under our new credit facilities, which
prohibit declaration and payment of dividends at any time there
is a default thereunder and cap the aggregate amount of
dividends that may be made during the term of the new credit
facilities. See Item 7. Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation Liquidity and Capital
Resources Senior Credit Facilities for
additional information on our new credit facilities.
Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities
As of May 1, 2005, due to the non-current status of our
financial filings with the SEC, our Registration Statements on
Form S-8
were no longer available to cover offers and sales of securities
to our employees and other persons. Since that date, the
acquisition of interests in our common stock fund under our
401(k) plan by plan participants may have been subject to the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 or
applicable state securities laws and may not have qualified for
an available exemption from such requirements. Federal
securities laws generally provide for a one-year rescission
right for an investor who acquires unregistered securities in a
transaction that is subject to registration and for which no
exemption was available. As such, an investor successfully
asserting a rescission right during the one-year time period has
the right to require an issuer to repurchase the securities
acquired by the investor at the price paid by the investor for
the securities (or if such security has been disposed of, to
receive damages with respect to any loss on such disposition),
plus interest from the date of acquisition. These rights may
apply to affected participants in our 401(k) plan and their
affected interest in this plan may involve up to
270,000 shares of our common stock acquired pursuant to the
401(k) plan during 2005 and an indeterminate number of shares
acquired during 2006. Based on our current stock price, we
believe that our current potential liability for rescission
claims is not material to our financial condition or results of
operations;
24
however, our potential liability could become material in the
future if our stock price were to fall below participants
acquisition prices for their interest in our stock fund during
the one-year period following the unregistered acquisitions.
During 2005, we issued an aggregate of 434,710 shares of
restricted stock to employees pursuant to the 2004 Stock
Compensation Plan and 10,750 shares of restricted stock
pursuant to the Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock
Plan. We believe these securities are not subject to
registration under the no sale principle or were
otherwise issued pursuant to exemptions from registration under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an
issuer not involving a public offering.
Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Maximum Number of
|
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
|
Shares That May
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Yet Be Purchased
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased(1)
|
|
|
Paid per Share
|
|
|
Announced Plan(2)
|
|
|
Under the Plan(2)
|
|
|
October 1-31, 2005
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
November 1-30, 2005
|
|
|
9,174
|
|
|
$
|
37.28
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
December 1-31, 2005
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9,174
|
|
|
$
|
37.28
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents 45 shares that were tendered by employees to
satisfy minimum tax withholding amounts for restricted stock
awards and 9,129 shares of common stock purchased by a
rabbi trust that we established in connection with our director
deferral plans pursuant to which non-employee directors may
elect to defer directors cash compensation to be paid at a
later date in the form of common stock. |
|
(2) |
|
We do not have a publicly announced program for repurchase of
shares of our common stock. |
25
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005(a)(f)
|
|
|
2004(b)(f)
|
|
|
2003(c)(f)
|
|
|
2002(d)(f)
|
|
|
2001(e)(f)
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except
per share data and ratios)
|
|
|
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
2,695,277
|
|
|
$
|
2,522,489
|
|
|
$
|
2,248,852
|
|
|
$
|
2,084,388
|
|
|
$
|
1,728,714
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
861,831
|
|
|
|
758,580
|
|
|
|
682,920
|
|
|
|
640,462
|
|
|
|
548,028
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
|
671,738
|
|
|
|
597,081
|
|
|
|
511,415
|
|
|
|
440,786
|
|
|
|
376,763
|
|
Integration expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,786
|
|
|
|
16,134
|
|
|
|
61,716
|
|
Restructuring expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,162
|
|
|
|
4,347
|
|
|
|
(1,208
|
)
|
Operating income
|
|
|
190,093
|
|
|
|
161,499
|
|
|
|
153,557
|
|
|
|
179,195
|
|
|
|
110,757
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
74,125
|
|
|
|
80,407
|
|
|
|
83,720
|
|
|
|
94,923
|
|
|
|
118,909
|
|
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes
|
|
|
37,092
|
|
|
|
40,386
|
|
|
|
17,735
|
|
|
|
34,528
|
|
|
|
(8,127
|
)
|
Income (loss) from continuing
operations
|
|
|
46,180
|
|
|
|
25,882
|
|
|
|
50,477
|
|
|
|
39,721
|
|
|
|
(21,691
|
)
|
Income (loss) from continuing
operations per share (diluted)
|
|
|
0.82
|
|
|
|
0.46
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
|
|
|
0.76
|
|
|
|
(0.55
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
|
11,835
|
|
|
|
24,200
|
|
|
|
44,463
|
|
|
|
34,759
|
|
|
|
(15,957
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss) per share
(diluted)
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
(0.41
|
)
|
Cash flows from operating
activities
|
|
|
127,445
|
|
|
|
267,501
|
|
|
|
181,304
|
|
|
|
248,598
|
|
|
|
(47,749
|
)
|
Dividends paid per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bookings(g)
|
|
|
3,022,280
|
|
|
|
2,657,404
|
|
|
|
2,423,728
|
|
|
|
2,184,074
|
|
|
|
1,975,536
|
|
Ending backlog(h)
|
|
|
994,076
|
|
|
|
836,380
|
|
|
|
818,200
|
|
|
|
733,662
|
|
|
|
662,803
|
|
FINANCIAL CONDITION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$
|
376,277
|
|
|
$
|
341,259
|
|
|
$
|
454,439
|
|
|
$
|
514,923
|
|
|
$
|
473,372
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
2,575,538
|
|
|
|
2,634,035
|
|
|
|
2,680,512
|
|
|
|
2,639,873
|
|
|
|
2,045,887
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
665,136
|
|
|
|
701,844
|
|
|
|
950,748
|
|
|
|
1,095,383
|
|
|
|
1,042,000
|
|
Retirement obligations and other
liabilities
|
|
|
396,013
|
|
|
|
397,655
|
|
|
|
370,201
|
|
|
|
360,517
|
|
|
|
223,672
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
831,834
|
|
|
|
870,225
|
|
|
|
822,463
|
|
|
|
708,557
|
|
|
|
388,771
|
|
FINANCIAL RATIOS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on average net assets
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
Net debt to capital ratio
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
42.3
|
%
|
|
|
52.2
|
%
|
|
|
59.6
|
%
|
|
|
72.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Financial results in 2005 include a loss on debt extinguishment
of $27.7 million and a $30.1 million impairment of
assets held for sale related to our General Services Group,
which is included in discontinued operations, resulting in a
reduction in after tax net earnings of $40.2 million. |
|
(b) |
|
Financial condition in 2004 includes the effects of the accounts
receivable securitization, which increased cash by
$60.0 million, reduced accounts receivable by
$48.7 million and increased total debt by
$11.3 million. |
|
(c) |
|
Financial results in 2003 include integration expense of
$19.8 million, of which $4.0 million is included in
discontinued operations, and restructuring expense of
$2.9 million, of which $0.7 million is included in
discontinued operations, resulting in a reduction in after tax
net earnings of $14.7 million. |
|
(d) |
|
Financial results in 2002 include IFC results from the date of
acquisition. Financial results in 2002 also includes integration
expense of $16.2 million, restructuring expense of
$4.3 million, a loss on debt extinguishment of
$11.2 million, and a $5.2 million purchase accounting
adjustment associated with the required
write-up and
subsequent sale of acquired inventory, resulting in a reduction
in after tax net earnings of $24.1 million. |
26
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Financial results in 2001 include integration expense of
$63.0 million, a reduction of our restructuring expense of
$1.2 million, of which $1.0 million is included in
discontinued operations, and a loss on debt extinguishment of
$17.9 million net of tax, resulting in a reduction in after
tax net earnings of $59.6 million. |
|
(f) |
|
Financial condition and results for all periods presented
reflect the classification of our General Services Group as
discontinued operations. |
|
(g) |
|
Bookings includes bookings related to discontinued operations of
$95.4 million, $136.8 million, $159.5 million,
$165.1 million and $191.9 million for 2005, 2004,
2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. |
|
(h) |
|
Backlog includes backlog related to discontinued operations of
$0, $11.2 million, $34.1 million, $27.7 million
and $31.7 million for 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001,
respectively. |
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.
|
The following discussion and analysis is provided to increase
the understanding of, and should be read in conjunction with,
the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes.
See Item 1A. Risk Factors and
Forward-Looking Information sections for a
discussion of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions
associated with these statements. Unless otherwise noted, all
amounts discussed herein are consolidated.
EXECUTIVE
OVERVIEW
We are an established leader in the fluid motion and control
business, with a strong portfolio of pumping systems, valves,
sealing solutions, automation and services in support of the
power, oil and gas, chemical, and other process markets. These
products are mission critical in the movement, control and
protection of fluids in our customers critical processes,
whether it is a refinery, a power generation facility or a
transportation pipeline. Our business model is heavily
influenced by the capital spending of these industries for the
placement of new products in service. The worldwide installed
base of our products is another important source of revenue
where our products are expected to ensure the maximum operating
time of the many key industrial processes. The aftermarket
business is generally a higher margin business and a key
component to our profitable growth.
We have experienced steadily improving conditions in 2004 and
2005 in several core markets, including oil and gas, chemical,
and numerous general industries. The rise and continued
elevation of the price of crude oil and natural gas in
particular has spurred capital investment in the oil and gas
market, resulting in many new projects and expansion
opportunities. Although feedstock costs are increasing in the
chemical market, greater global demand is allowing companies to
pass through pricing and strengthen the global market. The
opportunity to increase our installed base of new products and
drive recurring aftermarket business in future years is a
critical by-product of these market conditions.
We have six key strategies that have been well communicated
throughout the business. One of our key strategies is the
globalization of our business. See Our Strategies
section of this Managements Discussion and Analysis for a
discussion of our six key strategies. We currently have
approximately 13,000 employees in more than 56 countries. We
continue to implement new Quick Response Centers
(QRCs) to be better positioned as near to our
customers as possible for service and support, as a means to
capture this important aftermarket business. Our markets have
improved and we see corresponding growth in our business, much
of which is in non-traditional areas of the world where new oil
and gas reserves have been discovered. We and our customers are
seeing rapid growth in Asia, with China providing a source of
significant project growth. We have a strategy in place to
increase our presence in China to capture the aftermarket
business with our current installed base as well as new projects
and process plant expansions.
Along with ensuring that we have the local capability to sell,
install and service our equipment in remote regions, it becomes
more imperative to continuously improve our global operations.
Our global supply chain capability is being expanded to meet the
global customer demands and ensure the quality and timely
delivery of our products. Significant efforts are underway to
reduce the supply base and drive processes across the divisions
to find areas of synergy and cost reduction. In addition, we are
improving our supply chain management capability to insure we
meet global customer demands. We continue to focus on improving
on-time delivery and quality, while reducing warranty costs
across our global operations through a focused Continuous
Improvement Process (CIP)
27
initiative. The goal of the CIP initiative is to maximize
service fulfillment to our customers (such as on-time delivery,
reduced cycle time and quality) at the highest internal
productivity. This program is a key factor in our margin
expansion plans.
RECENT
DEVELOPMENTS
SEC
Matters
On February 4, 2004, we received an informal inquiry from
the SEC requesting the voluntary production of documents and
information related to our February 3, 2004 announcement
that we would restate our financial results for the nine months
ended September 30, 2003 and the full years 2002, 2001 and
2000. On June 2, 2004, we were advised that the SEC had
issued a formal order of private investigation into issues
regarding this restatement and any other issues that arise from
the investigation. On May 31, 2006, we were informed by the
staff of the SEC that it had concluded this investigation
without recommending any enforcement action against us.
On February 7, 2006, we received a subpoena from the SEC
regarding goods and services that certain foreign subsidiaries
delivered to Iraq from 1996 through 2003 during the United
Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program. This investigation includes a review of whether any
inappropriate payments were made to Iraqi officials in violation
of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The investigation includes
periods prior to, as well as subsequent to our acquisition of
the foreign operations involved in the investigation. We may be
subject to liabilities if violations are found regardless of
whether they relate to periods before or subsequent to our
acquisition.
In addition, one of our foreign subsidiarys operations is
cooperating with a foreign governmental investigation of that
sites involvement in the United Nations
Oil-for-Food
program. This cooperation has included responding to an
investigative trip by foreign authorities to the foreign
subsidiarys site, providing relevant documentation to
these authorities and answering their questions. We are unable
to predict how or if the foreign authorities will pursue this
matter in the future.
We believe that both the SEC and this foreign authority are
investigating other companies from their actions arising from
the United Nations
Oil-for-Food
program.
We are in the process of reviewing and responding to the SEC
subpoena and assessing the implications of the foreign
investigation, including the continuation of a thorough internal
investigation. Our investigation is in the early stages and has
included and will include a detailed review of contracts with
the Iraqi government during the period in question and certain
payments associated therewith. Additionally, we have and will
continue to conduct interviews with employees with knowledge of
the contracts and payments in question. We are in the early
phases of our internal investigation and as a result are unable
to make any definitive determination whether any inappropriate
payments were made and accordingly are unable to predict the
ultimate outcome of this matter.
We will continue to fully cooperate in both the SEC and the
foreign investigations. Both investigations are in progress but,
at this point, are incomplete. Accordingly, if the SEC
and/or the
foreign authorities take enforcement action with regard to these
investigations, we may be required to pay fines, consent to
injunctions against future conduct or suffer other penalties
which could potentially materially impact our business,
financial statements and cash flows.
Legal
Matters
On March 14, 2006, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was
filed purportedly on our behalf in federal court in the Northern
District of Texas. The lawsuit names as defendants C. Scott
Greer, our former Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer, Renée J. Hornbaker, our former Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, and current board members Hugh K.
Coble, George T. Haymaker, Jr., Lewis M. Kling, William C.
Rusnack, Michael F. Johnston, Charles M. Rampacek, Kevin E.
Sheehan, Diane C. Harris, James O. Rollans and Christopher A.
Bartlett. We are named as a nominal defendant. Based primarily
on certain of the purported misstatements alleged in the federal
securities case filed on September 30, 2003 and described
in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements,
included in this Annual Report, the plaintiff asserts claims
against the defendants for breaches of fiduciary duty. The
plaintiff alleges that the purported breaches of fiduciary duty
occurred between 2000 and 2004. The plaintiff seeks on behalf of
us an unspecified amount of damages, disgorgement by
Mr. Greer and
28
Ms. Hornbaker of salaries, bonuses, restricted stock and
stock options, and recovery of attorneys fees and costs.
We strongly believe that the suit was improperly filed and
intend to file a motion seeking dismissal of the case.
For additional information regarding other pending securities
class action and derivative lawsuits, see Item 3.
Legal Proceedings.
In March 2006, we initiated a process to determine our
compliance posture with respect to U.S. export control laws
and regulations. Upon initial investigation, it appears that
some product transactions and technology transfers may
technically not be in compliance with U.S. export control
laws and regulations and require further review. With assistance
from outside counsel, we are currently involved in a systematic
process to conduct further review, which we believe will take
approximately 18 months to complete given the complexity of
the export laws and the scope of our investigation. Any
potential violations of U.S. export control laws and
regulations that are identified may result in civil or criminal
penalties, including fines
and/or other
penalties. Because our review into this issue is ongoing, we are
currently unable to determine the full extent of potential
violations or the nature or amount of potential penalties to
which we might be subject to in the future. Given that the
resolution of this matter is uncertain at this time, we are not
able to reasonably estimate the maximum amount of liability that
could result from final resolution of this matter. We cannot
currently predict whether the ultimate resolution of this matter
will have a material adverse affect on our business, including
our ability to do business outside the U.S., or on our financial
condition.
IRS
Audits
We have recently concluded an Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) audit of our U.S. federal income tax
returns for the years 1999 through 2001. Based on its audit
work, the IRS has issued proposed adjustments to increase
taxable income during 1999 through 2001 by $12.8 million,
and to deny foreign tax credits of $2.4 million in the
aggregate. The tax liability resulting from these proposed
adjustments will be offset with foreign tax credit carryovers
and other refund claims, and therefore should not result in a
material future cash payment, pending final review by the Joint
Committee on Taxation. We anticipate this review will be
completed by December 31, 2006. The effect of the
adjustments to current and deferred taxes has been reflected in
previously filed consolidated financial statements for the
applicable periods.
During 2006, the IRS will commence an audit of our
U.S. federal income tax returns for the years 2002 through
2004. While we expect that the upcoming IRS audit will be
similar in scope to the recently completed examination, the
upcoming audit may be broader. Furthermore, the preliminary
results from the audit of 1999 through 2001 are not indicative
of the future result of the audit of 2002 through 2004. The
audit of 2002 through 2004 may result in additional tax payments
by us, the amount of which may be material, but will not be
known until the IRS audit is finalized.
In the course of the IRS audit of 1999 through 2001, we
identified record keeping and other material internal control
weaknesses, which caused us to incur significant expense to
substantiate our tax return items and address information and
document requests made by the IRS. We expect to incur similar
expense with respect to the upcoming IRS audit of the years 2002
through 2004.
The IRS has issued a Notice of Inadequate Records for the years
1999 through 2001, and may issue a similar notice for the years
2002 through 2004. While the IRS has agreed not to assess
penalties for inadequacy of records with respect to the years
1999 through 2001, no assurances can be made that the IRS will
not seek to assess such penalties or other types of penalties
with respect to the years 2002 through 2004. Such penalties
could result in a material impact to the consolidated results of
operations. Additionally, the record keeping issues noted above
may result in future U.S. state and local tax assessments
of tax, penalties and interest, which could have a material
impact to our consolidated results of operations.
Management
Changes and Other Employee Matters
During the past two years, following resignations of several of
our senior executives, we hired Lewis M. Kling as our Chief
Operating Officer and subsequently appointed him as our
President and Chief Executive Officer, hired Mark A. Blinn as
our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Richard J.
Guiltinan, Jr. as our Controller and Chief Accounting
Officer, Deborah K. Bethune as our Vice President of Taxes,
Thomas L. Pajonas as our President
29
of our Flow Control Division, Linda P. Jojo as Vice President
and Chief Information Officer, and Joseph R. Pinkston, as our
Vice President of Human Resources, appointed Mark D. Dailey as
our Chief Compliance Officer and Paul W. Fehlman as our
Treasurer, and created and staffed new positions responsible for
accounting policy and procedures, financial reporting, tax
compliance and internal audit. To promote continuity of senior
management, in March 2005 our Board of Directors approved a
Transitional Executive Security Plan, which provides cash and
stock-based incentives to key management personnel to remain
employed by us for the near term. As a result of this plan, we
recorded additional compensation expenses in 2005 of
$2.6 million and an expense of approximately
$2 million will be recorded in 2006. See Transitional
Executive Security Plan in Item 11. Executive
Compensation of this Annual Report for a detailed
discussion on this plan.
Divestitures
In an effort to better align our business portfolio with our
core strategic objectives, in the first quarter of 2005, we made
a definitive decision to divest the General Services Group
(GSG), non-core service operations which provide
online repair and other third-party services, and we engaged an
investment banking firm to commence marketing. As a result, we
reclassified the group to discontinued operations in the first
quarter of 2005. Sales for GSG were $103 million and
$116 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Total assets
at March 31, 2005, ascribed to GSG, inclusive of
approximately $12 million of allocated goodwill, were
approximately $60 million. We performed an impairment
analysis of GSG at March 31, 2005 on a held for sale basis
and, after the allocation of goodwill, we recognized an
impairment charge of approximately $6 million during the
first quarter of 2005. The initial estimated fair value at
March 31, 2005 was based upon investment bankers
valuation of GSGs estimated fair value as well as initial
bids received from potential purchasers. As the year progressed,
the number of potential buyers diminished to one potential
purchaser and the business underperformed due to the pending
sale. As a result, the lone bidder reduced its initial offer and
accordingly, we recognized additional impairment charges
aggregating approximately $24 million throughout 2005, for
total impairment charges in 2005 of approximately
$30 million. GSG was sold on December 31, 2005 for
approximately $16 million in gross cash proceeds, subject
to final working capital adjustments that remain under
negotiation, while retaining approximately $12 million of
net accounts receivable. We used approximately $11 million
of the net cash proceeds to reduce our outstanding indebtedness.
BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
Our
Company
We believe that we are a world leading manufacturer and
aftermarket service provider of comprehensive flow control
systems. We develop and manufacture precision-engineered flow
control equipment, such as pumps, valves and seals, for critical
service applications that require high reliability. We use our
manufacturing platform to offer a broad array of aftermarket
equipment services, such as installation, advanced diagnostics,
repair and retrofitting.
We conduct our operations through three business segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Flowserve Pump Division (FPD), for engineered pumps,
industrial pumps and related services;
|
|
|
|
Flow Control Division (FCD), for industrial valves,
manual valves, control valves, nuclear valves, valve actuators
and controls and related services; and
|
|
|
|
Flow Solutions Division (FSD), for precision
mechanical seals and related services.
|
Our product portfolio is built on over 50 well-respected
brand names, such as Durco, IDP, Valtek and Durametallic, which
we believe is the most comprehensive in the industry. We sell
our products and services to more than 10,000 companies,
including some of the worlds leading engineering and
construction firms, original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs), distributors and end users.
Our
Markets
Our products and services are used in several distinct
industries: oil and gas, chemical, power generation, water
treatment and several other industries that we collectively
refer to as general industries.
30
Demand for most of our products depends on the level of new
capital investment and maintenance expenditures by our
customers. The level of capital expenditures by our customers
depends, in turn, on the general economic conditions and
conditions in their industries, which affect their
profitability. The level of capital expenditures by our
customers also depends on their liquidity, whether through cash
flows from operations or access to financing.
The oil and gas industry represented approximately 35% and 32%
of our sales in 2005 and 2004, respectively. High petroleum
prices generally spur additional investment in upstream
petroleum projects, and high prices in 2005 and 2004 contributed
to an increase in bookings for projects, particularly in Asia,
Africa, the Middle East and South America. In contrast to their
effect on the upstream petroleum projects, high crude oil prices
often reduce the demand for our products and services from crude
oil refineries and natural gas processors as they seek to take
advantage of favorable refining margins by operating at high
levels of capacity utilization and deferring maintenance. Clean
fuel regulations, particularly in the U.S., led to some project
business from crude oil refiners. The profitability of such
projects, however, is typically lower than for maintenance
related products and services as these are generally large
projects obtained through a competitive bidding process.
While high oil and gas prices are generally good for our oil and
gas customers, they are generally adverse for chemical
companies, since crude oil and natural gas are critical inputs
in the manufacturing of their products. In 2005, the price of
natural gas in the U.S. increased almost 50% as compared
with 2004, and increased 25% in 2004 as compared with 2003. This
significantly affected our chemical customers, who faced high
feed stock costs. However, greater global demand is allowing
companies to pass through pricing and strengthen the global
market. The demand for chemical-based products appears to be
increasing, so we expect to see some improvement in the demand
for our products in the chemical industry. Further, this
industrys improved profitability could spur new investment
in other parts of the world such as Asia, and we would expect to
benefit from those investments as well. In 2005 and 2004, the
chemical industry represented approximately 19% and 18%,
respectively, of our sales.
Increased natural gas prices also diminished the profitability
of many power generators that in recent years made significant
investments in power plants that generate electricity from
natural gas. While they have been able to recover a portion of
their higher costs through rate increases, their liquidity is
still challenged due to overinvestment in these power facilities
in recent years. However, a number of nuclear power generators
are planning significant maintenance activities. We have seen an
increase in our orders for this area and it has been a positive
contributor to 2005 orders, sales and earnings. In addition,
there are several coal-fired power plants planned for the U.S.,
and we are actively pursuing the flow control opportunities for
these projects. The revenue opportunity for our products at a
coal-fired plant typically can be three times that of a natural
gas power plant. The power industry represented approximately
14% and 16% of our sales in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Worldwide demand for fresh water and water treatment continues
to create demand for new facilities or for upgrades of existing
systems, many of which require products that we offer,
especially pumps. We believe that we are a global leader in the
desalination market, which is an important source of fresh water
in the Mediterranean area and the Middle East. This is a
significant market for our pump and valve actuation products. In
2005 and 2004, the water market represented approximately 7% and
6%, respectively, of our sales.
General industries represents a variety of different businesses,
including mining, pulp and paper, food and beverage, steel and
heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC),
none of which individually represents more than 5% of total
sales in 2005 and 2004. General industries represented
approximately 25% and 28% of our sales in 2005 and 2004,
respectively. We started to see some improvement in these
businesses in 2005, most notably mining and steel, after they
experienced what appeared to be troughs in 2004. Other
industries, such as food and beverage and HVAC, were relatively
stable.
Our customers include engineering contractors, OEMs, end users
and distributors. Sales to engineering contractors and OEMs are
typically for large project orders, as are certain sales to
distributors. Project orders generally have lead times in excess
of three months. Project orders provide product to our customers
either directly or indirectly for their new construction
projects or facility enhancement projects.
31
The quick turnaround business, which we also refer to as the
book and ship business, is defined as orders that are received
from the customer (booked) and shipped within three months of
receipt. They are typically for more standard products, parts or
services. Each of our three segments generates this type of
business.
We use our manufacturing platform to offer a broad array of
aftermarket equipment services, such as installation, advanced
diagnostics, repair and retrofitting. Timelines of delivery,
quality and the proximity of service centers are important
considerations for our aftermarket products and services. In
geographic regions where we are positioned to provide a quick
response, customers have traditionally relied on us, rather than
our competitors, for aftermarket products relating to our highly
engineered and customized products. However, aftermarket for
standard products is very competitive and price competition has
generally been increasing. Price competition tends to be more
significant for OEMs than aftermarket services and generally has
been increasing. In the sale of aftermarket products and
services, we benefit from our large installed base of pumps,
seals and valves, which require maintenance, repair and
replacement parts.
Our reporting of trends by product type, customer type and
business type are based upon analytical review of individual
operational results and our knowledge of their respective
businesses, as we do not formally track revenues by any of these
categories. These trends are analyzed as a secondary reporting
mechanism that is not derived directly from our general ledger
system.
Our
Strategies
Our overarching objective is to grow our position as an
integrated solutions provider in the flow control industry. This
objective includes continuing to sell products by building on
existing sales relationships and marketing the power of our
portfolio of products. It also includes delivering specific end
user solutions that help customers attain their business goals
by ensuring maximum reliability at a decreased cost of
ownership. Sustainable, profitable growth is being driven using
six strategies that are communicated throughout our company.
These strategies include: organic growth, globalization, process
excellence, portfolio management, organizational capability and
technology/innovation. The key elements of our strategies are
outlined below.
Organic
Growth
Organic growth is a key long-term initiative to grow our top
line revenues. This goal is to develop and launch new products
and solutions as well as customer partnering initiatives that
maximize the capture of the products total life cycle. We
are one of the few pump, valve and seal companies who can offer
our customers a differentiated option of not only products and
services, but can also offer an additional option that includes
any combination of products and solution support packages across
our portfolio. Our combined pump and seal end user teams have
been particularly successful in delivering new solution programs
and increasing organic aftermarket growth.
We seek to capture additional market share by creating
win-win opportunities for us and our customers
through sourcing and maintenance alliance programs pursuant to
which we provide all or an agreed portion of a customers
parts and servicing needs. Our customer alliances enable us to
develop long-term professional relationships with our customers
and serve as an effective platform for introducing new products
and services to our customers and generating additional sales.
We additionally seek to continue to review our substantial
installed pump, seal and valve base as a means to expand our
aftermarket services business, as customers increasingly use
third-party aftermarket service providers like us to reduce
their fixed costs and improve profitability. The aftermarket
services business provides us with a steady source of revenues
and cash flows at higher margins than original equipment sales
and allows us to be in frequent contact with our customers,
building our knowledge of customer needs and providing
cross-selling opportunities. We are building on our established
presence through an extensive QRC global network to provide the
immediate parts, service and technical support required to
effectively manage and win the aftermarket business from our
installed base.
New product and service development is driven through our
Product Management organization working in concert with
engineering, operations and sales. Our goal is to increase our
revenues from new products and services developed over the last
five years. Our new product development process has made
significant progress in
32
demonstrating a pipeline of new and modified products and
services. We expect our research and development costs to
increase beginning in 2006 to support our goal of increased
revenues from new products and services.
Globalization
The globalization initiative of our business has several facets
that include:
|
|
|
|
|
expanding our global presence to capture business outside our
traditional geographic market areas (China, Russia, South
America, Middle East and Africa),
|
|
|
|
utilizing low cost sourcing opportunities to remain competitive
in the global economy, and
|
|
|
|
attract and retain the global intellectual capital required to
support our global growth plans in the new geographical areas.
|
We believe there are attractive OEM opportunities in
international markets, particularly in South America, the Middle
East and Asia Pacific, and we intend to continue to utilize our
global presence to further penetrate these markets. Our recent
successes in these markets include contracts worth more than
$40 million for the supply of pumps and related equipment
to the Nanhai petrochemicals project in China, and contracts
worth more than $12 million for the Shenhua coal
liquefaction project in China. In our aftermarket services
business, we seek to strategically add sites as our customers
and our customer base grow in order to provide our customers
with rapid response, fast delivery and onsite field repair.
We are focused on shifting, as appropriate, certain of our
manufacturing and engineering functions to, and increasing our
supply of materials and components from, lower cost areas such
as India, China, Mexico, South America and Eastern Europe. In
2005, these areas accounted for approximately 20% of our direct
material spending, compared to approximately 5% in 2001. We are
also focused on utilizing supply chain management to reduce our
procurement costs, including by expanding purchases through
reverse auctions, further consolidating our procurement of goods
at a better value.
In addition, we have expanded our China presence with additional
sales and supply chain professionals, new management and growth
plans that include acquisition or development of new
capabilities that will enhance the penetration of products in
China for oil and gas and power projects as well as provide a
base for the export of products.
Process
Excellence
The process excellence initiative encapsulates ongoing programs
that drive increased customer fulfillment at the lowest cost.
This initiative includes:
|
|
|
|
|
driving improved customer fulfillment across our company through
metrics such as on-time delivery, cost reduction, quality, cycle
time reduction and warranty reduction; and
|
|
|
|
continuing to develop a culture of continuous improvement that
delivers maximum productivity and cost efficiencies, implements
consistent processes across our company and ensures our future
success as an integrated company.
|
We seek to increase our operational efficiency through our CIP
initiative. It utilizes tools such as Six Sigma methodology,
lean manufacturing, and constraint management to improve quality
and processes, reduce product cycle times and lower costs.
Recognizing that our employees are our most valuable resource in
achieving our operational excellence goals, we have instituted
broad CIP training, and to date over 900 of our employees are
CIP trained or certified as Green Belts or
Black Belts, deployed on CIP projects throughout our
company. As a result of our CIP initiatives, we have developed
and implemented processes to reduce our engineering and
manufacturing process cycle time, improve on-time delivery and
service response time, lower inventory levels and otherwise
reduce costs. We have also experienced success in sharing and
applying best practices achieved in one of our
businesses and deployed to another Flowserve business, and we
continue to look for opportunities to apply the CIP tools for
improved performance.
33
We seek to continue to improve our working capital utilization,
with a particular focus on improving the management of our
accounts receivable and inventory. See further discussion in the
Liquidity and Capital Resources section of this
Managements Discussion and Analysis.
Portfolio
Management
The continued management of our portfolio of products and
services is critical to our companys success. We will
continue to pursue selective acquisitions and rationalize our
portfolio of products and services to ensure alignment with our
customers and shareholders.
We intend to continue to evaluate acquisition and investment
opportunities as we seek to broaden our product portfolio and
operational capabilities and to expedite our expansion into
faster growing Asian, African and South American markets. In
that regard, our additional investment in Thompsons,
Kelly & Lewis Pty. Ltd. (TKL) in March 2004
strengthened our product offering in the mining industry and
broadened our manufacturing capabilities in the Asia Pacific
region, which includes China, Japan, Singapore, Korea, India,
Australia, New Zealand and Thailand. See further discussion of
the TKL acquisition in Our Results of Operations
section of this Managements Discussion and Analysis and in
Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements, included
in this Annual Report.
We are seeking to divest operations that we consider non-core to
our overall business, such as operations that do not serve our
core customer base or provide limited synergies with our other
businesses. For example, in November 2004 we sold our Government
Marine Business Unit (GMBU), and in December 2005 we
sold GSG. See further discussion of these discontinued
operations in Note 2 to our consolidated financial
statements, included in this Annual Report.
Organizational
Capability
We believe there are several elements to building an enhanced
organizational capability:
|
|
|
|
|
The development of a deeper talent pool through training and
cross-divisional and functional assignments allows us the
flexibility as we grow and expand the organization to fill
positions internally. We believe career learning and development
is critical to the building of an improved global organizational
capability for the future.
|
|
|
|
The need to capture the intellectual capital in our workforce
and that of our customers and share it within our company is
considered a competitive advantage, and
|
|
|
|
Building an organization with improved compliance to mandatory
and recommended processes and procedures and implementing the
information systems that ensure compliance will be the backbone
of our culture as we move forward.
|
A multi-year agreement was completed in 2005 to distribute
electronic learning packages in multiple languages for the
Flowserve Code of Business Conduct and other compliance programs
globally throughout our company. This will be expanded to
include export compliance, and regulatory compliance (U.S. and
foreign), as well as other programs around harassment and
employee behaviors. The emphasis on ethics and compliance was
significantly strengthened in 2005 as a core organizational
capability with a new Chief Compliance Officer.
In 2005, we installed a Learning Management System
(LMS) that allowed the development and tracking of
the delivery of electronic learning systems. This system allows
us to track our employees compliance and policy
understanding through electronic means. LMS also permits the
on-line enrollment for customer training as a means to share and
improve their intellectual capital.
Technology/Innovation
The infusion of new product technologies has become a core
requirement as we look to improve the development of new
products and services. Our internal goal is to improve the
percentage of new products as a function of revenue over the
next five years. The investment in technology will continue to
increase in 2006. A
34
cross-divisional technology team is in place to ensure that the
technologies developed are available for wide use across all
divisions to maximize the return on investments.
The development of an intelligent pumping system showcases the
technologies available to maximize uptime and proactively
identify anomalies before they become major issues. We were the
sponsor for a national energy summit in 2005 that brought
together major companies in the pursuit of energy management
initiatives. The technologies available to decrease the energy
usage for our customers are being infused into new services for
customers.
OUR
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
As a result of selling GSG, which was included in FCD, in
December 2005, and GMBU, an FPD business, in November 2004, we
treated these dispositions as discontinued operations and
reclassified the financial information reported for all periods
presented. The loss from discontinued operations, net of tax,
increased $32.7 million in 2005, compared to a loss of
$1.7 million in 2004. The increase is due primarily to the
impairment of GSG, which is more fully discussed in Note 2
to our consolidated financial statements, included in this
Annual Report.
Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
2,695.3
|
|
|
$
|
2,522.5
|
|
|
$
|
2,248.9
|
|
Sales in 2005 increased by $164.5 million, or 6.5%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $8 million, as
compared with 2004. The increase in sales is attributable to all
three of our segments. These increases are due primarily to
continued growth in the oil and gas industry, which has
positively impacted our Flowserve Pump and Flow Solutions
Divisions, and the continued recovery and strengthening of major
valve markets.
Sales in 2004 increased by $159.8 million, or 7.1%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $114 million,
as compared with 2003. Currency benefits were the result of the
strengthening of international currencies, particularly the
Euro, against the U.S. dollar. The increase in sales
includes new sales of $35.2 million resulting from our
acquisition of TKL in March 2004, increased activities of our
core markets served, including oil and gas, power and chemicals,
and strong growth in the Asia Pacific region.
Sales to international customers, including export sales from
the U.S., were approximately 65% of sales in 2005 compared with
68% of sales in 2004 and 60% of sales in 2003. Sales into the
Asia Pacific region were approximately 14%, 14% and 9% in 2005,
2004 and 2003, respectively. Sales into Europe, Middle East and
Africa (EMA) were approximately 39%, 43% and 40% in
2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Excluding currency
translation impacts, we believe that our sales to international
customers will continue to increase as a percentage of total
sales, as we believe our highest revenue growth opportunities
are in Asia, South America and Africa.
Bookings
and Backlog
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Bookings
|
|
$
|
3,022.3
|
|
|
$
|
2,657.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,423.7
|
|
Backlog (at period end)
|
|
|
994.1
|
|
|
|
836.4
|
|
|
|
818.2
|
|
We define a booking as the receipt of a customer order that
contractually engages us to perform activities on behalf of our
customer with regard to manufacture, service or support. Amounts
presented above include bookings related to discontinued
operations of $95.4 million, $136.8 million and
$159.5 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Bookings in 2005 increased by $396.5 million, or 15.7%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $10 million
and discontinued operations, as compared with 2004. Bookings for
TKL, which was acquired in March 2004, increased
$28.8 million in 2005 as compared with 2004. Increased
bookings are also attributable to improved bookings in EMA for
our Flowserve Pump Division and improved bookings in Asia
Pacific for our Flowserve Pump and Flow Control Divisions.
Establishment of customer alliances has resulted in increased
bookings in our Flow
35
Solutions Division as described below. Bookings have also been
positively impacted by continued strength in the oil and gas
industry and recovery of major valve markets.
Bookings in 2004 increased by $141.6 million, or 6.3%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $115 million
and discontinued operations, as compared with 2003. Bookings for
TKL, which was acquired in March 2004, were $40.5 million
in 2004 Increased bookings were due to increases in the oil and
gas industry, one of our primary served markets, which was
spurred by increased crude oil prices.
Backlog represents the accumulation of uncompleted customer
orders. Amounts presented above include backlog related to
discontinued operations of $0, $11.2 million and
$34.1 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Backlog at December 31, 2005 increased by
$235.5 million, or 28.5%, excluding negative currency
effects of approximately $67 million and discontinued
operations, as compared with 2004, primarily attributable to the
strong bookings performance in 2005, as well as an increase in
large oil and gas project orders in EMA for our Flowserve Pump
Division. By the end of 2006, we expect to ship over 94% of this
backlog. Backlog at December 31, 2004 decreased by
$14.5 million, or 1.8%, excluding currency benefits of
approximately $33 million, as compared with 2003. The
decrease is due to improved customer delivery time.
Gross
Profit and Gross Profit Margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
861.8
|
|
|
$
|
758.6
|
|
|
$
|
682.9
|
|
Gross profit margin
|
|
|
32.0
|
%
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
30.4
|
%
|
Gross profit margin of 32.0% in 2005 increased as compared with
2004. Gross profit margin in 2005 was positively impacted by
operational improvements attributable to our CIP initiative,
which resulted in cost savings, a higher mix of aftermarket
business, which generally has a higher margin, and increased
sales, which favorably impacts our absorption of fixed costs.
Additionally, the charge to cost of sales to increase the
reserve for obsolete and slow moving inventory was significantly
lower in 2005 than the charge recorded in 2004, which had a
favorable impact on gross profit margin.
Gross profit margin of 30.1% in 2004 decreased slightly as
compared with 2003. Gross profit margin in 2004 was positively
impacted by operational improvements attributable to our CIP
initiative, which resulted in cost savings, synergies and a
higher mix of aftermarket business, which generally has a higher
margin. These were offset by a significant charge to cost of
sales for the increase in the reserve for obsolete and slow
moving inventory in our Flow Control Division, as discussed
below, and a $14.1 million increase in incentive
compensation as compared to 2003.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expense
(SG&A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
SG&A expense
|
|
$
|
671.7
|
|
|
$
|
597.1
|
|
|
$
|
511.4
|
|
SG&A expense as a percentage
of sales
|
|
|
24.9
|
%
|
|
|
23.7
|
%
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
In each of the three years presented, at least 55% of SG&A
consisted of employee-related costs, which includes payroll,
benefits and incentive payments, and at least 10% of SG&A
consisted of professional fees, which includes audit, legal,
contractor and consulting fees. SG&A in 2005 increased by
$71.6 million, or 12.0%, excluding currency effects of
approximately $3 million, as compared with 2004. The
increase in SG&A is due primarily to the following:
employee-related costs of $38.5 million including sales
commissions, incentive compensation and equity incentive
programs arising from improved performance and the higher stock
price ($11.1 million); severance and transition expenses
($8.1 million); and modification of stock options
expiration terms for former executives, current and retired
employees and board of directors ($7.2 million). See
further discussion of stock modifications in Note 8 to our
consolidated financial statements, included in this Annual
Report. The increase in SG&A is also attributable to
increases in professional fees resulting from the restatement of
2002, 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, which includes a
$24.1 million increase in audit fees and a
$13.8 million increase in other professional fees related
to tax consulting, accounting and internal audit assistance.
These increases in
36
professional fees were partially offset by a $15.5 million
decrease in legal fees and expenses and a $6.8 million
decrease in costs incurred related to Section 404
compliance.
SG&A in 2004 increased by $64.4 million, or 12.6%,
excluding currency effects of approximately $21 million, as
compared with 2003. The increase is due to a $29.9 million
increase in annual incentive compensation and a
$21.7 million increase in professional and consulting fees
related primarily to the restatement of our consolidated
financial results for 2003 and prior years, 2004 and 2003
financial statement audits and compliance with Section 404.
Integration
and Restructuring Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Integration expense
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.8
|
|
Restructuring expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
The integration and restructuring expenses relate to the
integration of Invensys flow control division
(IFC) into our Flow Control Division. In conjunction
with the acquisition of IFC in 2002, we initiated a
restructuring program designed to reduce costs and eliminate
excess capacity by closing some existing facilities, and
reducing sales and related support personnel. We did not incur
integration or restructuring expenses in 2005 or 2004 as we had
largely completed our restructuring and integration programs
related to IFC during 2003, except for final severance payments
and payments for other exit activities primarily related to
European integration activities. Approximately $4.0 million
and $0.7 million of integration and restructuring expenses,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003 are
included in discontinued operations in the consolidated
statements of operations and are related to GSG facilities
affected by the restructuring program. See Note 7 to our
consolidated financial statements, included in this Annual
Report for further discussion on integration and restructuring
expenses.
Operating
Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
190.1
|
|
|
$
|
161.5
|
|
|
$
|
153.6
|
|
Operating income as a percentage
of sales
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
Operating income in 2005 increased by $28.6 million, or
17.7% as compared with 2004, primarily as a result of the
increases in gross profit margin, partially offset by the
increases in SG&A discussed above. Currency had a nominal
effect in 2005.
Operating income in 2004 decreased by $5.6 million, or
3.6%, excluding currency benefits of approximately
$14 million, as compared with 2003. As discussed above,
SG&A costs increased in 2004 as a result of increased
incentive compensation and increased professional and consulting
fees. The increase in SG&A costs is partially offset by the
reduction in integration and restructuring costs.
Interest
Expense and Loss on Repayment of Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
(74.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(80.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(83.7
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Loss on debt repayment and
extinguishment
|
|
|
(27.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
Interest expense decreased $6.3 million in 2005 as compared
with 2004 primarily as a result of the refinancing of our
12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes with the proceeds of
borrowings under our New Credit Facilities. See further
discussion of our refinancing in the Liquidity and Capital
Resources section of this Managements Discussion and
Analysis and in Note 11 to our consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report. Interest expense
decreased $3.3 million in 2004 due primarily to lower
prevailing interest rates and reduced debt levels associated
with optional and scheduled debt paydowns since the acquisition
of IFC, as well as lower
37
borrowing interest rate spreads associated with the
renegotiation of our revolving line of credit in April 2002. At
December 31, 2005 approximately 62% of our debt was at
fixed rates, including the effects of $410 million of
notional interest rate swaps.
Interest income increased $1.5 million in 2005 as compared
with 2004 due to significantly higher average cash balances.
Interest income decreased $2.2 million in 2004 as compared
to 2003 due to lower average cash balances.
During 2005, we incurred a charge of $27.7 million as a
result of debt repayments and extinguishment related to the
refinancing. Expenses incurred as a result of the refinancing
are more fully described in the Liquidity and Capital
Resources section of this Managements Discussion and
Analysis. Under the 2000 Credit Facilities (as described in
Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included
in this Annual Report), we were required to use the proceeds of
asset sales and new debt issuance, among other things, to pay
down the principal amount outstanding under the credit
facilities. In addition to mandatory repayments, we paid
optional prepayments of principal from excess cash generated
from operations. During 2004, we incurred a charge of
$2.7 million on debt repayments and extinguishment related
to the accelerated write-off of unamortized prepaid financing
fees resulting from $160.0 million of optional debt
prepayments and $167.9 million of mandatory debt
prepayments triggered by the GMBU divestiture
($22.9 million), the issuance of the European Investment
Bank (EIB) credit facility ($85.0 million) and
receivables securitization ($60.0 million). In 2003, we
incurred losses of $1.3 million related to the accelerated
write-off of unamortized prepaid financing fees resulting from
$163.1 million of optional debt prepayments throughout the
year.
Other
Expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
$
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.4
|
)
|
Other expense, net decreased $5.7 million in 2005, from an
expense of $14.1 million in 2004 due primarily to a
$2.6 million decrease in unrealized losses on forward
contracts and foreign currency transaction losses. Other
expense, net increased $9.7 million in 2004 from a loss of
$4.4 million in 2003 due primarily to a $9.2 million
increase in unrealized losses on forward contracts.
Tax
Expense and Tax Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
37.1
|
|
|
$
|
40.4
|
|
|
$
|
17.7
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
44.5
|
%
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
|
|
26.0
|
%
|
The 2005 effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory
rate of 35% primarily due to Extraterritorial Income
(ETI) exclusion benefits of $1.9 million, state
income tax benefits of $2.7 million resulting primarily
from net reductions in valuation allowances and
$12.7 million of net tax impact from foreign operations.
The 2004 effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory
rate of 35% primarily due to ETI exclusion benefits of
$4.9 million, $22.0 million of net tax impact from
foreign operations resulting primarily from approximately
$85 million in foreign earnings repatriation to pay down
U.S. debt.
The 2003 effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory
rate of 35% primarily due to ETI exclusion benefits of
$2.5 million, changes in valuation allowances of
$5.5 million primarily relating to foreign tax credits and
the net impact of non U.S. operations of $2.8 million.
We have operations in European and Asian countries that provide
various tax incentives. In 2003, we were granted an indefinite
preferential tax rate of approximately 10% in Switzerland for
certain sales and marketing activities. During 2004, we received
a 5-year,
10% tax rate in Singapore for income in excess of a prescribed
base amount generated from certain regional headquarter
activities, subject to certain employment and investment
requirements. In India, we were granted tax exemptions for
profits derived from export sales and certain
38
manufacturing operations in prescribed areas for a period of
10 years. The Indian tax exemptions expire in 2007 and
2011, respectively.
On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004
(the 2004 Act) was signed into law, creating a
temporary incentive for U.S. multinationals to repatriate
accumulated income earned outside the U.S. at an effective
tax rate of 5.25%, versus the U.S. federal statutory rate
of 35%. During 2004, we repatriated approximately
$46 million (as part of the $85 million discussed
above) pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan as described by
the 2004 Act. We have not recognized the lower tax rate on these
dividends in our financial statements due to uncertainties
surrounding the interpretation of the 2004 Act. To the extent
this uncertainty is favorably resolved in a future reporting
period, the benefit associated with these dividends will be
recognized in that period.
The 2004 Act also provides for a phase out of the existing ETI
exclusion for foreign export sales, as it was viewed to be
inconsistent with the international trade protocols set by the
European Union. This phase out provides that the benefit for our
otherwise qualifying export sales in 2005 and 2006 will be
limited to approximately 80% and 60%, respectively. As a
replacement for the loss of the ETI export incentive, the 2004
Act provides a deduction for income from qualified domestic
production activities, which will be phased in from 2005 through
2010. This manufacturing deduction had no impact to our 2005 tax
rate, and the impact to our future tax rate has not yet been
quantified. Under the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards
Board Staff Position
No. FAS 109-1,
Application of FASB Statement No. 109 to the Tax
Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the
American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, the tax deduction on
qualified production activities will be treated as a special
deduction, as described in Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. As such, the special deduction will be
reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on our
tax return.
On May 17, 2006, the Tax Increase Prevention and
Reconciliation Act of 2005 was signed into law, creating an
exclusion from U.S. taxable income for certain types of
foreign related party payments of dividends, interest, rents,
and royalties which, prior to 2006, have been subject to
U.S. taxation. This exclusion applies for the years 2006
through 2008, and may apply to certain of our related party
payments.
We expect our effective tax rate in 2006 to be similar to or
lower than 2005 due to lower levels of U.S. income
inclusions from our low taxed foreign subsidiaries. Our
effective tax rate is based upon current earnings, estimates of
future taxable earnings for each domestic and international
location and the estimated impact of tax planning strategies.
Changes in any of these and other factors, including our ability
to utilize foreign tax credits and net operating losses or
results from tax audits, could impact the tax rate in future
periods. As of December 31, 2005 we have foreign tax
credits of approximately $21.3 million, expiring in 2010
through 2015 against which we recorded no valuation allowances.
Additionally, we have recorded U.S. net deferred tax assets
of $111.8 million, which relate to net operating losses,
tax credits and other deductible temporary differences which are
available to reduce taxable income in future periods, most of
which do not have a definite expiration. Should we not be able
to utilize all or a portion of these credits and losses, our
effective tax rate would be negatively impacted.
Net
Earnings and Earnings Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
46.2
|
|
|
$
|
25.9
|
|
|
$
|
50.5
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
44.5
|
|
Net earnings per share from
continuing operations diluted
|
|
|
0.82
|
|
|
|
0.46
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
|
Net earnings per
share diluted
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
0.80
|
|
Average diluted shares
|
|
|
56.7
|
|
|
|
55.7
|
|
|
|
55.3
|
|
Income from continuing operations increased $20.3 million
in 2005 to $46.2 million, or $0.82 per diluted share,
primarily as a result of the factors discussed above regarding
operating income. Net earnings declined in 2005 as compared to
with 2004 primarily as a result of impairment charges of
$30.1 million related to GSG, which is included in
discontinued operations and is more fully discussed in
Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in
this Annual Report. Earnings per share in 2005 were negatively
impacted by a 1.7% higher average diluted share count.
39
Income from continuing operations decreased $24.6 million
in 2004 to $25.9 million, or $0.46 per diluted share.
In addition to the factors discussed above regarding operating
income, 2004 income from continuing operations was also impacted
by increases in the effective tax rate, as compared to 2003, and
losses on derivative contracts.
The 2005 and 2004 increases in average diluted shares reflect
the issuance of stock awards and the dilutive effects of
increases in our stock price.
Other
Comprehensive Income (Expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Other comprehensive (expense)
income
|
|
$
|
(63.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
15.1
|
|
|
$
|
68.3
|
|
Other comprehensive income declined to expense of
$63.7 million in 2005 from income of $15.1 million in
2004. The decline is primarily a result of a decrease of
$56.3 million in currency translation adjustments as
compared with 2004. The decrease is due primarily to the
devaluation of the Euro and the British pound versus the
U.S. dollar during 2005. Minimum pension liability expense
of $31.9 million in 2005 increased as compared with expense
of $8.2 million in 2004, primarily as a result of a
decreased discount rate.
Other comprehensive income declined to $15.1 million in
2004 as compared with 2003. The decrease is primarily a result
of a decrease of $36.5 million in currency translation
adjustments as compared with 2003. The decline in currency
translation adjustment income is due primarily to the
devaluation of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro and the
British pound during 2004. In addition, the minimum pension
liability decreased $16.7 million as compared with 2003,
primarily as a result of a slight decrease in pension plan asset
returns.
Business
Segments
We conduct our business through three business segments that
represent our major product areas. We evaluate segment
performance and allocate resources based on each segments
operating income excluding special items, such as restructuring
and integration costs related to the IFC acquisition. We believe
that special items, while indicative of efforts to integrate IFC
in our business, do not reflect ongoing business results. We
believe investors and other users of our financial statements
can better evaluate and analyze historical and future business
trends if special items are excluded from each segments
operating income. Operating income before special items is not a
recognized measure under GAAP and should not be viewed as an
alternative to, or a better indicator of, GAAP measures of
performance. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report for further discussion
of our segments. The key operating results for our three
business segments, FPD, FCD and FSD are discussed below.
Flowserve
Pump Division Segment Results
Through FPD, we design, manufacture, distribute and service
engineered and industrial pumps and pump systems, replacement
parts and related equipment, principally to industrial markets.
FPD has 27 manufacturing facilities worldwide, of which nine are
located in North America, 11 in Europe, four in South America
and three in Asia. FPD also more than 50 service centers, which
are either free standing or co-located in a manufacturing
facility. In March 2004, we acquired the remaining 75% interest
in TKL, a leading Australian designer, manufacturer and supplier
of centrifugal pumps, railway track work products and steel
castings. As a result of this acquisition, we strengthened our
product offering in the mining industry, broadened our
manufacturing capacity in the Asia Pacific region and gained
foundry capacity.
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flowserve Pump
Division
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Bookings
|
|
$
|
1,575.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,339.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,207.1
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1,398.4
|
|
|
|
1,329.8
|
|
|
|
1,164.6
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
390.6
|
|
|
|
341.3
|
|
|
|
282.9
|
|
Gross profit margin
|
|
|
27.9
|
%
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
|
|
24.3
|
%
|
Segment operating income
|
|
|
144.6
|
|
|
|
110.1
|
|
|
|
85.9
|
|
Segment operating income as a
percentage of sales
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
Backlog (at period end)
|
|
|
703.5
|
|
|
|
575.8
|
|
|
|
569.6
|
|
Bookings in 2005 increased by $233.4 million, or 17.4%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $3 million, as
compared with 2004 due to increases in all regions: EMA bookings
increased approximately $139.2 million, excluding currency
effects; North and South America bookings increased by
$42.5 million and $19.7 million, respectively and
excluding currency effects, due to several large engineered
projects; and Asia Pacific increased $33.1 million due
primarily to TKL. The increase is also attributable to continued
growth in the oil and gas industry.
Bookings in 2004 increased by $74.0 million, or 6.1%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $58 million,
as compared with 2003. The increase is due to additional
bookings of $40.5 million resulting primarily from TKL, and
an increase in aftermarket bookings. Aftermarket bookings
represented 46.3% of total FPD bookings in 2004 as compared with
44.3% in 2003, as our primary served markets for the oil and gas
and chemicals industries experienced growth and operated at near
capacity levels due to continued increases in crude oil prices.
Sales in 2005 increased by $65.1 million, or 4.9%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $4 million, as
compared with 2004. Sales in North and South America increased
by $20.8 million and $14.2 million, respectively, and
excluding currency benefits. In North America, higher sales were
primarily attributable to an improvement in general industrial
products as well as in parts and service in the U.S. and Canada.
Asia Pacific increased $16.7 million due primarily to TKL.
Of the $1.4 billion of sales in 2005, approximately 49%
were from oil and gas, 18% power, 12% water, 8% chemical and 13%
general industries.
Sales in 2004 increased by $105.8 million, or 9.1%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $59 million as
compared with 2003. Sales improved in all regions and were most
active in our core oil and gas markets. Water projects,
especially those focusing on desalination, improved and chemical
markets remained strong despite increasing feedstock prices. Of
the 9.1% increase, 3.0% was directly attributable to increased
sales from TKL. Offsetting these favorable sales was decreased
business in our North American water market, where our sales
were $14.5 million lower than the previous year as FPD was
more selective in bidding opportunities. Of the
$1.3 billion of sales in 2004, approximately 43% were from
oil and gas, 20% power, 10% water, 8% chemical and 19% general
industries.
Gross profit margin increased to 27.9% in 2005 as compared with
25.7% in 2004 and 24.3% in 2003. The increase in both years is
primarily a result of the increase in sales, which favorably
impacts our absorption of fixed costs, a higher mix of
historically more profitable general industrial products and
services and increased productivity. In 2004, these positive
effects were partially offset by an increase in incentive
compensation of $7.4 million included in cost of sales.
Operating income in 2005 increased by $35.7 million, or
32.4%, excluding unfavorable currency effects of approximately
$1 million, as compared with 2004. The increase is
primarily a result of the increase in gross profit margin
discussed above.
Operating income in 2004 increased by $17.2 million, or
20.0%, excluding currency benefits of approximately
$7 million, as compared with 2003. In addition to the
increased sales and gross profit margin discussed above,
operating income also increased due to $2.9 million in
operating income from TKL and a gain of $8.5 million from
the involuntary conversion of patterns that were lost in a fire
at one of our foundries. These were slightly offset by an
41
increase in incentive compensation of $7.4 million included
in cost of sales as discussed above and an incremental increase
in incentive compensation of $9.1 million included in
SG&A.
Backlog in 2005 increased by $179.8 million, or 31.2%,
excluding negative currency effects of approximately
$52 million, as compared with 2004. The increase is
primarily attributable to the strong bookings performance in
2005 across all regions, as well as an increase in large oil and
gas project orders in EMA.
Flow
Control Division Segment Results
Our second largest business segment is FCD, which designs,
manufactures and distributes a broad portfolio of industrial
valve products, including modulating and finite valves,
actuators and controls. In addition, FCD leverages its
experience and application know-how by offering a complete menu
of engineered services to complement its expansive product
portfolio. FCD has more than 4,000 employees at its
manufacturing and service facilities in 19 countries around the
world, with only five of its 22 manufacturing operations located
in the U.S.
In 2005, focus on execution coupled with strong operational
performance in FCDs key end-markets, yielded financial
results above prior years. In an effort to better align our
business portfolio with our core strategic objectives, FCD made
the decision to divest GSG, which provides online repair and
other third-party services. Effective December 31, 2005, we
sold the assets of GSG to Furmanite, a unit of Dallas-based
Xanser Corporation. We believe this divestiture allows us to
continue our focus on our core end-user objectives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flow Control Division
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Bookings
|
|
$
|
936.0
|
|
|
$
|
851.8
|
|
|
$
|
764.6
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
894.3
|
|
|
|
838.7
|
|
|
|
757.7
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
284.9
|
|
|
|
252.7
|
|
|
|
239.5
|
|
Gross profit margin
|
|
|
31.9
|
%
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
Operating income (before special
items)
|
|
|
89.2
|
|
|
|
65.3
|
|
|
|
68.0
|
|
Integration expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
Restructuring expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Segment operating income (after
special items)
|
|
|
89.2
|
|
|
|
65.3
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
Segment operating income (after
special items) as a percentage of sales
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
7.8
|
%
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Backlog (at period end)
|
|
|
240.6
|
|
|
|
216.5
|
|
|
|
205.7
|
|
In 2005, FCD bookings increased by $81.5 million, or 9.6%,
excluding currency effects of approximately $3 million, as
compared with 2004. This growth is primarily attributable to
increases in order volume, particularly in Asia Pacific coupled
with what we believe to be sustainable price increases in all of
FCDs core end-markets including the oil and gas, power and
chemical industries. Bookings in 2004 increased by
$41.8 million, or 5.5%, excluding currency benefits of
approximately $45 million, as compared with 2003. The
increase is a result of strengthening in the chemical and the
oil and gas segments of the market.
FCD sales in 2005, increased by $53.4 million, or 6.4%,
excluding currency effects of approximately $2 million, as
compared with 2004. The recovery of major valve markets that
began in 2004 strengthened as 2005 progressed and drove sales
increases to our process and power valve customers. Sales
performance in 2005 reflects an increase in sales volume,
improvement in worldwide power markets and U.S. chemical
markets. Sales in 2005 also reflect improvement in the Asian and
Russian markets. Of the $894.3 million of sales in 2005,
approximately 38% were general industry sales, 32% were sales to
chemical companies, 15% were oil and gas industry sales and 15%
were sales to power industry customers. Sales in 2004 increased
by $37.6 million, or 5.0%, excluding currency benefits of
approximately $43 million, as compared with 2003. The
increase is primarily attributable to many of the major valve
markets beginning to recover from several years of decline.
Increased customer demand for valve products and services in the
power, chemical and general industrial markets helped drive the
2004 sales increases. Of the $838.7 million of sales in
2004, approximately 43% were general industry sales, 26% were
sales to chemical companies, 16% were oil and gas industry sales
and 15% were sales to power industry customers.
42
Gross profit margin of 31.9% in 2005 increased as compared with
2004. The increase is due to our efforts to continuously monitor
inventory levels, coupled with successful management of aged
inventory, which resulted in a charge to cost of sales to
increase the reserve for obsolete and slow moving inventory of
$3.7 million in 2005, which was significantly lower as
compared with the $14.1 million charge recorded in 2004.
Further, the aforementioned volume and sales price increases
with a more favorable mix of aftermarket sales, which typically
have a higher margin, positively impacted gross profit margin.
Gross profit margin of 30.1% in 2004 decreased as compared with
2003. This resulted primarily from a $14.1 million charge
to cost of sales for the increase in the reserve for obsolete
and slow moving inventory, which resulted when a comparatively
large portion of inventory purchased in our acquisition of IFC
in 2002 did not sell at anticipated rates, thus triggering
recognition of additional obsolescence reserves.
In 2005, operating income (before special items) increased
$23.2 million, or 35.6%, excluding currency effects of less
than $1 million, driven primarily by the increase in the
gross profit margin discussed above. Operating income was
negatively impacted by higher sales commissions incurred to
generate the sales increase, higher costs associated with
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, costs incurred in expanding our
footprint in Asia. Operating income (before special items) in
2004 decreased by $7.2 million, or 10.6% excluding currency
benefits of approximately $4 million, as compared with
2003. The decrease results primarily from a $14.1 million
charge to income for the increased provision for obsolete and
slow moving inventory, as discussed above, plus an incremental
$7.6 million increase in incentive compensation included in
SG&A. Special items during 2003 were associated with the
acquisition and integration of IFC into FCD.
Backlog in 2005 increased by $36.5 million, or 16.9%,
excluding negative currency effects of approximately
$12 million, as compared with 2004. The increase is
primarily attributable to the strong bookings performance in
2005.
Flow
Solutions Division Segment Results
Through FSD, we design, manufacture and distribute mechanical
seals, sealing systems and parts, and provide related services,
principally to industrial markets. FSD has seven manufacturing
operations, three of which are located in the U.S. FSD
operates 64 QRCs worldwide, including 25 sites in North America,
14 in Europe, and the remainder in South America and Asia. Our
ability to manufacture engineered seal products within
72 hours from the customers
request through design, engineering,
manufacturing, testing and delivery is a
significant competitive advantage. Based on independent industry
sources, we believe that we are the second largest mechanical
seal supplier in the world.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flow Solutions
Division
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Bookings
|
|
$
|
463.4
|
|
|
$
|
395.0
|
|
|
$
|
361.1
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
443.6
|
|
|
|
394.0
|
|
|
|
357.7
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
193.4
|
|
|
|
170.3
|
|
|
|
160.1
|
|
Gross profit margin
|
|
|
43.6
|
%
|
|
|
43.2
|
%
|
|
|
44.8
|
%
|
Segment operating income
|
|
|
86.0
|
|
|
|
72.6
|
|
|
|
73.9
|
|
Segment operating income as a
percentage of sales
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
20.7
|
%
|
Backlog (at period end)
|
|
|
61.2
|
|
|
|
43.7
|
|
|
|
41.0
|
|
Bookings in 2005 increased by $64.5 million, or 16.3%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $4 million, as
compared with 2004. Bookings in 2004 increased by
$22.5 million, or 6.2%, excluding currency benefits of
approximately $11 million, as compared with 2003. This
bookings growth reflects increased business in projects, which
includes OEMs, and the aftermarket. We experienced strong growth
in compressor and pump seals in the project business and
continued success with end users due to a focus on servicing
customers locally through our increasing network of QRCs. In
addition, the bookings improvement reflects FSDs success
in establishing longer-term customer alliance programs,
including fixed fee alliances. Fixed fee alliances are
contractual agreements with customers wherein the customer pays
us a fixed amount each period (usually monthly) for the term of
the agreement. In return for this fixed cost, the customer is
entitled to new seals, repairs, upgraded equipment,
43
replacements and maintenance services as defined within the
scope of each agreement. We believe the fixed fee strategy
coupled with higher levels of customer service, reliability,
drive for repair business, equipment upgrades, replacements and
maintenance services have led to increases in market share in
2005 and 2004.
Sales in 2005 increased by $47.0 million, or 11.9%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $3 million, as
compared with 2004. The increase is due to the following:
strength in the oil and gas industry led by oil prices and high
demand; share growth in the mineral and ore processing industry
due to strong demand; and increased sales in the gas compressor
business due to growth in the natural gas industry. Of the
$443.6 million of sales in 2005, approximately 33% was from
oil and gas, 26% from chemical and 41% from general industries.
Sales in 2004 increased by $25.2 million, or 7.0%,
excluding currency benefits of approximately $11 million,
as compared with 2003. Continuous improvements focused on our
end user customer business, as well as meeting our strategic
growth initiatives, led FSD to increased shipments in all
regions in 2004. Of the $394.0 million of sales in 2004,
approximately 30% was from oil and gas, 27% chemical and 43%
general industries.
Gross profit margin increased to 43.6% in 2005 as compared with
2004 primarily as a result of the ability to pass along price
increases and improved product mix in the aftermarket, which
typically has a higher margin. Gross profit margin for FSD
decreased to 43.2% in 2004 as compared with 44.8% in 2003,
primarily due to a $4.1 million increase in annual
incentive compensation included in cost of sales, increases in
worldwide metals pricing, and a charge to cost of sales
resulting from an increase in the reserve for slow moving
inventory.
Operating income in 2005 increased by $12.8 million, or
17.6%, excluding currency benefits of less than $1 million,
as compared with 2004. The improvement in 2005 reflects
increased gross profit margins discussed above and greater
control of SG&A. Operating income in 2004 decreased by
$3.7 million, or 5.0%, excluding currency benefits of
approximately $2 million, as compared with 2003. The
decrease in operating income is primarily a result of the
decrease in gross profit margin discussed above and an increase
in SG&A, resulting from an increase in annual incentive
compensation of $4.1 million.
Backlog in 2005 increased by $19.7 million, or 45.1%,
excluding negative currency effects of approximately
$2 million, as compared with 2004. The increase is
primarily attributable to the strong bookings performance in
2005, as well as one significant contract in which the final
shipment is not due until 2008.
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by
operating activities
|
|
$
|
127.4
|
|
|
$
|
267.5
|
|
|
$
|
181.3
|
|
Net cash flows used by investing
activities
|
|
|
(39.3
|
)
|
|
|
(14.1
|
)
|
|
|
(26.6
|
)
|
Net cash flows used by financing
activities
|
|
|
(53.3
|
)
|
|
|
(250.6
|
)
|
|
|
(162.8
|
)
|
Cash
Flow Analysis
Cash generated by operations and borrowings available under our
existing revolving line of credit are our primary sources of
short-term liquidity. Our sources of operating cash include the
sale of our products and services and the reduction of our
working capital, particularly accounts receivable and
inventories. Our total cash balance at December 31, 2005
was $96.5 million, compared to $63.8 million in 2004
and $53.5 million in 2003.
The cash flows provided by operating activities in 2005
primarily reflect an increase in working capital, particularly
higher accounts receivable of $37.2 million from the impact
of the termination of our accounts receivable securitization
agreement of $48.7 million. The increase in cash flows
provided by operating activities in 2004 primarily relates to
the implementation of the accounts receivable securitization
agreement and increases in accounts payable, accrued liabilities
and retirement obligations and other liabilities. In 2003, we
also benefited from receipt of a $4.9 million
U.S. income tax refund. Cash outflows related to the IFC
integration were $27.2 million in 2003.
Further, operating cash flows in 2005 reflect increased funding
of pension plans of approximately $30 million as compared
with 2004. The reduction in working capital for 2004 reflects
increases of $46.6 million in accounts payable due to
deferred payment of invoices at year-end in 2004, and
$32.1 million in accrued liabilities due
44
primarily to an increase of approximately $44 million in
the bonus accrual for 2004. The reduction in working capital for
2004 also reflects our continued emphasis on improving accounts
receivable collections and reducing inventory. The improvement
in accounts receivable in 2004 as compared to 2003 primarily
reflects improved collections and the impact of the accounts
receivable securitization of $48.7 million discussed below.
In addition, incremental factoring of certain
non-U.S. receivables
contributed $0.7 million in 2005, used $3.4 million in
2004 and contributed $15.5 million in 2003.
Our goal for days sales receivables outstanding
(DSO) is 60 days. For the fourth quarter of
2005, we achieved a DSO of 58 days as compared to
59 days for the same period in 2004. For reference purposes
based on 2005 sales, an improvement of one day could provide
approximately $8 million in cash. Inventory reductions
contributed $4.7 million of cash flow for 2005 compared
with $25.5 million of cash flow for 2004 and
$29.4 million in 2003. The majority of the inventory
reduction in 2004 was in project-related work in process
inventory required to support shipments of products in backlog,
offset in part by an increase in raw materials. As a result of
inventory reductions, inventory turns were 5.6 times at
December 31, 2005, compared with 5.1 times and 4.4 times at
December 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively. For reference
purposes based on 2005 data, an improvement of one turn could
yield approximately $55 million in cash.
Cash outflows for investing activities were $39.3 million,
$14.1 million and $26.6 million in 2005, 2004 and
2003, respectively, due primarily to capital expenditures.
Cash outflows for financing activities were $53.3 million
in 2005 compared with $250.6 million in 2004 and
$162.8 million in 2003. The change in 2005 is primarily a
result of the debt paydown. The change in 2004 results primarily
from increased mandatory repayments of long-term debt triggered
by the GMBU divestiture, the issuance of the EIB credit facility
and accounts receivables securitization.
Our cash needs for the next 12 months are expected to be
substantially similar to 2005, except for a decrease in debt
payments required under our New Credit Facilities partially
offset by an increase in pension contributions and increases in
capital expenditures related to information technology
infrastructure and capacity expansion. We believe cash flows
from operating activities, combined with availability under our
revolving line of credit and our existing cash balances, will be
sufficient to enable us to meet our cash flow needs for the next
12 months. However, cash flows from operations could be
adversely affected by economic, political and other risks
associated with sales of our products, operational factors,
competition, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and
fluctuations in interest rates, among other factors. We believe
that cash flows from operating activities and our expectation of
continuing availability to draw upon our revolving credit
agreements are also sufficient to meet our cash flow needs for
the periods exceeding the next 12 months.
We generated $1.1 million and $6.8 million of cash
flow related to the exercise of employee stock options in 2005
and 2004, respectively, which is reflected in financing
activities of the consolidated statement of cash flows. Amounts
generated from the exercise of employee stock options in 2003
were not significant. Stock option shares are not currently
exercisable due to the temporary suspension of our stock option
exercise program, as a result of which current employees,
including executive officers, qualified retirees and our
directors are unable to exercise their vested options. The stock
option exercise program was temporarily suspended due to the
fact that we were not able to timely file our annual and
quarterly periodic reports with the SEC, which made it
impossible to issue registered shares upon option exercises.
We have a substantial number of outstanding stock options
granted in past years to employees under our stock option plans
which have been unexercisable for an extended period due to our
non-current filing status of all our SEC financial reports.
These outstanding options include options for
809,667 shares held by our former Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer, C. Scott Greer. Given the significant
increase in our share price during the period in which optionees
have been unable to exercise their options, it is possible that
many holders may want to exercise soon after they are first able
to do so. We will reopen our stock option exercise program and
allow optionees to exercise their options once we become current
with our SEC financial reporting obligations and have registered
the issuance of our common shares upon exercise of such stock
options with the SEC. We currently expect this to occur in 2006.
If the holders of a large number of these options promptly
exercise following such reopening, there would be some dilutive
impact on our earnings per share. We anticipate that a
significant number of stock option exercises at one time would
positively impact our cash flow, however, we are still
evaluating the extent of such
45
impact and alternatives to satisfy our obligation under the
stock option program, up to and including repurchasing shares on
the market to offset some or all of the dilutive impact on our
earnings per share which could negatively impact our cash flow.
The impacts on our cash flow and earnings per share are
dependent upon share price, number of shares and strike price of
shares exercised.
Payments
for Acquisitions
We regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities of various
sizes. The cost and terms of any financing to be raised in
conjunction with any acquisition, including our ability to raise
economical capital, is a critical consideration in any such
evaluation.
In March 2004, we acquired the remaining 75% interest in TKL for
approximately $12 million. We paid for the acquisition with
cash generated by operations. Prior to the acquisition, we held
a 25% interest in TKL. As a result of this acquisition, we
strengthened our product offering in the mining industry,
broadened our manufacturing capacity in the Asia Pacific region
and gained foundry capacity.
Capital
Expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
49.3
|
|
|
$
|
45.2
|
|
|
$
|
28.8
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
59.8
|
|
|
|
62.5
|
|
|
|
61.6
|
|
Capital expenditures were funded primarily by operating cash
flows and, to a lesser extent, by bank borrowings. In 2005, our
capital expenditures focused on new product development,
information technology infrastructure and cost reduction
opportunities. In 2003 and 2004, capital expenditures were
invested in new and replacement machinery and equipment,
information technology and acquisition integration activities,
including structures and equipment required at receiving
facilities. Capital expenditures in 2004 include approximately
$5 million for the purchase of a building we previously
leased for the manufacture of valves. In each year, capital
expenditures were less than depreciation expense due to excess
capacity and the upgrading of equipment through integration
processes. In 2006, our capital expenditures are focused on
capacity expansion, enterprise resource planning application
upgrades (Project STAR: Simplification and Teamwork Accelerates
Results), information technology infrastructure and cost
reduction opportunities and are expected to be between
$70 million and $75 million. Certain of our facilities
may face capacity constraints in the foreseeable future, which
may lead to higher capital expenditure levels.
46
Financing
Debt, including capital lease obligations, consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Term Loan, interest rate of 6.36%
|
|
$
|
578,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Term Loan Tranche A:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Dollar Tranches,
interest rate of 5.02%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,240
|
|
Euro Tranche, interest rate of
4.69%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,257
|
|
Term Loan Tranche C, interest
rate of 5.20%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,851
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes, net of
discount, coupon of 12.25%:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Dollar denominated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,004
|
|
Euro denominated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87,484
|
|
EIB loan, interest rate of 4.42%
in 2005 and 2.39% in 2004
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
Receivable securitization and
factoring obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,635
|
|
Capital lease obligations and other
|
|
|
1,636
|
|
|
|
1,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt and capital lease obligations
|
|
|
665,136
|
|
|
|
701,844
|
|
Less amounts due within one year
|
|
|
12,367
|
|
|
|
44,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt due after one year
|
|
$
|
652,769
|
|
|
$
|
657,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New
Credit Facilities
On August 12, 2005, we entered into New Credit Facilities
comprised of a $600.0 million term loan maturing on
August 10, 2012 and a $400.0 million revolving line of
credit, which can be utilized to provide up to
$300.0 million in letters of credit, expiring on
August 12, 2010. We used the proceeds of borrowings under
our New Credit Facilities to refinance our 12.25% Senior
Subordinated Notes and indebtedness outstanding under our 2000
Credit Facilities. Further, we replaced the letter of credit
agreement that guaranteed our EIB credit facility (described
below) with a letter of credit issued as part of the New Credit
Facilities.
Borrowings under our New Credit Facilities bear interest at a
rate equal to, at our option, either (1) the base rate
(which is based on greater of the prime rate most recently
announced by the administrative agent under our New Credit
Facilities or the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%) or
(2) London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus
an applicable margin determined by reference to the ratio of our
total debt to consolidated Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA), which as of
December 31, 2005 was 1.75% for LIBOR borrowings.
EIB
Credit Facility
On April 14, 2004, we and one of our European subsidiaries,
Flowserve B.V., entered into an agreement with EIB, pursuant to
which EIB agreed to loan us up to 70 million, with
the ability to draw funds in multiple currencies, to finance in
part specified research and development projects undertaken by
us in Europe. Borrowings under the EIB credit facility bear
interest at a fixed or floating rate of interest agreed to by us
and EIB with respect to each borrowing under the facility. Loans
under the EIB credit facility are subject to mandatory
prepayment, at EIBs discretion, upon the occurrence of
certain events, including a change of control or prepayment of
certain other indebtedness. In addition, the EIB credit facility
contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability
to dispose of assets related to the financed project and require
us to deliver to EIB our audited annual financial statements
within 30 days of publication. In August 2004, we borrowed
$85 million at a floating interest rate based on
3-month
U.S. LIBOR that resets quarterly. As of December 31,
2005, the interest rate was 4.42%. The maturity of the loan is
June 15, 2011, but may be repaid at any time without
penalty.
47
Additional discussion of our New Credit Facilities, the EIB
credit facility and other debt instruments no longer in effect
as of December 31, 2005 is included in Note 11 to our
consolidated financial statements, included in this Annual
Report.
We have entered into interest rate and currency swap agreements
to hedge our exposure to cash flows related to the credit
facilities discussed above. These agreements are more fully
described in Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Market Risk.
Debt
Prepayments and Repayments
The following summarizes our repayment of obligations under our
various credit facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Scheduled repayment
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
27.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Mandatory repayment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optional prepayment(1)
|
|
|
38.4
|
|
|
|
160.0
|
|
|
|
163.1
|
|
Loss on debt repayment and
extinguishment
|
|
|
27.7
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Optional prepayment excludes the proceeds from our New Credit
Facilities that were used to repay our outstanding obligations
under our 2000 Credit Facilities and our 12.25% Senior
Subordinated Notes. |
Loans under our New Credit Facilities are subject to mandatory
repayment with, in general:
|
|
|
|
|
100% of the net cash proceeds of asset sales; and
|
|
|
|
Unless we attain and maintain investment grade credit ratings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
75% of our excess cash flow, subject to a reduction based on the
ratio of our total debt to consolidated EBITDA;
|
|
|
|
50% of the proceeds of any equity offerings; and
|
|
|
|
100% of the proceeds of any debt issuances (subject to certain
exceptions).
|
We made a mandatory debt repayment of $10.9 million in
January 2006 using the net cash proceeds from the sale of GSG
and we will make a mandatory repayment of $0.9 million in
July 2006 using excess cash flows.
We may prepay loans under our New Credit Facilities in whole or
in part, without premium or penalty.
We incurred $9.3 million in fees related to the New Credit
Facilities, of which $0.8 million were expensed in 2005.
Prior to the refinancing, we had $11.8 million of
unamortized deferred loan costs related to previous credit
facilities and Senior Subordinated Notes, which were called
immediately following our refinancing. Based upon the final
syndicate of financial institutions for the New Credit
Facilities, we expensed $10.5 million of these unamortized
deferred loan costs in 2005. In addition to the total loan costs
of $11.3 million that were expensed, we recorded a charge
of $16.4 million for premiums paid to call our Senior
Subordinated Notes, for a total loss on extinguishment of
$27.7 million recorded in 2005. The remaining
$8.5 million of fees related to the New Credit Facilities
were capitalized and combined with the remaining
$1.3 million of previously unamortized deferred loan costs
for a total of $9.8 million in deferred loan costs included
in other assets, net. These costs are being amortized over the
term of the New Credit Facilities using the effective interest
method.
Accounts
Receivable Securitization
In October 2004, Flowserve US Inc., one of our wholly owned
subsidiaries, and Flowserve Receivables Corporation
(FRC), a wholly owned subsidiary of Flowserve US
Inc., entered into a receivables purchase agreement
(RPA) with two third party financial institutions
whereby FRC could obtain up to $75 million in financing on
a revolving basis by securitizing certain
U.S.-based
trade receivables.
To obtain financing, Flowserve US Inc. transferred eligible
receivables to FRC, which was formed solely for this accounts
receivable securitization program. Pursuant to the RPA, FRC then
sold undivided purchaser interests
48
in these receivables to the third party financial institutions.
Flowserve US Inc. continued to service the receivables for a
servicing fee of 0.5% of the average net receivable balance. No
servicing liability was recognized at December 31, 2004
because the amount was immaterial due to the short term average
collection period of the securitized receivables. FRC had no
recourse against Flowserve US Inc. for failure of the debtors to
pay when due. As of December 31, 2004, FRC had secured
$60 million in financing under the program. The proceeds
were used to repay $16 million and $44 million of
Tranche A and Tranche C bank term loans, respectively,
outstanding under our prior credit facilities. At the time the
purchaser interests were sold, $48.7 million of the
receivables transferred to FRC were removed from FRCs
financial statements, and FRC further recorded short-term debt
of $11.3 million. Borrowings under the RPA in excess of
$11.3 million are excluded from our debt balance as
presented in the consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2004.
On October 31, 2005, we terminated the RPA. In connection
with this, we borrowed approximately $48 million under our
New Credit Facilities and repurchased outstanding receivable
interests from the third party financial institutions. See
additional discussion of our accounts receivable securitization
program in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report.
Accounts
Receivable Factoring
Through our European subsidiaries, we engage in non-recourse
factoring of certain accounts receivable. The various agreements
have different terms, including options for renewal and mutual
termination clauses. Under our previous credit facilities, such
factoring was generally limited to $50 million, based on
due date of the factored receivables. The limit on factoring was
raised to $75 million under the New Credit Facilities
entered into in August 2005. See additional discussion of our
accounts receivable factoring program in Note 5 to our
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.
Debt
Covenants and Other Matters
Our New Credit Facilities contain covenants requiring us to
deliver to lenders leverage and interest coverage financial
covenants and our audited annual and unaudited quarterly
financial statements. Under the leverage covenant, the maximum
permitted leverage ratio steps down beginning with the fourth
quarter of 2006, with a further step-down beginning with the
fourth quarter of 2007. Under the interest coverage covenant,
the minimum required interest coverage ratio steps up beginning
with the fourth quarter of 2006, with a further
step-up
beginning with the fourth quarter of 2007. Compliance with these
financial covenants under our New Credit Facilities is tested
quarterly. Delivery of the December 31, 2005 audited
financial statements is required by May 30, 2006. We have
received a waiver from our lenders to deliver the
December 31, 2005 audited annual financial statements by
July 31, 2006. Further, we are required to furnish within
50 days of the end of each of the first three quarters of
each year our consolidated balance sheet, and related statements
of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows.
Our New Credit Facilities also contain covenants restricting our
and our subsidiaries ability to dispose of assets, merge,
pay dividends, repurchase or redeem capital stock and
indebtedness, incur indebtedness and guarantees, create liens,
enter into agreements with negative pledge clauses, make certain
investments or acquisitions, enter into sale and leaseback
transactions, enter into transactions with affiliates, make
capital expenditures, engage in any business activity other than
our existing business or any business activities reasonably
incidental thereto. With the waiver for delivery of the
December 31, 2005 audited financial statements, we are in
compliance with all debt covenants under the New Credit
Facilities.
49
CONTRACTUAL
OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS
The following table presents a summary of our contractual
obligations at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due By Period
|
|
|
|
Within
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beyond 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
2-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
11.7
|
|
|
$
|
11.5
|
|
|
$
|
11.5
|
|
|
$
|
628.8
|
|
|
$
|
663.5
|
|
Fixed interest payments(1)
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
30.1
|
|
Variable interest payments(2)
|
|
|
36.9
|
|
|
|
73.2
|
|
|
|
71.6
|
|
|
|
47.2
|
|
|
|
228.9
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
17.4
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
|
|
82.8
|
|
Purchase obligations:(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
200.1
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211.8
|
|
Non-inventory
|
|
|
23.3
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.6
|
|
Retirement and postretirement
benefits(4)
|
|
|
37.9
|
|
|
|
80.4
|
|
|
|
84.7
|
|
|
|
226.9
|
|
|
|
429.9
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Fixed interest payments include payments on fixed and
synthetically fixed rate debt. |
|
(2) |
|
Variable interest payments under our New Credit Facilities were
estimated using a base rate of three-month LIBOR as of
December 31, 2005. |
|
(3) |
|
Purchase obligations are presented at the face value of the
purchase order, excluding the effects of early termination
provisions. Actual payments could be less than amounts presented
herein. |
|
(4) |
|
Retirement and postretirement benefits represent estimated
benefit payments for our U.S. and
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans, as more fully described in Note 12 to our
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. |
The following table presents a summary of our commercial
commitments at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitment Expiration By
Period
|
|
|
|
Within 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beyond 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
2-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Letters of credit
|
|
$
|
277.0
|
|
|
$
|
55.1
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
342.2
|
|
Surety bonds
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33.9
|
|
We expect to satisfy these commitments through performance under
our contracts.
PENSION
AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OBLIGATIONS
Our pension plans and postretirement benefit plans are accounted
for using actuarial valuations required by
SFAS No. 87, Employers Accounting for
Pensions, and SFAS No. 106,
Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits
Other Than Pensions. We consider accounting for retirement
plans critical because management is required to make
significant subjective judgments about a number of actuarial
assumptions, including discount rates, salary growth, long-term
return on plan assets, retirement, turnover, health care cost
trend rates and mortality rates. Depending on the assumptions
and estimates used, the pension and postretirement benefit
expense could vary within a range of outcomes and have a
material effect on reported earnings. In addition, the
assumptions can materially affect accumulated benefit
obligations and future cash funding.
Plan
Description
We and certain of our subsidiaries have defined benefit pension
plans and defined contribution plans for regular full-time and
part-time employees. The defined benefit pension plan in the
U.S. is the Flowserve Corporation Pension Plan and the
defined contribution plan is the Flowserve Corporation
Retirement Savings Plan.
50
Approximately 66% of total defined benefit pension plan assets
and 57% of benefit obligations are related to the U.S. plan
as of December 31, 2005. The assets for the U.S. plan
are held in a single trust with a common asset allocation.
Unless specified otherwise, the references in this section are
to total plans (i.e., the U.S. plan together with
international plans).
Benefits under our defined benefit pension plans are based
primarily on years of credited service and on participants
compensation. Assets under our defined benefit pension plans
consist primarily of equity and fixed-income securities. At
December 31, 2005, the fair market value of plan assets for
our defined benefit plans increased to $311.6 million from
$276.3 million at December 31, 2004. Assets were
allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Plan
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Plans
|
|
Asset category
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
64
|
%
|
|
|
48
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
41
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
The projected benefit obligation for our defined benefit pension
plans was $520.6 million and $488.7 million as of
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
None of our common stock is directly held by these plans.
We sponsor a defined benefit postretirement health care plan
covering most current retirees and a limited number of future
retirees in the U.S. This plan provides for medical and
dental benefits and is administered through insurance companies.
We fund the plan as benefits are paid, such that the plans hold
no assets in any period presented. Accordingly, we have no
investment strategy or targeted allocations for plan assets. The
benefits under the plan are not available to new employees or
most existing employees.
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for our
defined benefit postretirement health care plan was
$73.8 million and $88.7 million as of
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The decrease is
primarily a result of plan amendments in 2005 that reduced our
obligation from full coverage to a capped amount at two
facilities and a higher than expected decrease in plan
participants.
Accrual
Accounting and Significant Assumptions
Consistent with the requirements of SFAS No. 87, we
account for pension benefits using the accrual method,
recognizing pension expense before the payment of benefits to
retirees. The accrual method of accounting for pension benefits
necessarily requires actuarial assumptions concerning future
events that will determine the amount and timing of the benefit
payments.
Our key assumptions used in calculating our cost of pension
benefits are the discount rate, the rate of compensation
increase, and the expected long-term rate of return on plan
assets. We, in consultation with our actuaries, evaluate the key
actuarial assumptions and other assumptions used in calculating
the cost of pension benefits, such as discount rate, expected
return on plan assets for funded plans, life expectancy of
participants and assumed rate of wage increases, and determine
such assumptions as of December 31 of each year to
calculate liability information as of that date and pension
expense for the following year. Depending on the assumptions
used, the pension expense could vary within a range of outcomes
and have a material effect on reported earnings. In addition,
the assumptions can materially affect accumulated benefit
obligations and future cash funding. Actual results in any given
year may differ from those estimated because of economic and
other factors.
The assumed discount rate used for determining future pension
obligations is based on indices of AA-rated corporate bonds,
except for two foreign locations which use government bonds. The
assumed rate of compensation increase used for determining
future pension obligations reflects an estimate of the change in
actual future compensation levels due to general price levels,
productivity, seniority and other factors.
In 2005, net pension expense for our defined benefit pension
plans included in income from continuing operations was
$26.5 million compared to $22.9 million in 2004 and
$20.0 million in 2003. The postretirement benefit expense
for the postretirement health care plan was $0.8 million in
2005 compared to $3.8 million in 2004
51
and $4.1 million in 2003. The decline in 2005 is primarily
attributable to plan amendments capping our liabilities and to a
decrease in the number of participants.
The following are assumptions related to our defined benefit
pension plans for the year ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Plan
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Plans
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine benefit obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
4.43
|
%
|
Rate of increase in compensation
levels
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
3.19
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine net cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term rate of return on assets
|
|
|
8.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.75
|
|
|
|
5.12
|
|
Rate of increase in compensation
levels
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
3.05
|
|
The following provides a sensitivity analysis of alternative
assumptions on the U.S. qualified and aggregate
non-U.S. pension
plans and U.S. postretirement plans.
Effect of
Discount Rate Changes and Constancy of Other
Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5% Increase
|
|
|
0.5% Decrease
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
U.S. defined benefit pension
plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect on pension expense
|
|
$
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
Effect on Projected Benefit
Obligation
|
|
|
(12.2
|
)
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
Non-U.S. defined
benefit pension plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect on pension expense
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
Effect on Projected Benefit
Obligation
|
|
|
(19.8
|
)
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
U.S. Postretirement medical
plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect on postretirement medical
expense
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Effect on Projected Benefit
Obligation
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Effect of
Changes in the Expected Return on Assets and Constancy of Other
Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5% Increase
|
|
|
0.5% Decrease
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
U.S. defined benefit pension
plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect on pension expense
|
|
$
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
Effect on Projected Benefit
Obligation
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Non-U.S. defined
benefit pension plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect on pension expense
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Effect on Projected Benefit
Obligation
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
U.S. Postretirement medical
plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect on postretirement medical
expense
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Effect on Projected Benefit
Obligation
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
As discussed below, GAAP provides that differences between
expected and actual returns are recognized over the average
future service of employees.
At December 31, 2005, we lowered our assumed discount rate
for the U.S. plan from 5.75% to 5.50% consistent with
decreased
10-year bond
yields and our average rate for
non-U.S. plans
from 5.12% to 4.43%. We maintained our average assumed rate of
compensation increase at 4.5% for the U.S. plan and
slightly increased the assumed rate of compensation increase to
3.19% for
non-U.S. plans.
The reduction in the discount rate had the
52
effect of increasing the present value of benefit obligations
and, accordingly, increased pension expense for 2005. We lowered
the expected rate of return on U.S. plan assets from 8.75%
for 2004 to 8.25% for 2005, primarily to reflect reduced
expected long-term equity returns. Further reductions to the
assumed discount rate and expected rate of return will have the
effect of increasing pension expense for 2006.
We expect that the net pension expense for our defined benefit
pension plans included in earnings before income taxes will be
approximately $4.4 million higher in 2006 than the
$26.5 million in 2005, reflecting, among other things, the
decrease in the assumed discount rate and expected reduction in
the rate of return on plan assets. We expect the 2006 expense
for the postretirement health care plan to be $0.8 million.
We have used the same assumed discount rates of 5.50% and 5.75%
at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, in calculating
our cost of pension benefits and our cost of other
postretirement benefits for U.S. plans.
The assumed ranges for the annual rates of increase in per
capita costs for periods prior to Medicare were 8.0% for 2005,
9.0% for 2004 and 10.0% for 2003, with a gradual decrease to
5.0% for 2007 and future years. If actual costs are higher than
those assumed, this will likely put modest upward pressure on
our expense for retiree health care.
On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed into law the
Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of
2003 (the Medicare Act). The effects of the Medicare
Act are reflected in 2004 net periodic postretirement
benefit cost (a reduction of $0.7 million) and accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2004 (a
reduction of $4.5 million).
Delayed
Recognition of Actuarial Gains and Losses
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, unrecognized net actuarial
losses for our defined benefit plans were $163.0 million
and $132.2 million, respectively, based on the fair market
value of plan assets. These unrecognized net actuarial losses
primarily reflect in large part the steady reduction of the
weighted-average discount rate over the years.
SFAS No. 87 provides for delayed recognition of
actuarial gains and losses, including amounts arising from
changes in the estimated plan benefit obligations due to changes
in the assumed discount rate, differences between the actual and
expected returns on plan assets, and other assumption changes.
SFAS No. 87 requires that unrecognized net actuarial
gain or loss, determined based on the market-related value of
plan assets (which differs from fair market value and is a
calculated value that recognizes changes in fair value in a
systematic and rational manner over five years), be amortized in
pension expense for the year to the extent that such
unrecognized net actuarial loss or gain exceeds 10% of the
greater of the projected benefit obligation or the
market-related value of plan assets at the beginning of the
year. These net gains and losses are recognized as pension
expense prospectively over a period that approximates the
average remaining service period of active employees expected to
receive benefits under the plans to the extent that they are not
offset by losses and gains in subsequent years.
At December 31, 2005, the unrecognized net actuarial loss
for the U.S. plan subject to amortized recognition,
determined based on the market-related value of plan assets, was
$105.8 million. This amount exceeded 10% of the greater of
the projected benefit obligation or the market related value of
plan assets by $77.0 million. Unless offset by future
unrecognized gains from higher discount rates or higher than
expected returns on plan assets, amortization of this
unrecognized loss is expected to increase pension expense for
each of the following 13 years by approximately
$6.0 million per year, which amount is reflected in the
higher expense expected in 2006.
In the event the fair market value of pension plan assets of a
particular plan is less than the accumulated benefit obligation
for such plan at year-end, GAAP may require an additional
minimum liability, and in such circumstances, a reduction in
shareholders equity or an establishment of an intangible
asset. At December 31, 2005, the fair market value of our
defined benefit pension plan assets was $311.6 million and
the related accumulated benefit obligation was
$501.9 million. We recognized an additional minimum
liability of $137.4 million at December 31, 2005,
which was recorded as a $93.2 million charge in other
comprehensive income included in shareholders equity, a
$43.5 million deferred tax asset, and a $0.7 million
intangible asset. At December 31, 2004, the fair market
value of our defined benefit pension plan assets was
$276.3 million and the related accumulated benefit
obligation was $473.6 million. We recognized an additional
minimum liability of $97.4 million at December 31,
2004, which
53
was recorded as a $62.1 million charge in other
comprehensive income included in stockholders equity, a
$34.6 million deferred tax asset, and a $0.7 million
increase in the intangible asset.
Plan
Funding
Our funding policy for defined benefit plans is to contribute at
least the amounts required under applicable laws and local
customs. We contributed $53.1 million, $23.4 million
and $34.7 million to our defined benefit plans in 2005,
2004 and 2003, respectively. In 2006, we expect to contribute
approximately $36 million to our qualified
U.S. pension plan, and we expect to contribute
approximately $8 million to our
non-U.S. pension
plans.
For further discussions on retirement benefits, see Note 12
to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual
Report.
OUR
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The process of preparing financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires the use of estimates and assumptions to
determine reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses and the disclosure of related contingent
assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions are
based upon information available at the time of the estimates or
assumptions, including our historical experience, where
relevant. The most significant estimates made by management
include timing and amount of revenue recognition, allowance for
doubtful accounts, inventory costing and related fair value
allowances, deferred tax asset realization, restructuring
charges and expected payments reflected in related reserves,
legal and environmental claims estimates, warranty provisions,
pension and postretirement benefits obligations and the fair
value of indefinite-lived assets (including goodwill) and other
long-lived assets. The significant estimates are reviewed
quarterly by management with oversight by our Disclosure Control
Committee, an internal committee comprised of members of senior
management, and the Disclosure Control Committee presents its
views to the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Because
of the uncertainty of factors surrounding the estimates,
assumptions and judgments used in the preparation of our
financial statements, actual results may differ from the
estimates, and the difference may be material.
Our critical accounting policies are those policies that are
both most important to our financial condition and results of
operations and require the most difficult, subjective or complex
judgments on the part of management in their application, often
as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of
matters that are inherently uncertain. We believe that the
following represent our critical accounting policies. For a
summary of all of our significant accounting policies, see
Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in
this Annual Report. Management and our external auditors have
discussed our critical accounting policies with the Audit
Committee of our Board of Directors.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenues for products and short-term projects are recognized
based on the shipping terms agreed to with the customer and
fulfillment of all but inconsequential or perfunctory actions
required, which is generally the point of title transfer. If the
customer order requires formal acceptance, revenue is not
recognized until formal acceptance has been received. For
contracts containing multiple products, each having separable
value, we generally recognize revenue on individual product
shipments equal to the shipped products pro rata share of
the contracts fair value upon the fulfillment of all but
inconsequential or perfunctory actions of the individual product
shipment. For multiple deliverables under a single contract or
arrangement, such as product delivery and installation, we
separate the fair value of the product from the installation and
recognize revenue on each element independently upon fulfillment
of all but inconsequential or perfunctory actions. Our estimates
mainly relate to the fair value determination of the underlying
services or products. Revenue on service contracts is recognized
after the services have been rendered and accepted by the
customer. All revenue for products, short-term projects and
service contracts require, prior to recognition, the persuasive
evidence of an arrangement, a fixed or determinable sales price
and reasonable assurance of collectibility.
Revenue for certain long-term large contracts is recorded on the
percentage of completion method calculated on a
cost-to-cost
basis, in instances where reliable cost estimates exist.
Percentage of completion revenue represents
54
less than 5% of our consolidated revenues for each year
presented, and is most prevalent in FPD. The percentage of
completion method of revenue recognition requires us to prepare
estimates of costs to complete contracts in progress, and in
doing so we make judgments to evaluate contingencies such as
potential variances in scheduled delivery and the cost of
materials, labor costs and productivity, the impact of change
orders, potential warranty liabilities and liquidated damage
claims, contract disputes, and achievement of contractual
performance standards. Changes in total estimated contract costs
and resultant contract losses, if any, are recognized in the
period in which they are determined.
Revenue generated under fixed fee service and repair contracts
are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
contract. These contracts can range in duration, but generally
extend for five years. Fixed fee service and repair contracts
represent less than 5% of our consolidated revenue for each year
presented, and are most prevalent in FSD.
In certain instances, we provide guaranteed completion dates
under the terms of our contracts. Failure to meet schedule or
agreed upon delivery dates can result in unrealized incentive
fees or non-recoverable costs. In instances where the payments
of such costs are likely, we perform project profitability
analysis using such costs to reduce revenues realizable, which
could cause estimated project costs to exceed projected revenues
realized from the project. In such instances, we would record
reserves to cover such excesses in the period they are
determined, which would adversely affect our results of
operations and financial position. In instances where the
reduced revenues still exceed costs, the incurrence of the costs
generally reduces profitability of the project at the time of
subsequent revenue recognition. Our reported results would
change if different estimates were used for contract costs or if
different estimates were used for contractual contingencies.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on
estimates of the amount of uncollectible accounts receivable.
The amount of the allowance is determined principally based upon
the aging of the receivable, as well as on customer credit
history, significant customer disputes, outstanding industry and
market segment information, economic trends and conditions,
credit reports and customer financial condition.
We consider our collection history and specifically known
uncollectible accounts in establishing our allowance. Customer
credit issues, customer bankruptcies, general economic
conditions or other matters largely beyond our control can
affect the collectibility of our accounts receivable. If our
customers financial conditions worsened or if customer
disputes increased beyond levels currently provided for, we
might be required to recognize additional allowances or incur
additional write-offs, which would adversely impact our results
of operation, cash flows and financial position.
Our credit risk may be mitigated by our large number of
customers across many different geographic regions. For all of
2003 and most of 2004, we had a credit insurance policy for many
of our European subsidiaries, whereby we were entitled to
remuneration from the third party insurer, net of deductible, in
instances where customers covered by this policy were unable to
pay. We cancelled this policy in late 2004 due to minimal claims
sought.
Inventories
and Related Reserves
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We
primarily determine cost for the majority of our
U.S. inventories by the
last-in,
first-out method and for other inventories by the
first-in,
first-out method. We estimate the market value of our inventory
based on an assessment of recent or committed sales prices, and
provide for excess and obsolete inventories based on historical
usage, estimated future demand and related pricing. In
determining excess quantities, we consider recent sales
activity, related margins and market positioning of our
products. These estimates are generally not subject to
significant volatility, due to the long life cycles of our
product lines, except for product rationalizations generally
associated with acquisition integration programs. However,
factors beyond our control, such as demand levels, technological
advances and pricing competition, could change from period to
period. If such factors had an adverse effect on us, we might be
required to reduce the value of our inventory, which would
adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and
financial position.
55
Deferred
Taxes and Tax Valuation Allowances
We recognize valuation allowances to reduce the carrying value
of deferred tax assets to amounts that we expect are more likely
than not to be realized. Our valuation allowances primarily
relate to the deferred tax assets established for certain net
operating loss carryforwards for U.S. and
non-U.S. subsidiaries,
and we evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets by
assessing the related valuation allowance and by adjusting the
amount of these allowances, if necessary. We assess such factors
as our forecast of future taxable income and available tax
planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net
deferred tax assets in determining the sufficiency of our
valuation allowances. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable
income in the applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in
an increase in our effective tax rate on future earnings.
Implementation of different tax structures in certain
jurisdictions could, if successful, result in future reductions
of certain valuation allowances.
Tax
Reserves
The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits
by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which often
result in proposed assessments. Significant judgment is required
in determining income tax provisions and evaluating tax
positions. We establish reserves for open tax years for certain
positions that are subject to challenge by various tax
authorities. The consolidated tax provision and related accruals
include the impact of such reasonably estimable losses and
related interest as deemed appropriate. We believe we have
adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome
related to these matters, and our future results may include
favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax
liabilities. To the extent that the expected tax outcome of
these matters changes, such changes in estimate will impact the
income tax provision in the period in which such determination
is made.
Restructuring
and Integration Expense
Restructuring and integration expenses have generally been
recognized in conjunction with our acquisitions. Such expenses
reflect many estimates including costs pertaining to employee
severance payments, fulfillment of outstanding contractual
obligations and other matters associated with exiting a
facility. Restructuring costs related to facilities and
employees of acquired businesses generally become a component of
goodwill, whereas non-acquisition related restructuring costs
are recorded as restructuring expense in the consolidated
statements of operations. Integration costs are recognized as a
reduction to the results of operations as a component of current
earnings. Reserves created for each restructuring plan are
assessed quarterly and adjusted for any revisions of cost
estimates or other changes in planned restructuring activities.
Prior to January 1, 2003, we recognized restructuring
reserves when the related restructuring plans had been both
approved and communicated to affected employees. In conjunction
with adopting SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs
Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, on
January 1, 2003, we now record restructuring reserves as
the related liability is incurred.
Legal
and Environmental Accruals
The costs relating to legal and environmental liabilities are
recorded when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred
and such loss is estimable. We have a formal process for
assessing the facts and recording any required reserves on a
case-by-case
basis. Assessments of legal and environmental reserves are based
on information obtained from our independent and in-house
experts, including recent legal decisions and loss experience in
similar situations. The recorded legal reserves are susceptible
to changes due to new developments regarding the facts and
circumstances of each matter, changes in political environments,
legal venue and other factors. Recorded environmental reserves
could change based on further analysis of our properties,
technological innovation and regulatory environment changes.
Warranty
Accruals
Warranty obligations are based upon product failure rates,
materials usage and service delivery costs, an analysis of all
identified or expected claims and an estimate of the cost to
resolve such claims. The estimates of expected claims are
generally a factor of historical claims and known product
issues. Warranty obligations based on
56
these factors are adjusted based on historical sales trends for
the preceding 24 months. Changes in claim rates,
differences between actual and expected warranty costs, sales
trends, and facility rationalization activities could impact
warranty obligation estimates, which might have adverse effects
to our consolidated results of operations and financial position.
Retirement
and Postretirement Benefits
Determination of the value of our retirement and postretirement
benefits liabilities is based on actuarial valuations. Inherent
in these valuations are key assumptions which are assessed
annually in the fourth quarter and which include:
|
|
|
|
|
discount rates;
|
|
|
|
expected return on plan assets for funded plans;
|
|
|
|
life expectancy of participants;
|
|
|
|
assumed rate of wage increases; and
|
|
|
|
assumed rate of health care cost increases.
|
We evaluate, in conjunction with our professional advisors,
prevailing market conditions in countries where plans are
maintained, including appropriate rates of return, interest
rates and medical inflation rates. Specifically for our
U.S. plan, we assess such market factors as changes in the
cash balance interest crediting rate, borrowing rates for
investment grade corporate and industrial companies, assumptions
used by Fortune 500 companies, our actual wage increases in
recent years, expected rates of return for each targeted asset
class held by the plans and return premiums generated by active
investment management. For the
non-U.S. plans
we perform similar analyses, but also factor in local laws and
requirements. We also compare our significant assumptions with
our peers and discuss our key assumptions, prior to their
incorporation into actuarial calculations, with the Finance
Committee of our Board of Directors. We evaluate the funded
status of each retirement plan using current assumptions and
determine the appropriate funding level considering applicable
regulatory requirements, tax deductibility, reporting
considerations, cash flow requirements and other factors.
Valuation
of Goodwill, Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets and Other
Long-Lived Assets
Our business acquisitions typically generate goodwill and other
intangible assets, which affect prospective amortization expense
and possible impairment expense we might incur. We test the
value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for
impairment as of December 31 each year or whenever events
or circumstances indicate such assets may be impaired.
Impairment losses for goodwill are recognized whenever the
implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value.
Impairment losses for intangibles are recognized whenever the
estimated fair value is less than the carrying value. The test
for goodwill impairment involves significant judgment in
estimating projections of fair value generated through future
performance of each of the reporting units, which correlate to
our operating segments. The test of indefinite-lived intangibles
involves significant judgment in estimating projections of
future sales levels. In calculating the fair value of the
reporting units using the present value of estimated future cash
flows, we rely on a number of factors including operating
results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated
future cash flows and market data used in discounting those cash
flows. Inherent uncertainties exist in determining and applying
such factors. The discount rate used in the projection of fair
value represents a weighted average cost of capital of 8.65%,
which is applicable to our company and industry based on
published data. The net realizable value of other long-lived
assets, including property, plant and equipment, is reviewed
periodically, when indicators of potential impairments are
present, based upon an assessment of the estimated future cash
flows related to those assets, utilizing methodologies similar
to that for goodwill and indefinite-lived assets. Additional
considerations related to our long-lived assets include expected
maintenance and improvements, changes in expected uses and
ongoing operating performance and utilization.
Due to uncertain market conditions and potential changes in
strategy and product portfolio, it is possible that forecasts
used to support asset carrying values may change in the future,
which could result in non-cash charges that would adversely
affect our results of operations and financial condition.
57
ACCOUNTING
DEVELOPMENTS
We have presented the information about accounting
pronouncements not yet implemented in Note 1 to our
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.
OUTLOOK
FOR 2006
We experienced strengthening in our markets in 2005 and we
remain optimistic about our markets and our performance in 2006,
considering that the economic opportunities in many of our
geographic and core industrial markets continue to be strong. As
a result of these factors, our revenues are expected to increase
from 2005, excluding currency fluctuations. For additional
discussion on our markets, see the Business
Overview Our Markets section of this
Managements Discussion and Analysis. Our bookings have
increased 23.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2006
as compared to the same period in 2005. However, as a booking
represents a contract that can be modified or canceled, there is
no guarantee that the increase in bookings will result in the
same increase in revenues.
We expect our operating income to increase in 2006 as compared
with 2005, although there are a numbers of factors that could
have a significant impact on our operating income in 2006. Our
2006 operating income should continue to benefit from a number
of operational improvement programs, including the procurement
program and the CIP initiative, as well as other operational
improvements in several of our facilities. In addition,
continuation of our end user strategy, selective contract
bidding and an increase in our quick turnaround products, which
are historically more profitable, should also positively
contribute to our operating income in 2006. However, a number of
significant costs and certain other expenses will negatively
impact our operating income in 2006. These include selected
investments in technology infrastructure to consolidate our ERP
systems; enhancements to our CIP initiative; professional fees
incurred in the development of tax strategies and enhancement of
our compliance programs; an increase in research and development
spending; a continued high level of professional fees primarily
related to the restatement of our financial results for 2002,
2003 and the first quarter of 2004, and the 2004 and 2005
audits, including Section 404 assessments, which were all
completed in the first half of 2006; initiation of the 2006
audit and Section 404 assessment; non-cash stock
compensation expenses primarily related to the adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment and
re-measurement and modification of certain stock options; and
higher wage and benefit costs due to inflation. In addition, we
may experience capacity constraints at several of our plant
locations in 2006 which could cause delays in shipping and
payment of liquidated damages.
If these factors occur as we have described, we expect net
earnings and net earnings per share to improve in 2006. There is
potential for the exercise of a significant amount of stock
options in 2006 which will become exercisable after we become
current with our required filings with the SEC. The exercise of
the stock options could have a dilutive effect on net earnings
per share. See the Liquidity and Capital Resources
section of this Managements Discussion and Analysis for
further discussion.
Following the refinancing of the 2000 Credit Facilities and the
12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes in August 2005, 100% of our
debt carries a floating rate of interest. As of
December 31, 2005 we had $410 million of derivative
contracts to convert a portion of floating interest rates to
fixed interest rates to reduce our exposure to interest rate
volatility. As a result of our refinancing and lower levels of
debt in 2006, we expect our interest expense will be lower in
2006 as compared to 2005. However, because a large portion of
our debt carries a floating rate of interest, the debt is
subject to volatility in rates, which could negatively affect
interest expense. In addition, we do not expect to incur losses
on debt extinguishment in 2006 as were incurred during the
re-financing during 2005.
We expect to generate sufficient cash from operations to fund
our business, capital expenditures, pension plan contribution
obligations and costs of compliance, and continue to reduce debt
levels. We expect to improve working capital utilization by
reducing DSO and increasing inventory turns. However, the amount
of cash generated from working capital is dependent on the level
of revenues and other factors. In 2006 our capital expenditures
are focused on capacity expansion, enterprise resource planning
application upgrades, information technology infrastructure and
cost reduction opportunities and are expected to be between
$70 million and $75 million, before consideration of
any acquisition activity. Currently, no significant acquisitions
are imminent. While current pension regulations allow us
latitude in the amount of contributions, we currently anticipate
that our contributions to our qualified U.S. pension plan
will be between $35 million and $40 million in 2006.
We currently anticipate that our
58
contributions to our
non-U.S. pension
plans will be approximately $8 million in 2006. We have no
scheduled repayments in 2006 under the New Credit Facilities,
however we made a mandatory repayment of $10.9 million in
January 2006 using the net cash proceeds from the sale of GSG
and we will make a mandatory repayment of $0.9 million in
July 2006 using excess cash flows. We expect to comply with the
covenants under our New Credit Facilities in 2006. See the
Liquidity and Capital Resources section of this
Managements Discussion and Analysis for further discussion
of our debt covenants. The potential exercise of a significant
amount of stock options in 2006 (see preceding paragraph) could
generate a significant amount of cash in 2006.
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
|
Market
risks associated with financial instruments
We have market risk exposure arising from changes in interest
rates and foreign currency exchange rate movements.
We enter into forward contracts to hedge our risks associated
with transactions denominated in currencies other than the local
currency of the operation engaging in the transaction. Our risk
management and derivatives policy specifies the conditions under
which we may enter into derivative contracts. At
December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had approximately
$236 million and $139 million, respectively, of
notional amount in outstanding forward contracts with third
parties. At December 31, 2005, the maximum length of any
forward contract currently in place was 20 months.
Certain of our forward contracts do not qualify for hedge
accounting. The fair value of these outstanding forward
contracts at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was a net liability
of $2.3 million and a net asset of $3.4 million,
respectively. Unrealized gains (losses) from the changes in the
fair value of these forward contracts of approximately
$(5.2) million, $(2.5) million, and $1.6 million,
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively, are included in other (expense) income, net in the
consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of
outstanding forward contracts qualifying for hedge accounting
was a net liability of $7,000 and $2.3 million at
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Unrealized gains
(losses) from the changes in the fair value of qualifying
forward contracts and the associated underlying exposures of
$(35,000), $(0.2) million, and $0.5 million, net of
tax, as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively,
are included in other comprehensive income (expense) in the
consolidated statements of shareholders equity.
Also as part of our risk management program, we enter into
interest rate swap agreements to hedge exposure to floating
interest rates on term loans. At December 31, 2005 and
2004, we had $325.0 million and $125.0 million,
respectively, of notional amount in outstanding interest rate
swaps with third parties. At December 31, 2005, the maximum
length of any interest rate contract currently in place was
approximately three years. At December 31, 2005 and 2004,
the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was a net
asset of $0.9 million and a net liability of
$3.4 million, respectively.
During 2004, we entered into a compound derivative contract to
hedge exposure to both currency translation and interest rate
risks associated with our European Investment Bank
(EIB) loan. The notional amount of the derivative
was $85 million, and it served to convert floating rate
interest rate risk to a fixed rate, as well as U.S. dollar
currency risk to Euros. The derivative matures in 2011. At
December 31, 2005 and 2004, the fair value of this
derivative was a net liability of $2.8 million and
$15.9 million, respectively. The unrealized gain (loss) on
the derivative, offset with the foreign transaction gain on the
underlying loan aggregate to $0.2 million and
$(5.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2005
and 2004, respectively, and are included in other (expense)
income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
We are exposed to risk from credit-related losses resulting from
nonperformance by counterparties to our financial instruments.
We perform credit evaluations of our counterparties under
forward contracts and interest rate swap agreements and expect
all counterparties to meet their obligations. We have not
experienced credit losses from our counterparties.
Our earnings are impacted by changes in short-term interest
rates as a result of borrowings under our credit facilities,
which bear interest based on floating rates. At
December 31, 2005, after the effect of interest rate swaps,
59
we had approximately $253.5 million of variable rate debt
obligations outstanding with a weighted average interest rate of
6.36%. A hypothetical change of 100-basis points in the interest
rate for these borrowings, assuming constant variable rate debt
levels, would change interest expense by approximately
$2.5 million.
We employ a foreign currency hedging strategy to minimize
potential losses in earnings or cash flows from unfavorable
foreign currency exchange rate movements. These strategies also
minimize potential gains from favorable exchange rate movements.
Foreign currency exposures arise from transactions, including
firm commitments and anticipated transactions, denominated in a
currency other than an entitys functional currency and
from foreign-denominated revenues and profits translated back
into U.S. dollars. Based on a sensitivity analysis at
December 31, 2005 and before consideration of any
outstanding forward contracts, a 10% adverse change in the
foreign currency exchange rates could impact our results of
operations by $11.7 million.
An analysis of the estimated impact by currency follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact on Net
|
|
Currency
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Euro
|
|
$
|
3,367.0
|
|
Swiss franc
|
|
|
1,625.0
|
|
British pound
|
|
|
1,198.1
|
|
Singapore dollar
|
|
|
1,118.6
|
|
Indian rupee
|
|
|
798.2
|
|
Canadian dollar
|
|
|
759.8
|
|
Venezuelan bolivar
|
|
|
621.4
|
|
Mexican peso
|
|
|
583.9
|
|
Argentinean peso
|
|
|
386.2
|
|
Australian dollar
|
|
|
382.7
|
|
Brazilian real
|
|
|
292.2
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
|
276.6
|
|
Saudi Arabian riyal
|
|
|
120.4
|
|
Other
|
|
|
180.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
11,710.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hedging related transactions, recorded to other comprehensive
income (expense), net of deferred taxes, are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income
(Expense)
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Reclassification to earnings for
settlements during the year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward contracts
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
$
|
(458
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
1,284
|
|
|
|
2,689
|
|
|
|
3,014
|
|
Change in fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward contracts
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
|
458
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
1,547
|
|
|
|
(162
|
)
|
|
|
(1,574
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31
|
|
$
|
2,984
|
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
The following amounts, net of deferred taxes, represent the
expected recognition into earnings for hedging contracts based
on their fair values at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contracts
|
|
|
Swaps
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.1
|
)
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We incurred foreign currency translation gains (losses) of
$(34.8) million, $21.4 million and $57.9 million, in
2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The currency loss in 2005
primarily reflects weakening of the Euro versus the
U.S. dollar and the currency gains in 2004 and 2003
primarily reflect strengthening of the Euro versus the
U.S. dollar.
61
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
|
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Flowserve
Corporation
We have completed integrated audits of Flowserve
Corporations 2005 and 2004 consolidated financial
statements and of its internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2005 and an audit of its 2003
consolidated financial statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are
presented below.
Consolidated
financial statements and financial statement
schedule
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Flowserve
Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Company) at
December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement
schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2)
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set
forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. These financial statements
and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
Internal
control over financial reporting
Also, we have audited managements assessment, included in
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that Flowserve
Corporation did not maintain effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, because the
Company did not maintain (1) effective controls over its
period-end financial reporting processes, including monitoring,
(2) effective segregation of duties over automated and
manual transaction processes, (3) effective controls over
the completeness, accuracy and validity of revenue,
(4) effective controls over the completeness, accuracy,
validity and valuation of its inventory and related cost of
sales transactions, (5) effective controls over the
completeness, accuracy and validity of its accounts payable and
related disbursements, (6) effective controls over the
accounting for certain derivative transactions, and
(7) effective controls over the completeness, accuracy and
valuation of stock-based employee compensation expense, based on
criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). The Companys management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express
opinions on managements assessment and on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit of internal control over financial
reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An
audit of internal control over financial reporting includes
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control, and performing such other procedures as we consider
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable
62
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the companys assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of
control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote
likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim
financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The
following material weaknesses have been identified and included
in managements assessment as of December 31, 2005:
(1) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
its period-end financial reporting processes, including
monitoring, which resulted in the following material weaknesses.
(a) The Company did not maintain effective controls to
ensure that journal entries, both recurring and non-recurring,
were consistently reviewed and approved in a timely manner to
ensure the validity, completeness and accuracy of recorded
entries. This control deficiency affects substantially all
financial statement accounts and resulted in adjustments,
including audit adjustments, to the Companys annual and
all interim consolidated financial statements for 2005.
(b) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
the completeness and accuracy of supporting schedules for
account reconciliations, and account reconciliations were not
consistently documented, reviewed and approved in a timely
manner. This control deficiency affects substantially all
financial statement accounts and resulted in adjustments to the
Companys annual and all interim consolidated financial
statements for 2005.
(c) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
the accuracy and disclosure of its debt obligations.
Specifically, controls were not effective to ensure that amounts
due within one year were properly classified as current
liabilities and that related disclosures appropriately reflected
the timing of future mandatory debt repayments. This control
deficiency affects debt due within one year and long-term debt
due after one year and resulted in audit adjustments to the
Companys annual consolidated financial statements for 2005.
(d) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
the completeness, accuracy and validity of spreadsheets used in
the Companys period end financial reporting process to
ensure that access was restricted to appropriate personnel, and
that unauthorized modification of the data or formulas within
spreadsheets was prevented. This control deficiency affects
substantially all financial statement accounts and resulted in
adjustments, including audit adjustments, to the Companys
annual and all interim consolidated financial statements for
2005.
(e) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
the completeness, accuracy and timely recording of accrued
liabilities as part of the accounting close process.
Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place
to ensure relevant information was communicated in a timely
manner in order to assess and record the financial effects of
certain loss contingencies. This control deficiency primarily
affects accrued liabilities and related operating expense
accounts and resulted in adjustments, including audit
adjustments, to the Companys annual and all interim
consolidated financial statements for 2005.
(2) The Company did not maintain effective segregation of
duties over automated and manual transaction processes.
Specifically, the Company did not maintain effective controls
over the granting, maintenance and monitoring of access to
financial systems and data. Certain information technology
personnel had unrestricted access to financial applications,
programs and data beyond that needed to perform their individual
job responsibilities and without any independent monitoring. In
addition, certain financial personnel had incompatible duties
that allowed for the creation, review and processing of certain
financial data without independent review and authorization.
This control deficiency affects substantially all financial
statement accounts. However, this control deficiency did not
result in adjustments to the Companys annual or any
interim consolidated financial statements for 2005.
63
(3) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
the completeness, accuracy and validity of revenue.
Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place
to ensure that invoices were complete, accurate, valid and
recorded in the proper period. Additionally, effective controls
were not designed and in place to ensure the validity and
accuracy of sales orders. This control deficiency primarily
affects revenue and accounts receivable and resulted in
adjustments to the Companys annual and all interim
consolidated financial statements for 2005.
(4) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
the completeness, accuracy, validity and valuation of the
Companys inventory and related cost of sales transactions.
Specifically, controls with respect to the accuracy of product
costing, job order costing, cost accumulation and certain
inventory management processes were not effective. Additionally,
controls were not effective to ensure accurate and timely
recording of inventory shipments and receipts. This control
deficiency primarily affects inventory and cost of sales and
resulted in adjustments, including audit adjustments, to the
Companys annual and all interim consolidated financial
statements for 2005.
(5) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
the completeness, accuracy and validity of the Companys
accounts payable and related disbursements. Specifically,
effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that
the matching of purchase orders and receiving documentation to
invoices occurred prior to disbursement. This control deficiency
primarily affects accounts payable and resulted in adjustments
to the Companys annual and all interim consolidated
financial statements for 2005.
(6) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
accounting for certain derivative transactions. Specifically,
the Company did not adequately document the criteria for
measuring hedge effectiveness at the inception of certain
derivative transactions. This control deficiency primarily
affects accounts receivable, other expense, other comprehensive
income and accumulated other comprehensive income. However, this
control deficiency did not result in adjustments to the
Companys annual or any interim consolidated financial
statements for 2005.
(7) The Company did not maintain effective controls over
the completeness, accuracy and valuation of stock-based employee
compensation expense. Specifically, the Company did not maintain
effective controls to ensure that stock-based employee
compensation expense arising from the modification of terms that
affect the exercise period of employee stock option awards was
determined and recognized in the proper period. This control
deficiency primarily affects compensation expense and
paid-in-capital
and resulted in audit adjustments to the Companys annual
and June 30, 2005 interim consolidated financial statements
for 2005.
Each of the control deficiencies described in items 1
through 7 above could result in a misstatement of the
aforementioned account balances or disclosures that would result
in a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated
financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
Management has determined that each of the control deficiencies
in items 1 through 7 above constitutes a material weakness
in the Companys internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2005.
These material weaknesses were considered in determining the
nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit
of the 2005 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion
regarding the effectiveness of the Companys internal
control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on
those consolidated financial statements.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Flowserve
Corporation did not maintain effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 is fairly
stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established
in Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the COSO. Also, in our opinion, because of the
effects of the material weaknesses described above on the
achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Flowserve
Corporation has not maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 based on
criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by
the COSO.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Dallas, Texas
June 30, 2006
64
FLOWSERVE
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except
per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
92,864
|
|
|
$
|
63,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
3,628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
472,946
|
|
|
|
462,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
361,770
|
|
|
|
388,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
113,957
|
|
|
|
81,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
26,034
|
|
|
|
54,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,071,199
|
|
|
|
1,049,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
397,622
|
|
|
|
432,809
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
834,863
|
|
|
|
865,351
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
34,261
|
|
|
|
10,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
146,251
|
|
|
|
157,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, net
|
|
|
91,342
|
|
|
|
117,884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
2,575,538
|
|
|
$
|
2,634,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
316,713
|
|
|
$
|
316,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
360,798
|
|
|
|
347,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt due within one year
|
|
|
12,367
|
|
|
|
44,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
5,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
694,922
|
|
|
|
708,409
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt due after one year
|
|
|
652,769
|
|
|
|
657,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement and postretirement
benefits and other liabilities
|
|
|
396,013
|
|
|
|
397,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Serial preferred stock,
$1.00 par value, 1,000 shares authorized,
no shares issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $1.25 par value
|
|
|
72,018
|
|
|
|
72,018
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
authorized 120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
issued 57,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
477,201
|
|
|
|
472,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
446,163
|
|
|
|
434,328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
995,382
|
|
|
|
978,526
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock, at
cost 1,640 and 2,146 shares, respectively
|
|
|
(37,547
|
)
|
|
|
(48,171
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation obligation
|
|
|
4,656
|
|
|
|
6,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
(130,657
|
)
|
|
|
(66,914
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
831,834
|
|
|
|
870,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
2,575,538
|
|
|
$
|
2,634,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
65
FLOWSERVE
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except
per share data)
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
2,695,277
|
|
|
$
|
2,522,489
|
|
|
$
|
2,248,852
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
1,833,446
|
|
|
|
1,763,909
|
|
|
|
1,565,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
861,831
|
|
|
|
758,580
|
|
|
|
682,920
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
|
671,738
|
|
|
|
597,081
|
|
|
|
511,415
|
|
Integration and restructuring
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
190,093
|
|
|
|
161,499
|
|
|
|
153,557
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(74,125
|
)
|
|
|
(80,407
|
)
|
|
|
(83,720
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
3,399
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
4,133
|
|
Loss on debt repayment and
extinguishment
|
|
|
(27,744
|
)
|
|
|
(2,708
|
)
|
|
|
(1,346
|
)
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(8,351
|
)
|
|
|
(14,055
|
)
|
|
|
(4,412
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
83,272
|
|
|
|
66,268
|
|
|
|
68,212
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
37,092
|
|
|
|
40,386
|
|
|
|
17,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
46,180
|
|
|
|
25,882
|
|
|
|
50,477
|
|
Discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(31,846
|
)
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
|
|
(6,014
|
)
|
(Loss) gain from sale of
discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(2,499
|
)
|
|
|
3,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
11,835
|
|
|
$
|
24,200
|
|
|
$
|
44,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.62
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.46
|
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.61
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
66
FLOWSERVE
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
11,835
|
|
|
$
|
24,200
|
|
|
$
|
44,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive (expense)
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
(34,846
|
)
|
|
|
21,414
|
|
|
|
57,917
|
|
Minimum pension liability effects,
net of tax
|
|
|
(31,881
|
)
|
|
|
(8,211
|
)
|
|
|
8,497
|
|
Cash flow hedging activity, net of
tax
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive (expense)
income
|
|
|
(63,743
|
)
|
|
|
15,082
|
|
|
|
68,288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(51,908
|
)
|
|
$
|
39,282
|
|
|
$
|
112,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
67
FLOWSERVE
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
COMMON STOCK
|
|
|
57,614
|
|
|
$
|
72,018
|
|
|
|
57,614
|
|
|
$
|
72,018
|
|
|
|
57,614
|
|
|
$
|
72,018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAPITAL IN EXCESS OF PAR VALUE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance January 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
472,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
477,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
477,635
|
|
Stock activity under stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,724
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(227
|
)
|
Restricted stock grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,087
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,524
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
Unearned compensation activity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,691
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
945
|
|
Tax benefit associated with the
exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
477,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
472,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
477,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RETAINED EARNINGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance January 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
434,328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
410,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
365,665
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
446,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
434,328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
410,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TREASURY STOCK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance January 1
|
|
|
(2,146
|
)
|
|
$
|
(48,171
|
)
|
|
|
(2,775
|
)
|
|
$
|
(62,575
|
)
|
|
|
(2,794
|
)
|
|
$
|
(63,809
|
)
|
Stock activity under stock plans
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
10,624
|
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
|
14,404
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
1,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance December 31
|
|
|
(1,640
|
)
|
|
$
|
(37,547
|
)
|
|
|
(2,146
|
)
|
|
$
|
(48,171
|
)
|
|
|
(2,775
|
)
|
|
$
|
(62,575
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFERRED COMPENSATION OBLIGATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance January 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,332
|
|
Increases to obligation for new
deferrals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
Compensation obligations satisfied
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,851
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,549
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(360
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
LOSS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance January 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(66,914
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(81,996
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(150,284
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,846
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,917
|
|
Minimum pension liability effect,
net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,881
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,211
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,497
|
|
Cash flow hedging activity,
net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(130,657
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(66,914
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(81,996
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance January 1
|
|
|
55,468
|
|
|
$
|
870,225
|
|
|
|
54,839
|
|
|
$
|
822,463
|
|
|
|
54,820
|
|
|
$
|
708,557
|
|
Net changes in shareholders
equity
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
(38,391
|
)
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
|
47,762
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
113,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance December 31
|
|
|
55,974
|
|
|
$
|
831,834
|
|
|
|
55,468
|
|
|
$
|
870,225
|
|
|
|
54,839
|
|
|
$
|
822,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
FLOWSERVE
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash
flows Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
11,835
|
|
|
$
|
24,200
|
|
|
$
|
44,463
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net
earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
59,845
|
|
|
|
62,465
|
|
|
|
61,640
|
|
Amortization of intangible and
other assets
|
|
|
10,043
|
|
|
|
10,691
|
|
|
|
10,528
|
|
Amortization of deferred loan costs
|
|
|
3,594
|
|
|
|
5,049
|
|
|
|
4,971
|
|
Write-off of unamortized deferred
loan costs and discount
|
|
|
11,307
|
|
|
|
2,708
|
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of
debt
|
|
|
16,437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (gain) loss on the disposition
of assets
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
|
|
(6,937
|
)
|
|
|
2,141
|
|
Loss (gain) on sale of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
3,814
|
|
|
|
(7,394
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of assets
|
|
|
30,067
|
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
Equity compensation expense
|
|
|
13,796
|
|
|
|
1,821
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
Equity income, net of dividends
received
|
|
|
(7,779
|
)
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
(5,686
|
)
|
Change in assets and liabilities,
net of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(37,192
|
)
|
|
|
39,394
|
|
|
|
23,822
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
4,683
|
|
|
|
25,535
|
|
|
|
29,407
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
3,648
|
|
|
|
8,895
|
|
|
|
5,152
|
|
Other assets, net
|
|
|
3,798
|
|
|
|
(1,003
|
)
|
|
|
7,108
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
28,831
|
|
|
|
46,586
|
|
|
|
16,985
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
31,090
|
|
|
|
32,059
|
|
|
|
(5,290
|
)
|
Retirement and postretirement
benefits and other liabilities
|
|
|
(31,353
|
)
|
|
|
25,025
|
|
|
|
(17,070
|
)
|
Net deferred taxes
|
|
|
(31,058
|
)
|
|
|
(3,575
|
)
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
127,445
|
|
|
|
267,501
|
|
|
|
181,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(49,271
|
)
|
|
|
(45,241
|
)
|
|
|
(28,788
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
13,590
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash received for disposal of
fixed assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,593
|
|
|
|
2,207
|
|
Payments for acquisitions, net of
cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Change in restricted cash
|
|
|
(3,628
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used by investing
activities
|
|
|
(39,309
|
)
|
|
|
(14,077
|
)
|
|
|
(26,581
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of
long-term debt
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
|
98,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
(21,500
|
)
|
|
|
(355,570
|
)
|
|
|
(164,000
|
)
|
Payment of deferred loan costs
|
|
|
(9,322
|
)
|
|
|
(665
|
)
|
|
|
(1,767
|
)
|
Repurchase of Term Loans Senior
Subordinated Notes (includes premiums paid of $16.5 million)
|
|
|
(607,043
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments under other financing
arrangements
|
|
|
(16,519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,969
|
|
Proceeds from stock option activity
|
|
|
1,111
|
|
|
|
6,787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used by financing
activities
|
|
|
(53,273
|
)
|
|
|
(250,605
|
)
|
|
|
(162,798
|
)
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on
cash
|
|
|
(5,758
|
)
|
|
|
7,418
|
|
|
|
12,606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
29,105
|
|
|
|
10,237
|
|
|
|
4,531
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of year
|
|
|
63,759
|
|
|
|
53,522
|
|
|
|
48,991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end
of year
|
|
$
|
92,864
|
|
|
$
|
63,759
|
|
|
$
|
53,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid (net of refunds)
|
|
$
|
40,698
|
|
|
$
|
35,630
|
|
|
$
|
37,728
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
72,987
|
|
|
$
|
74,996
|
|
|
$
|
78,662
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
69
FLOWSERVE
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2005 AND 2004 AND FOR THE
THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
|
|
1.
|
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
|
We produce engineered and industrial pumps, industrial valves,
control valves, nuclear valves, valve actuators and precision
mechanical seals, and provide a range of related flow management
services worldwide, primarily for the process industries.
Equipment manufactured and serviced by us is predominantly used
in industries that deal with
difficult-to-handle
and corrosive fluids as well as environments with extreme
temperatures, pressure, horsepower and speed. Our businesses are
affected by economic conditions in the U.S. and other countries
where our products are sold and serviced, by the cyclical nature
of the petroleum, chemical, power, water and other industries
served, by the relationship of the U.S. dollar to other
currencies and by the demand for and pricing of our
customers products.
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts
to conform with the current period presentation.
Principles of Consolidation The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our
company and our wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries. Minority
interests have been recognized for all majority-owned
consolidated subsidiaries. Intercompany profits, transactions
and balances among consolidated entities have been eliminated.
Investments in unconsolidated affiliated companies, which
represent non-controlling ownership interests between 20% and
50%, are accounted for using the equity-method basis, which
approximates our equity interest in their underlying equivalent
net book value under accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America (GAAP). Investments in
interests where we owned less than 20% of the investee are
accounted for by the cost method, whereby income is only
recognized in the event of dividend receipt. Investments
accounted for by the cost method are tested annually for
impairment.
Use of Estimates The process of
preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and
expenses. Management believes its estimates and assumptions are
reasonable; however, actual results may differ materially from
such estimates. The most significant estimates and assumptions
made by management are used in determining:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue recognition, net of liquidated damages and other
delivery penalties;
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts and credit risk;
|
|
|
|
Inventories and related reserves;
|
|
|
|
Income taxes, deferred taxes, tax valuation allowances and tax
reserves;
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and integration expense;
|
|
|
|
Legal and environmental accruals;
|
|
|
|
Warranty accruals;
|
|
|
|
Insurance accruals;
|
|
|
|
Retirement and postretirement benefits; and
|
|
|
|
Valuation of goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and
other long-lived assets.
|
Revenue Recognition Revenues are
recognized based on the shipping terms agreed to with the
customer and fulfillment of all but inconsequential or
perfunctory actions required, which is generally the point of
title transfer. If the customer order requires formal
acceptance, revenue is not recognized until formal acceptance
has been received. For contracts containing multiple products,
each having separable value, we generally recognize revenue on
individual product shipments equal to the shipped products
pro rata share of the contracts fair value upon the
70
fulfillment of all but inconsequential or perfunctory actions of
the individual product shipment. For multiple deliverables under
a single contract or arrangement, such as product delivery and
installation, we separate the fair value of the product from the
installation and recognize revenue on each element independently
upon fulfillment of all but inconsequential or perfunctory
actions. Our estimates mainly relate to the fair value
determination of the underlying services or products. Shipping
charges billed to customers are included in sales and the
related shipping costs are included in cost of sales in our
consolidated statements of operations.
Revenue on service contracts is recognized after services have
been rendered and accepted by the customer. In addition, our
policy requires prior to shipment the persuasive evidence of an
arrangement, a fixed or determinable sales price and reasonable
assurance of collectibility. Revenue for long-term contracts,
which includes contracts longer than nine-months in duration,
with contract values over $750,000 and progress billings from
the customer, are recorded on the percentage of completion
method calculated on a
cost-to-cost
basis. Percentage of completion revenue represents less than 5%
of our consolidated revenues for each year presented. Revenues
generated under fixed fee service and repair contracts, are
recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
contract. These contracts can range in duration, but generally
extend for five years. Fixed fee service and repair contracts
represent less than 5% of consolidated revenue for each year
presented.
In certain instances, we provide guaranteed completion dates
under the terms of our contracts. Failure to meet schedule or
agreed upon delivery dates can result in unrealized incentive
fees or non-recoverable costs. In instances where the payments
of such costs are likely, we perform project profitability
analysis using such costs to reduce revenues realizable, which
could cause estimated project costs to exceed projected revenues
realized from the project. In such instances, we would record
reserves to cover such excesses in the period they are
determined, which would adversely affect our results of
operations and financial position. In instances where the
reduced revenues still exceed costs, the incurrence of the costs
generally reduces profitability of the project at the time of
subsequent revenue recognition. Our reported results would
change if different estimates were used for contract costs or if
different estimates were used for contractual contingencies.
Cash and Cash Equivalents We place
temporary cash investments with financial institutions and, by
policy, invest in those institutions and instruments that have
minimal credit risk and market risk. These investments, with an
original maturity of three months or less when purchased, are
classified as cash equivalents. They are highly liquid and
principal values are not subject to significant risk of change
due to interest rate fluctuations.
Restricted cash represents cash restricted by our factoring
agreements and certain contracts in which a small portion of
payments received under progress bills is not available for use
until the project reaches completion.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Credit
Risk The allowance for doubtful accounts is
established based on estimates of the amount of uncollectible
accounts receivable, which is determined principally based upon
the aging of the receivable, but also customer credit history,
industry and market segment information, economic trends and
conditions, credit reports, and customer financial condition.
Customer credit issues, customer bankruptcies or general
economic conditions can also affect the estimates.
Credit risks are mitigated by the diversity of customers in our
customer base across many different geographic regions and
performing creditworthiness analyses on such customers.
Additionally, we maintained until late 2004 a credit insurance
policy for our European subsidiaries. Under the policy, we
generally received funds from the third party insurer, net of
deductible, in instances where customer receivables covered by
the policy went unpaid. We terminated this policy in 2004 due to
minimal claims sought.
As of December 31, 2005, and 2004, we do not believe that
we have any significant concentrations of credit risk.
Inventories and Related
Reserves Inventories are stated at the
lower-of-cost
or market. Cost is determined for principally all
U.S. inventories by the
last-in,
first-out (LIFO) method and for
non-U.S. inventories
by the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method. Reserves for excess and
obsolete inventories are based upon our assessment of market
conditions for our products determined by historical usage and
estimated future demand. Due to the long life cycle of our
products, we carry spare parts inventories that have
historically low usage rates and provide reserves for such
inventory based on demonstrated usage.
71
Income Taxes, Deferred Taxes and Tax Valuation
Allowances We account for income taxes
under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
calculated using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation
allowances reflect the likelihood of the recoverability of any
such assets. We record valuation allowances to reflect the
estimated amount of deferred tax assets that may not be realized
based upon our analysis of existing deferred tax assets, net
operating losses and tax credits by jurisdiction and
expectations of our ability to utilize these tax attributes
through a review of past, current and estimated future taxable
income and establishment of tax strategies. These estimates
could be impacted by changes in the amount and geographical
source of future income and the results of implementation or
alteration of tax planning strategies.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes requires
us to provide deferred taxes for the temporary differences
associated with our investment in foreign subsidiaries which
have a financial reporting basis that exceeds tax basis unless
we can assert permanent reinvestment in foreign jurisdictions
pursuant to Accounting Principles Board Opinion
(APB) No. 23, Accounting for Income
Taxes Special Areas. Financial reporting
basis and tax basis differences in investments in foreign
subsidiaries consist of both unremitted earnings and losses as
well as foreign currency translation adjustments. We do not
assert permanent reinvestment under APB No. 23 for these
basis differences. During each of the three years reported in
the period ended December 31, 2005, we have not recognized
any net deferred tax assets attributable to unremitted earnings
or foreign currency translation adjustments in our foreign
subsidiaries due to estimated excess foreign tax credits and
other attributes.
On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004
(the 2004 Act) was signed into law, creating a
temporary incentive for U.S. multinationals to repatriate
accumulated income earned outside the U.S. at an effective
tax rate of 5.25% versus the U.S. federal statutory rate of
35%. Although we repatriated dividends during 2004 pursuant to a
dividend reinvestment plan, we have not recognized the lower tax
rate on these dividends in our financial statements due to
uncertainties surrounding the realizability of this benefit. To
the extent this uncertainty is favorably resolved in a future
reporting period, the benefit associated with these dividends
will be recognized in that period.
Tax Reserves The amount of income taxes
we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state, and
foreign tax authorities, which often result in proposed
assessments. Significant judgment is required in determining
income tax provisions and evaluating tax positions. We establish
reserves for open tax years for certain positions that are
subject to challenge by various tax authorities. The
consolidated tax provision and related accruals include the
impact of such reasonably estimable losses and related interest
as deemed appropriate. We believe we have adequately provided
for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these matters.
To the extent that the likely tax outcome of these matters
changes, such changes in estimate will impact the income tax
provision in the period in which such determination is made.
Restructuring and Integration
Expense Restructuring and integration
expenses have generally been recognized in conjunction with our
acquisitions. Such expenses reflect many estimates including
costs pertaining to employee severance payments, fulfillment of
outstanding contractual obligations and other matters associated
with exiting a facility. Restructuring costs related to
facilities and employees of acquired businesses generally become
a component of goodwill, whereas non-acquisition related
restructuring costs are recorded as restructuring expense in the
consolidated statements of operations. Integration costs are
recognized as a reduction to the results of operations as a
component of current earnings. Reserves created for each
restructuring plan are assessed quarterly and adjusted for any
revisions of cost estimates or other changes in planned
restructuring activities. Prior to January 1, 2003, we
recognized restructuring reserves when the related restructuring
plans had been both approved and communicated to affected
employees. In conjunction with adopting SFAS No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities, on January 1, 2003, we now record
restructuring reserves as the related liability is incurred.
Legal and Environmental Accruals Legal
and environmental reserves are recorded based upon a
case-by-case
analysis of the facts, circumstances, legal obligations and
related costs. The costs relating to legal
72
and environmental liabilities are recorded when it is probable
that a loss has been incurred and such loss is estimable.
Assessments of legal and environmental costs are based on
information obtained from our independent and in-house experts
and our loss experience in similar situations. The estimates may
change in the future due to new developments regarding the facts
and circumstances of each matter.
Warranty Accruals Warranty obligations
are based upon product failure rates, materials usage, and
service delivery costs, an analysis of all identified or
expected claims, and an estimate of the cost to resolve such
claims. The estimates of expected claims are generally a factor
of historical claims and known product issues. Warranty
obligations based on these factors are adjusted based on
historical sales trends for the preceding 24 months.
Changes in claim rates, differences between actual and expected
warranty costs, sales trends, and facility rationalization
activities could impact warranty obligation estimates, which
might have adverse effects to our consolidated results of
operations and financial position.
Insurance Accruals Insurance accruals
are recorded for wholly or partially self-insured risks such as
medical benefits and workers compensation based upon an
analysis of our claim loss history, insurance deductibles,
policy limits, and other factors. The estimates are based upon
information received from actuaries, insurance company
adjusters, independent claims administrators, or other
independent sources. Changes in claims and differences between
actual and expected claim losses could impact future accruals.
Retirement and Postretirement
Benefits Determination of the retirement
and postretirement benefits obligations is based on estimates
made by management in consultation with independent actuaries
and investment advisors. Inherent in these valuations are key
assumptions including discount rates, expected return on plan
assets, life expectancy, and assumed rate of increase in wages
or in health care costs. Current market conditions, including
changes in rates of returns, interest rates and medical
inflation rates, are considered in selecting these assumptions.
Changes in the related retirement and postretirement benefit
costs may occur in the future due to changes in the assumptions
used and actual results.
Valuation of Goodwill, Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets and
Other Long-Lived Assets The value of
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is tested for
impairment at December 31 or whenever events or
circumstances indicate such assets may be impaired. The test for
goodwill impairment involves significant judgment in estimating
projections of fair value, using the present value of estimated
future cash flows, generated through future performance of each
of our reporting units, which correlate to our operating
segments. We consider each of our operating segments to
constitute a business with discrete financial information that
management regularly reviews. The test for impairment of our
indefinite-lived intangibles involves estimating projections of
future sales levels. The net realizable value of other
long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, is
reviewed periodically, when indicators of potential impairments
are present, based upon an assessment of the estimated future
cash flows related to those assets.
Due to uncertain market conditions and potential changes in
strategy and product portfolio, it is possible that forecasts
used to support asset carrying values may change in the future,
which could result in non-cash charges that would adversely
affect our consolidated results of operations and financial
condition.
Property, Plant, and Equipment, and
Depreciation Property, plant and equipment
are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation.
Asset retirement obligations are capitalized as part of the
carrying amount of the asset and depreciated over the remaining
useful life of the asset. The useful lives of leasehold
improvements are the lesser of the remaining lease term or the
useful life of the improvement. When assets are retired or
otherwise disposed of, their costs and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting
gains or losses are included in the operations for the period.
Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method based on
the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets. Generally,
the estimated useful lives of the assets are:
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
10 to 40 years
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
3 to 7 years
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3 to 12 years
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
3 to 25 years
|
|
Costs related to repairs and maintenance are expensed as
incurred.
73
Intangible Assets Intangible assets,
excluding trademarks which are considered to have an indefinite
life, consist primarily of engineering drawings, distribution
networks, software, patents and other items that are being
amortized over their estimated useful lives generally ranging
from 3 to 40 years. These assets are reviewed for
impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate impairment
may have occurred.
Deferred Loan Costs Deferred loan
costs, consisting of fees and other expenses associated with
debt financing, are amortized over the term of the related debt
using the effective interest method. Additional amortization is
recorded in periods where optional or mandatory repayments on
debt are made.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments The
carrying amounts of our financial instruments approximate fair
value at December 31, 2005 and 2004, except for our debt,
which had a carrying value and estimated fair value of
$665.1 million at December 31, 2005, and a carrying
value of $701.8 million and an estimated fair value of
$736.1 million at December 31, 2004.
We determine the fair value of our fixed rate debt by applying
the open market discount or premium to the principal
outstanding. We consider our variable rate debt to have fair
values that approximate its carrying value, based upon an
assessment of the underlying borrowing spreads.
Derivatives and Hedging Activities As
part of our risk management strategy, we enter into derivative
contracts to mitigate certain financial risks related to foreign
currencies and interest rates. We have a risk-management and
derivatives policy outlining the conditions under which we can
enter into financial derivative transactions.
We employ a foreign currency economic hedging strategy to
minimize potential losses in earnings or cash flows from
unfavorable foreign currency exchange rate movements. This
strategy also minimizes potential gains from favorable exchange
rate movements. Foreign currency exposures arise from
transactions, including firm commitments and anticipated
transactions, denominated in a currency other than an
entitys functional currency and from foreign-denominated
income and expense translated into U.S. dollars. The
primary currencies to which we have exposure are the Euro,
British pound, Canadian dollar, Mexican peso, Japanese yen,
Singapore dollar, Brazilian real, Australian dollar, Argentinean
peso and Venezuelan bolivar. We enter into interest rate swap
agreements for the purpose of hedging our exposure to floating
interest rates on certain portions of our debt. We have also
entered into a compound interest rate and foreign currency
financial derivative that mitigates our risk associated with
interest rate and foreign exchange volatility on another portion
of our debt denominated in a currency other than the functional
currency of the entity holding the debt.
Our policy requires us to document all relationships between
hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk
management objective and strategy for entering into economic
hedges. This process includes linking all derivatives that are
designated as fair value, cash flow or foreign currency hedges
to (1) specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet
or (2) specific firm commitments or forecasted
transactions. We also assess (both at the inception of the hedge
and on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used
in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting
changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items and
whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly
effective in future periods. Failure to demonstrate
effectiveness in offsetting exposures retroactively or
prospectively would cause us to deem the hedge ineffective.
All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their
fair values. At the inception of a new derivative contract, our
policy requires us to designate the derivative as (1) a
hedge of (a) a forecasted transaction or (b) the
variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in
connection with a recognized asset or liability (a cash
flow hedge); or (2) a foreign currency fair value (a
foreign currency hedge). Changes in the fair value
of a derivative that is highly effective, documented,
designated, and qualified as a cash flow hedge, to the extent
that the hedge is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive
loss, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash
flows of the hedged transaction. Changes in the fair value of
foreign currency hedges are recorded in other comprehensive
income (loss) since they satisfy the accounting criteria for a
cash flow hedge. Any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the
amount by which the changes in the fair value of the derivative
do not mirror the change in the cash flow of the forecasted
transaction) is recorded in current period earnings. For
effective hedges, the changes in the value of the hedged item
are also recorded as a component of other comprehensive income
(loss), if the underlying has been recognized on the balance
sheet. Upon settlement, realized gains and
74
losses are recognized in other expense, net in the consolidated
statements of operations. For certain financial derivatives that
do not qualify for hedge accounting, the changes in the fair
values of these derivative are recognized in other expense, net
in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods
presented.
We discontinue hedge accounting when:
|
|
|
|
|
we deem the hedge to be ineffective and determine that the
designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no
longer appropriate;
|
|
|
|
the derivative no longer effectively offsets changes in the cash
flows of a hedged item (such as firm commitments or contracts);
|
|
|
|
the derivative expires, terminates or is sold; or
|
|
|
|
occurrence of the contracted or committed transaction is no
longer probable, or will not occur in the originally expected
period.
|
When hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains
outstanding, we carry the derivative at its estimated fair value
on the balance sheet, recognizing changes in the fair value in
current period earnings. If a cash flow hedge becomes
ineffective, any deferred gains or losses on the cash flow hedge
remain in accumulated other comprehensive loss until the
exposure relating to the item underlying the hedge is
recognized. If it becomes probable that a hedged forecasted
transaction will not occur, deferred gains or losses on the
hedging instrument are recognized in earnings immediately.
Foreign Currency Translation Assets and
liabilities of our foreign affiliates are translated to
U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing on the balance
sheet date, while income and expenses are translated at average
rates for each month. Translation gains and losses are generally
reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.
Transaction and translation gains and losses arising from
intercompany balances are reported as a component of accumulated
other comprehensive loss when the underlying transaction stems
from a long-term equity investment or from debt designated as
not due in the foreseeable future. Otherwise, we recognize
transaction gains and losses arising from intercompany
transactions as a component of income. Where intercompany
balances are not long-term investment related or not designated
as due beyond the foreseeable future, we may mitigate risk
associated with foreign currency fluctuations by entering into
forward exchange contracts. See Note 9 for further
discussion of these forward exchange contracts.
Transactional currency gains and losses arising from
transactions in currencies other than our sites functional
currencies and changes in fair value of forward exchange
contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting are included
in our consolidated results of operations. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, we recognized losses of
$7.0 million, $11.0 million, and $1.9 million of
such amounts in other expense, net in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations.
Stock-Based Compensation At
December 31, 2005, we have several stock-based employee
compensation plans, which we account for under the recognition
and measurement principles of APB No. 25, Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, and related
interpretations. It is our policy to set the exercise price of
stock options at the closing price of our common stock on the
New York Stock Exchange on the date such grants are authorized
by our Board of Directors. For 2005 and prior years, no
stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net
earnings for stock option grants, as all options granted under
those plans had an exercise price equal to or in excess of the
market value of the underlying common stock on the date of
grant. Should we elect to modify any of our existing stock
option awards, APB No. 25, as interpreted by Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Financial
Interpretation (FIN) No. 44, Accounting
for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation,
requires us to recognize the intrinsic value of the underlying
options at the date the modification becomes effective.
Modifications could include accelerated vesting, a reduction in
exercise prices or extension of the exercise period. See
Note 8 for further discussion of stock modifications.
Awards of restricted stock are valued at the market price of our
common stock on the grant date and recorded as unearned
compensation within shareholders equity. The unearned
compensation is amortized to compensation
75
expense over the vesting period of the restricted stock. We have
unearned compensation of $9.1 million, $5.2 million
and $0.9 million at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively. These amounts will be recognized into net earnings
in prospective periods.
The following table illustrates the effect on net earnings and
earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition
provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, to all stock-based employee
compensation, calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except
per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net earnings, as reported
|
|
$
|
11,835
|
|
|
$
|
24,200
|
|
|
$
|
44,463
|
|
Stock-based employee compensation
expense included in net earnings, net of tax
|
|
|
8,692
|
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
Stock-based employee compensation
expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net
of tax
|
|
|
(11,359
|
)
|
|
|
(2,297
|
)
|
|
|
(3,210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net earnings
|
|
$
|
9,168
|
|
|
$
|
23,098
|
|
|
$
|
41,652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings per
share basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
0.42
|
|
|
|
0.76
|
|
Net earnings per
share diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
0.42
|
|
|
|
0.75
|
|
The above pro forma disclosures may not be representative of
effects for future years, since the determination of the fair
value of stock options granted includes an expected volatility
factor and additional option grants are expected to be made each
year. See Note 8 for additional discussion of the
assumptions inherent in the calculation of stock-based employee
compensation expense in the above table.
Earnings Per Share Basic and diluted
earnings per share are calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except
per share amounts)
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
46,180
|
|
|
$
|
25,882
|
|
|
$
|
50,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
11,835
|
|
|
$
|
24,200
|
|
|
$
|
44,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for basic earnings per
share weighted average shares
|
|
|
55,473
|
|
|
|
55,071
|
|
|
|
55,139
|
|
Effect of potentially dilutive
securities
|
|
|
1,217
|
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for diluted earnings
per share weighted average shares adjusted for
dilutive securities
|
|
|
56,690
|
|
|
|
55,650
|
|
|
|
55,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.44
|
|
|
|
0.81
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.46
|
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
0.80
|
|
76
Options outstanding with an exercise price greater than the
average market price of the common stock were not included in
the computation of diluted earnings per share. The weighted
average number of such options totaled 0.2 million,
1.1 million and 2.6 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
Research and Development
Expense Research and development costs are
charged to expense when incurred. Aggregate research and
development costs included in selling, general and
administrative expenses were $24.3 million,
$25.2 million, and $24.9 million in 2005, 2004 and
2003, respectively. Costs incurred for research and development
primarily include salaries and benefits and consumable supplies,
as well as, rent, professional fees, utilities, and the
depreciation of property and equipment used in research and
development activities.
Business Combinations All business
combinations referred to in these financial statements used the
purchase method of accounting, under which we allocate the
purchase price to the identifiable tangible and intangible
assets, recognizing goodwill when the purchase price exceeds
fair value of such identifiable assets.
Accounting
Developments
Pronouncements
Implemented
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets, which addresses
the measurement of exchanges of non-monetary assets.
SFAS No. 153 eliminates the exception from fair value
measurement for non-monetary exchanges of similar productive
assets, which was previously provided by APB No. 29,
Accounting for Non-monetary Transactions, and
replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have
commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 specifies that a
non-monetary exchange has commercial substance if the future
cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as
a result of the exchange. SFAS No. 153 is effective
for non-monetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods
beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of
SFAS No. 153 during 2005 had no impact on our
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In April 2005, the FASB issued FIN No. 47,
Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement
Obligations. FIN No. 47 clarifies that the term
conditional asset retirement obligation as used in
SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement
Obligations, requiring companies to recognize a liability
for the fair value of an asset retirement obligation that may be
conditional on a future event if the fair value of the liability
can be reasonably estimated. FIN No. 47 is effective
as of the end of fiscal years ending after December 15,
2005. Our adoption of FIN No. 47, effective in the
first quarter of 2005, did not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial position or results of operations
Pronouncements
Not Yet Implemented
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payment. SFAS No. 123(R)
requires compensation costs related to share-based payment
transactions to be recognized in the financial statements. With
limited exceptions, the amount of the compensation cost is to be
measured based on the grant-date fair value of the equity or
liability instruments issued. In addition, liability awards are
to be re-measured each reporting period. Compensation cost will
be recognized over the period that an employee provides service
in exchange for the award. SFAS No. 123(R) is a
revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by
SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure
and supersedes APB No. 25. SFAS No. 123(R) is
effective for public companies as of the first interim or annual
reporting period of the first fiscal year beginning after
June 15, 2005. We adopted SFAS No. 123(R)
effective January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective
transition method. The specific magnitude of the impact of
adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) cannot be predicted at
this time because it will depend on levels of share-based
incentive awards granted in the future, as well as the effect of
the pending modification discussed in Note 8. However, had
we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in prior periods, the
impact would have approximated the impact of
SFAS No. 123 as described in the disclosure of pro
forma net income and earnings per share in Stock-Based
Compensation above.
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 4.
SFAS No. 151 amends Accounting Research Bulletin
(ARB) No. 43, Chapter 4 and seeks to
clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility
expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted
77
materials by requiring those items to be recognized as current
period charges. Additionally, SFAS No. 151 requires
that fixed production overheads be allocated to conversion costs
based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.
SFAS No. 151 is effective prospectively for inventory
costs incurred in fiscal years beginning after June 15,
2005. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 151 to
have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or
results of operations.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.
SFAS No. 154 establishes new standards on accounting
for changes in accounting principles. All such changes must be
accounted for by retrospective application to the financial
statements of prior periods unless it is impracticable to do so.
SFAS No. 154 replaces APB No. 20,
Accounting Changes, and SFAS No. 3,
Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Periods.
However, it carries forward the guidance in those pronouncements
with respect to accounting for changes in estimates, changes in
the reporting entity and the correction of errors.
SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and
error corrections made in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2005, with early adoption permitted for
changes and corrections made in years beginning after
June 1, 2005. The application of SFAS No. 154
does not affect the transition provisions of any existing
pronouncements, including those that are in the transition phase
as of the effective date of SFAS No. 154. We do not
expect the adoption of SFAS No. 154 to have a material
effect on our consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,
which amends SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, and
SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of
Liabilities. SFAS No. 155 improves the financial
reporting of certain hybrid financial instruments and simplifies
the accounting for these instruments. In particular,
SFAS No. 155:
|
|
|
|
|
permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial
instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise
would require bifurcation;
|
|
|
|
clarifies which interest-only and principal-only strips are not
subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133;
|
|
|
|
establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized
financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding
derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that
contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation;
|
|
|
|
clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of
subordination are not embedded derivatives; and
|
|
|
|
amends SFAS No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a
qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative
financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest
other than another derivative financial instrument.
|
SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial
instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an
entitys fiscal year that begins after September 15,
2006. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, of
SFAS No. 155 on our consolidated financial position
and results of operations.
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156,
Accounting for Servicing of Financial
Assets an amendment of Statement
No. 140. SFAS No. 156 clarifies when an
obligation to service financial assets should be separately
recognized as a servicing asset or a servicing liability,
requires that a separately recognized servicing asset or
servicing liability be initially measured at fair value and
permits an entity with a separately recognized servicing asset
or servicing liability to choose either the amortization method
or fair value method for subsequent measurement.
SFAS No. 156 is effective for all separately
recognized servicing assets and liabilities acquired or issued
after the beginning of an entitys fiscal year that begins
after September 15, 2006. We do not expect the adoption of
SFAS No. 156 to have a material impact on our
financial position and results of operations.
Although there are no other final pronouncements recently issued
that we have not adopted and that we expect to impact reported
financial information or disclosures, accounting promulgating
bodies have a number of pending projects which may directly
impact us. We continue to evaluate the status of these projects
and as these projects become final, we will provide disclosures
regarding the likelihood and magnitude of their impact, if any.
78
|
|
2.
|
DISCONTINUED
OPERATIONS
|
General Services Group Effective
December 31, 2005, we sold certain non-core service
operations, collectively called the General Services Group
(GSG), to Furmanite, a unit of Dallas-based Xanser
Corporation. During the first quarter of 2005 we made a
definitive decision to divest GSG, and accordingly, evaluated
impairment pursuant to a held for sale concept as opposed to the
previously held and used concept. Also during the first quarter
of 2005 we allocated $12.3 million of goodwill to GSG based
on its relative fair value to the total reporting units
estimated fair value. We recognized impairment charges
aggregating $30.1 million during the 2005 relating to GSG
as the number of potential buyers diminished to one purchaser
during the bidding process and the business underperformed
during the year due to the pending sale. GSG was sold for
approximately $16 million in gross cash proceeds including
$2.0 million held in escrow pending final settlement,
subject to final working capital adjustments, excluding
approximately $12 million of net accounts receivable,
generating a pre-tax loss of $3.8 million. We used
approximately $11 million of the net cash proceeds to
reduce our indebtedness. We have allocated estimated interest
expense related to this repayment to each period presented based
upon then prevailing interest rates. As a result of this sale,
we have presented the results of operations of GSG as
discontinued operations for all periods presented.
GSG generated the following results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
103.1
|
|
|
$
|
115.7
|
|
|
$
|
123.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
87.5
|
|
|
|
95.5
|
|
|
|
101.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
|
|
29.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integration and restructuring
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(42.9
|
)
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
|
|
(12.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results for discontinued
operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(31.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax loss from sale of
discontinued operations(1)
|
|
$
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on sale of discontinued
operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The pre-tax loss on the sale of GSG is subject to final working
capital adjustments, which remain under negotiation. The outcome
of such negotiations could result in a change in the ultimate
loss on sale in the period of resolution. |
79
GSGs assets and liabilities have been reclassified to
prepaid expenses and other, other assets, net and accounts
payable to reflect discontinued operations. As of
December 31, 2004, GSGs assets and liabilities
consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in
|
|
|
|
millions)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
23.0
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
36.7
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets(1)
|
|
$
|
54.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
8.3
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities(2)
|
|
$
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Excludes $12.3 million of goodwill allocated to GSG during
2005 upon classification of GSG as assets held for sale. |
|
(2) |
|
Excludes $10.9 million of debt retired with net proceeds
from the sale of GSG. |
Government Marine Business Unit In
November 2004, we sold our Government Marine Business Unit
(GMBU), a business within our Flowserve Pump
Division (FPD), to Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical
Corporation for approximately $28 million, generating a
pre-tax gain of $7.4 million after the allocation of
approximately $8 million of goodwill and $1 million of
intangible assets. GMBU, which provided pump technology and
service for U.S. Navy submarines and aircraft carriers, did
not serve our core market and represented only a small part of
our total pump business. We used net proceeds from the
disposition of GMBU to reduce our outstanding indebtedness. As a
result of this sale, we have presented the assets, liabilities
and results of operations of the GMBU as discontinued operations
for all periods included.
GMBU generated the following results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
21.6
|
|
|
$
|
24.4
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
19.9
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results for discontinued
operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in
|
|
|
|
millions)
|
|
|
Pre-tax gain from sale of
discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
7.4
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale of discontinued
operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We acquired the remaining 75% interest in Thompsons, Kelly and
Lewis, Pty. Ltd (TKL) an Australian manufacturer and
supplier of pumps, during March 2004. The incremental interests
acquired were accounted for as a step acquisition and TKLs
results of operations have been consolidated since the date of
acquisition. The estimated fair value of the net assets acquired
(including approximately $2.2 million of cash acquired)
exceeded the cash paid of $12 million and, accordingly, no
goodwill was recognized. The 2004 consolidated statement of
operations includes 2004 TKL sales of $35 million and the
2004 consolidated balance sheet includes TKL assets of
approximately $31 million at December 31, 2004.
|
|
4.
|
GOODWILL
AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
|
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for
impairment at December 31 or whenever events or
circumstances indicate impairment may exist. Impairment for
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles is assessed at the
reporting unit level. We consider each of our three operating
segments to constitute distinct reporting units and, therefore,
assess impairment at the operating segment level.
The following table provides information about our changes in
2005 to intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Change Due to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
(Years)
|
|
|
Gross Amount
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
Acquisitions(3)
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except
years)
|
|
|
Finite-lived intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Engineering drawings(1)
|
|
|
10-22.5
|
|
|
$
|
81,662
|
|
|
$
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,434
|
|
|
$
|
(22,894
|
)
|
Distribution networks
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
13,868
|
|
|
|
(4,947
|
)
|
Software
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,900
|
|
|
|
(3,196
|
)
|
Patents
|
|
|
9.5-15.5
|
|
|
|
28,567
|
|
|
|
(1,503
|
)
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
|
28,032
|
|
|
|
(9,969
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
3-40
|
|
|
|
13,991
|
|
|
|
(883
|
)
|
|
|
1,179
|
|
|
|
14,287
|
|
|
|
(11,539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
143,820
|
|
|
$
|
(3,614
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,315
|
|
|
$
|
142,521
|
|
|
$
|
(52,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible
assets Trademarks(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
59,255
|
|
|
$
|
(1,729
|
)
|
|
$
|
234
|
|
|
$
|
57,760
|
|
|
$
|
(1,485
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
The following table provides information about our changes in
2004 to intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Change Due to
|
|
|
Disposals/
|
|
|
Ending Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
(Years)
|
|
|
Gross Amount
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
Impairment(5)
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except
years)
|
|
|
Finite-lived intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Engineering drawings(1)
|
|
|
10-22.5
|
|
|
$
|
82,383
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
$
|
(1,397
|
)
|
|
$
|
81,662
|
|
|
$
|
(18,371
|
)
|
Distribution networks
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
|
(4,034
|
)
|
Software
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,900
|
|
|
|
(2,606
|
)
|
Patents
|
|
|
9.5-15.5
|
|
|
|
28,396
|
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
(614
|
)
|
|
|
28,567
|
|
|
|
(8,104
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
3-40
|
|
|
|
13,532
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
13,991
|
|
|
|
(10,584
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
143,911
|
|
|
$
|
1,952
|
|
|
$
|
(2,043
|
)
|
|
$
|
143,820
|
|
|
$
|
(43,699
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible
assets Trademarks(2)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
59,173
|
|
|
$
|
1,061
|
|
|
$
|
(979
|
)
|
|
$
|
59,255
|
|
|
$
|
(1,483
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Engineering drawings represent the estimated fair value
associated with specific product and component schematics. These
assets have been recognized as a result of our acquisitions of
IFC and IDP and were valued based upon independent third party
appraisals. |
|
(2) |
|
Accumulated amortization for indefinite-lived intangible assets
relates to amounts recorded prior to the implementation date of
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets. |
|
(3) |
|
During 2005, our Flow Solutions Division acquired certain
intangible assets. |
|
(4) |
|
During 2004, we evaluated the fair value of our trademarks and
recorded an impairment charge of $979,000 related to one of the
trademarks we acquired from IFC. This charge is included in
selling, general and administrative expense on the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations. |
|
(5) |
|
Certain patents and other finite-lived intangible assets in 2004
were reclassified to other assets, net in the consolidated
balance sheet as a result of our presentation of GSG as a
discontinued operation. See Note 2. |
The following schedule outlines actual amortization recognized
during 2005 and an estimate of future amortization based upon
the finite-lived intangible assets owned at December 31,
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in
|
|
|
|
thousands)
|
|
|
Actual for year ended
December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
10,043
|
|
Estimate for year ending
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
9,768
|
|
Estimate for year ending
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
9,659
|
|
Estimate for year ending
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
8,339
|
|
Estimate for year ending
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
8,339
|
|
Estimate for year ending
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
8,093
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
45,778
|
|
82
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flowserve
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pump
|
|
|
Solutions
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance January 1,
2004
|
|
$
|
473,554
|
|
|
$
|
32,266
|
|
|
$
|
366,140
|
|
|
$
|
871,960
|
|
Reduction in restructuring reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,272
|
)
|
|
|
(2,272
|
)
|
Resolution of tax contingencies
|
|
|
(7,438
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
(6,939
|
)
|
Sale of GMBU
|
|
|
(7,824
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,824
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
|
556
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
1,808
|
|
|
|
1,352
|
|
|
|
6,710
|
|
|
|
9,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31,
2004
|
|
$
|
459,896
|
|
|
$
|
33,618
|
|
|
$
|
371,837
|
|
|
$
|
865,351
|
|
Sale of GSG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,327
|
)
|
|
|
(12,327
|
)
|
Resolution of tax contingencies
|
|
|
(252
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,003
|
)
|
|
|
(2,255
|
)
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
(2,882
|
)
|
|
|
(2,312
|
)
|
|
|
(10,712
|
)
|
|
|
(15,906
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31,
2005
|
|
$
|
456,762
|
|
|
$
|
31,306
|
|
|
$
|
346,795
|
|
|
$
|
834,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
FACTORING
OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
|
Through our European subsidiaries, we engage in non-recourse
factoring of certain accounts receivable. The various agreements
have different terms, including options for renewal and mutual
termination clauses. Under our 2000 Credit Facilities as
described in Note 11, such factoring was generally limited
to $50 million, based on the due date of the factored
receivables. The limit on factoring was raised to
$75 million under the New Credit Facilities, which were
entered into in August 2005, and are fully described in
Note 11.
In the aggregate, the factoring of receivables under these
agreements totaled $46.1 million and $45.4 million at
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively which represents
the factors purchase of $49.3 million and
$51.8 million of our receivables, respectively. One of
these agreements was determined to represent a leveraged
borrowing in 2004, as opposed to a sale of receivables.
Accordingly, we have reported the aggregate cash received from
this facility as a component of short-term debt in the amount of
$6.4 million at December 31, 2004. This agreement was
restructured in the fourth quarter of 2005 to allow transfer of
the ownership of the underlying receivable to the bank.
In 2005, under all of our factoring agreements worldwide, we
recognized losses of approximately $2.3 million in
factoring receivables, which compares with a total loss of
$2.0 million and $1.6 million in 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market. Cost is
determined for principally all U.S. inventories by the LIFO
method and for
non-U.S. inventories
by the FIFO method.
83
Inventories and the method of determining costs were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
114,636
|
|
|
$
|
123,149
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
195,585
|
|
|
|
197,850
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
219,610
|
|
|
|
214,929
|
|
Less: Progress billings
|
|
|
(71,065
|
)
|
|
|
(59,048
|
)
|
Less: Excess and obsolete reserve
|
|
|
(57,106
|
)
|
|
|
(55,402
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401,660
|
|
|
|
421,478
|
|
LIFO reserve
|
|
|
(39,890
|
)
|
|
|
(33,076
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
$
|
361,770
|
|
|
$
|
388,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of inventory accounted for
by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIFO
|
|
|
49
|
%
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
FIFO
|
|
|
51
|
%
|
|
|
57
|
%
|
During 2005, 2004 and 2003 we recognized expenses of
$9.1 million, $25.0 million and $22.4 million,
respectively, for obsolete and excess inventory. These expenses
are included in cost of sales in our consolidated statements of
operations.
|
|
7.
|
RESTRUCTURING
AND ACQUISITION RELATED CHARGES
|
Restructuring
Costs IFC In conjunction
with our acquisition of Invensys plcs flow control
division (IFC) during 2002, we initiated a
restructuring program designed to reduce costs and eliminate
excess capacity by closing 18 valve facilities, including 10
service facilities, and reducing sales and related support
personnel. Our actions, some of which were approved and
committed to in 2002 with the remaining actions approved and
committed to in 2003, resulted in a gross reduction of 847
positions and a net reduction of 633 positions. Net position
eliminations represent the gross positions eliminated from the
closed facilities offset by positions added at the receiving
facilities, which are required to produce the products
transferred into the receiving facilities.
We established a restructuring program reserve upon acquisition
of IFC. Based upon revised forecasts of costs to be incurred, we
recognized a reduction of $2.3 million to the IFC
restructuring reserve during 2004. Since the portion of the
reserve affected by the estimate was created through goodwill
recognition, the reduction to the reserve was recorded via a
decrease to goodwill. Cash expenditures against the accrual were
$1.7 million in 2005 and $3.4 million in 2004. The
remaining accrual of $1.9 million reflects payments to be
made in 2006 and beyond for severance obligations due to
terminated personnel in Europe of $1.3 million as well as
lease and other contract termination and other exit costs of
$0.6 million.
Cumulative costs of $7.2 million associated with the
closure of our facilities through December 31, 2003, have
been recognized as restructuring expense in operating results,
whereas cumulative costs associated with the closure of IFC
facilities of $17.9 million, including related deferred
taxes of $6.2 million, became part of the purchase price
allocation of the transaction. The effect of these closure costs
increased the amount of goodwill otherwise recognizable as a
result of the IFC acquisition.
84
The following illustrates activity related to the IFC
restructuring reserve:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Exit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2004
|
|
$
|
5.7
|
|
|
$
|
3.6
|
|
|
$
|
9.3
|
|
Non-cash adjustments
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integration
Costs IFC We also incurred
acquisition-related integration expense during 2003 in
conjunction with IFC, which is summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Personnel and related costs
|
|
$
|
7.9
|
|
Transfer of product lines
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Asset impairments
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFC integration expense
|
|
$
|
19.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash expense
|
|
$
|
15.6
|
|
Non-cash expense
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFC integration expense
|
|
$
|
19.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximately $4.0 million of integration expense for the
year ended December 31, 2003 is included in discontinued
operations in the consolidated statements of operations. The
acquisition-related activities resulted in integration costs as
categorized above and further defined as follows. Personnel and
related costs include payroll, benefits, consulting fees, and
retention and integration performance bonuses paid to our
employees and contractors for the development, management and
execution of the integration plan. Transfer of product lines
includes costs associated with the transfer of product lines as
well as realignment required in the receiving facilities. Asset
impairments reflect the loss on disposal of property, plant and
equipment at the IFC facilities closed and disposal of inventory
for discontinued product lines when the remaining facilities
were combined. The other category includes costs associated with
information technology integration, legal entity consolidations,
legal entity name changes, signage, new product literature and
others. None of these other integration expense items
individually exceeded $0.5 million.
Remaining Restructuring and Integration
Costs IFC We have largely
completed our restructuring and integration programs related to
IFC, except for payments for certain outstanding European
activities. We expect to incur no additional restructuring and
integration expenses in connection with these programs. Payments
from the restructuring accrual will continue into 2006 and
beyond due to the timing of severance obligations committed to
in Europe.
|
|
8.
|
STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION PLANS
|
Restricted Stock and Stock Option
Plans The Flowserve Corporation 2004 Stock
Compensation Plan (the 2004 Plan), which was
established on April 21, 2004, authorized the issuance of
up to 3,500,000 shares of common stock through grants of
restricted stock, stock options and other equity-based awards.
Of the 3,500,000 shares of common stock that have been
authorized under the 2004 Plan, 2,525,376 remain available for
issuance. In addition to the 2004 Plan, we maintain other
shareholder-approved plans that permit the issuance of our
common stock through grants of various equity-based awards. As
of December 31, 2005, approximately 122,851 shares of
common stock remained available for stock option grants under
these other plans. Options
85
granted to officers, other employees and directors allow for the
purchase of common shares at or above the fair market value of
our stock on the date the options are granted, although no
options have been granted above fair market value. It is our
policy to set the exercise price of stock options at the closing
price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the
date such grants are authorized by our Board. Generally,
options, whether granted under the 2004 Plan or one of the other
previously approved plans, become exercisable over a staggered
period ranging from one to five years (most typically from one
to three years). Options generally expire ten years from the
date of the grant or within a short period of time following the
termination of employment or cessation of services by an option
holder; however, as described in greater detail below, the
expiration provisions relating to certain outstanding option
awards were modified during 2005.
Information concerning stock options issued to officers, other
employees and directors under all plans is presented in the
following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Number of shares under option:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding beginning
of year
|
|
|
2,820,160
|
|
|
$
|
21.93
|
|
|
|
3,096,317
|
|
|
$
|
21.72
|
|
|
|
2,878,251
|
|
|
$
|
22.41
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
456,048
|
|
|
|
29.57
|
|
|
|
234,520
|
|
|
|
23.03
|
|
|
|
403,820
|
|
|
|
18.98
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(49,717
|
)
|
|
|
19.96
|
|
|
|
(323,904
|
)
|
|
|
19.09
|
|
|
|
(28,500
|
)
|
|
|
17.39
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(260,165
|
)
|
|
|
23.46
|
|
|
|
(186,773
|
)
|
|
|
24.81
|
|
|
|
(157,254
|
)
|
|
|
27.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding end
of year
|
|
|
2,966,326
|
|
|
$
|
23.00
|
|
|
|
2,820,160
|
|
|
$
|
21.93
|
|
|
|
3,096,317
|
|
|
$
|
21.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable end
of year
|
|
|
2,323,190
|
|
|
$
|
21.83
|
|
|
|
2,269,979
|
|
|
$
|
21.98
|
|
|
|
2,184,113
|
|
|
$
|
22.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average, remaining contractual life of options
outstanding at December 31, 2005 is 4.2 years.
Additional information relating to the ranges of options
outstanding at December 31, 2005, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
Options Exercisable
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Range of Exercise
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Prices per Share
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
$11.83 15.76
|
|
|
4.98
|
|
|
|
62,759
|
|
|
$
|
13.39
|
|
|
|
62,759
|
|
|
$
|
13.39
|
|
$15.77 19.70
|
|
|
2.77
|
|
|
|
1,428,511
|
|
|
|
18.42
|
|
|
|
1,353,590
|
|
|
|
18.38
|
|
$19.71 23.63
|
|
|
6.18
|
|
|
|
220,695
|
|
|
|
23.04
|
|
|
|
95,328
|
|
|
|
22.93
|
|
$23.64 27.57
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
633,155
|
|
|
|
25.65
|
|
|
|
506,055
|
|
|
|
25.84
|
|
$27.58 31.51
|
|
|
5.63
|
|
|
|
420,000
|
|
|
|
30.11
|
|
|
|
207,500
|
|
|
|
30.00
|
|
$31.52 35.45
|
|
|
9.19
|
|
|
|
100,348
|
|
|
|
33.55
|
|
|
|
12,600
|
|
|
|
32.12
|
|
$35.46 39.39
|
|
|
2.10
|
|
|
|
100,858
|
|
|
|
36.94
|
|
|
|
85,358
|
|
|
|
36.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,966,326
|
|
|
$
|
23.00
|
|
|
|
2,323,190
|
|
|
$
|
21.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disclosure of pro forma information regarding net earnings and
earnings per share as if we had accounted for our stock options
granted subsequent to December 31, 1994, under a fair value
method is presented in Note 1. The options granted had a
weighted average fair value per share on the grant date of
$14.62 in 2005, $10.83 in 2004 and $8.93 in 2003. For purposes
of pro forma disclosure, the estimated fair value of the options
is amortized to expense over the options vesting periods.
The fair value for these options at the date of
grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
86
The assumptions used in calculating the expense for stock option
awards are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock volatility
|
|
|
43.2
|
%
|
|
|
44.1
|
%
|
|
|
46.1
|
%
|
Average expected life (years)
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
Since the determination of the fair value of all options granted
includes an expected volatility factor and additional option
grants are expected each year, the above pro forma disclosures
may not be representative of effects for future years.
Restricted Stock Plans In addition to
the 2004 Plan, we also have restricted stock plans that
authorize us to grant up to 185 additional shares of common
stock or units with rights commensurate with restricted stock to
employees and non-employee directors. In general, the
restrictions on the shares and units do not expire for a minimum
of one year and a maximum of ten years and are subject to
forfeiture during the restriction period. Most typically,
restricted share grants have staggered vesting periods over one
to three years from grant date. The intrinsic value of the
shares and units, which is typically the product of share price
at the date of grant and the number of shares and units granted,
is amortized on a straight-line basis to compensation expense
over the periods in which the restrictions lapse. Any cumulative
recognized expense related to restricted stock or units
forfeited is reversed upon forfeiture, at which time the
forfeited grant is recorded in treasury stock.
The following table summarizes information regarding the
restricted stock plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Shares and units granted during
the year
|
|
|
445,460
|
|
|
|
288,447
|
|
|
|
39,275
|
|
Weighted average grant date fair
value per share
|
|
$
|
27.88
|
|
|
$
|
23.00
|
|
|
$
|
17.20
|
|
Compensation expense, net of
forfeitures of previously recognized expense (in thousands)
|
|
$
|
6,590
|
|
|
$
|
1,821
|
|
|
$
|
608
|
|
Unexpired shares and units with
unmet restrictions at December 31
|
|
|
583,455
|
|
|
|
317,799
|
|
|
|
94,543
|
|
Modifications During 2005, we made a
number of modifications to our stock plans, including the
acceleration of certain restricted stock grants and outstanding
options, as well as the extension of the exercise period
associated with certain outstanding options. These modifications
resulted from severance agreements with former executives and
from our decision to temporarily suspend option exercises. As a
result of the modifications primarily associated with the
severance agreements with former executives, we recorded
additional stock-based compensation expense in 2005 of
$7.2 million based upon the intrinsic values of the awards
on the dates the modifications were made.
On June 1, 2005, we took action to extend to
December 31, 2006, the regular term of certain options
granted to employees, including executive officers, qualified
retirees and directors, which were scheduled to expire in 2005.
Subsequently, we took action on November 4, 2005, to extend
the exercise date of these options, and options expiring in
2006, to January 1, 2009. We thereafter concluded, however,
that recent regulatory guidance issued under Section 409A
of the Internal Revenue Code might cause the recipients of the
extended options to become subject to unintended adverse tax
consequences under Section 409A. Accordingly, effective
December 14, 2005, the Organization and Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors partially rescinded, in
accordance with the regulations, the extensions of the regular
term of these options, to provide as follows:
(i) the regular term of options otherwise expiring in 2005
will expire 30 days after the options first become
exercisable when our SEC filings have become current and an
effective SEC
Form S-8
Registration Statement has been filed with the SEC, and
87
(ii) the regular term of options otherwise expiring in 2006
will expire on the later of:
(1) 75 days after the regular term of the option as
originally granted expires, or
(2) December 31, 2006 (assuming the options become
exercisable in 2006 for the reasons included in (i) above).
These extensions are subject to our shareholders approving
certain applicable plan amendments at our next annual
shareholders meeting, tentatively scheduled for August
2006. If shareholders do not approve the plan amendments as
currently posed in our proxy statement, these extension actions
will become void. If such plan amendments are approved at our
next annual shareholder meeting, the extensions will be
considered as a stock modification for financial reporting
purposes subject to the recognition of a non-cash compensation
charge in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R).
The earlier extension actions also extended the option exercise
period available following separation from employment for
reasons of death, disability and termination not for cause or
certain voluntary separations. These separate extensions were
partially rescinded at the December 14, 2005, meeting of
the Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors, and as so revised are currently effective and not
subject to shareholder approval. The exercise period available
following such employment separations has been extended to the
later of (i) 30 days after the options first became
exercisable when our SEC filings have become current and an
effective SEC
Form S-8
Registration Statement has been filed with the SEC, or
(ii) the period available for exercise following separation
from employment under the terms of the option as originally
granted. This extension is considered for financial reporting
purposes as a stock modification subject to the recognition of a
non-cash compensation charge in accordance with APB No. 25,
of $1.0 million in 2005. The extension of the exercise
period following separation from employment does not apply to
option exercise periods governed by a separate separation
contract or agreement.
|
|
9.
|
DERIVATIVES
AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
|
We enter into forward contracts to hedge our risks associated
with transactions denominated in currencies other than the local
currency of the operation engaging in the transaction. Our risk
management and derivatives policy specifies the conditions under
which we may enter into derivative contracts. At
December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had approximately
$236.0 million and $139 million, respectively, of
notional amount in outstanding forward contracts with third
parties. At December 31, 2005, the maximum length of any
forward contract currently in place was 20 months.
Certain of our forward contracts do not qualify for hedge
accounting. The fair value of these outstanding forward
contracts at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was a net liability
of $2.3 million and a net asset of $3.4 million,
respectively. Unrealized gains (losses) from the changes in the
fair value of these forward contracts of approximately
$(5.2) million, $(2.5) million, and $1.6 million,
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively, are included in other (expense) income, net in the
consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of
outstanding forward contracts qualifying for hedge accounting
was a net liability of $7,000 and $2.3 million at
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Unrealized gains
(losses) from the changes in the fair value of qualifying
forward contracts and the associated underlying exposures of
$(35,000), $(0.2) million, and $0.5 million, net of
tax, as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively,
are included in other comprehensive income (expense) in the
consolidated statements of shareholders equity.
Also as part of our risk management program, we enter into
interest rate swap agreements to hedge exposure to floating
interest rates on term loans. At December 31, 2005 and
2004, we had $325.0 million and $125.0 million,
respectively, of notional amount in outstanding interest rate
swaps with third parties. At December 31, 2005, the maximum
length of any interest rate contract currently in place was
approximately three years. At December 31, 2005 and 2004,
the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was a net
asset of $0.9 million and a net liability of
$3.4 million, respectively.
During 2004, we entered into a compound derivative contract to
hedge exposure to both currency translation and interest rate
risks associated with our European Investment Bank
(EIB) loan. The notional amount of the derivative
was $85 million, and it served to convert floating rate
interest rate risk to a fixed rate, as well as U.S. dollar
88
currency risk to Euros. The derivative matures in 2011. At
December 31, 2005 and 2004, the fair value of this
derivative was a net liability of $2.8 million and
$15.9 million, respectively. The unrealized gain (loss) on
the derivative, offset with the foreign transaction gain on the
underlying loan aggregate to $0.2 million and
$(5.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2005
and 2004, respectively, and are included in other (expense)
income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
We are exposed to risk from credit-related losses resulting from
nonperformance by counterparties to our financial instruments.
We perform credit evaluations of our counterparties under
forward contracts and interest rate swap agreements and expect
all counterparties to meet their obligations. We have not
experienced credit losses from our counterparties.
Hedging related transactions recorded to other comprehensive
income (expense), net of deferred taxes, are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income
(Expense)
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Reclassification to earnings for
settlements during the year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward contracts
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
$
|
(458
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
1,284
|
|
|
|
2,689
|
|
|
|
3,014
|
|
Change in fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward contracts
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
|
458
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
1,547
|
|
|
|
(162
|
)
|
|
|
(1,574
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31
|
|
$
|
2,984
|
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following amounts, net of deferred taxes, represent the
expected recognition into earnings for hedging contracts based
on their fair values at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contracts
|
|
|
Swaps
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.1
|
)
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
DETAILS
OF CERTAIN CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET CAPTIONS
|
The following tables present financial information of certain
consolidated balance sheet captions.
Accounts Receivable, net Accounts
receivable, net were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
$
|
444,306
|
|
|
$
|
329,438
|
|
Current portion of residual
interest in securitized receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,570
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
42,911
|
|
|
|
59,393
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(14,271
|
)
|
|
|
(7,281
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
472,946
|
|
|
$
|
462,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2004, $3.5 million of the allowance for doubtful
accounts was included with the accounts receivable sold under
our securitization program, which is more fully described in
Note 11.
89
Property, Plant, and Equipment,
net Property, plant and equipment, net were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
63,499
|
|
|
$
|
66,365
|
|
Buildings, improvements, furniture
and fixtures
|
|
|
383,658
|
|
|
|
402,932
|
|
Machinery, equipment, capital
leases and construction in progress
|
|
|
395,166
|
|
|
|
408,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
842,323
|
|
|
|
877,785
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(444,701
|
)
|
|
|
(444,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
397,622
|
|
|
$
|
432,809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for continuing operations in the amount of
$46.9 million, $44.7 million and $42.6 million
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively, is included in cost of sales in the consolidated
statements of operations, with the remaining depreciation
expense included in selling, general and administrative expense.
Other Assets, net Other assets, net were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Investments in unconsolidated
affiliates
|
|
$
|
41,236
|
|
|
$
|
34,260
|
|
Prepaid financing fees
|
|
|
10,021
|
|
|
|
13,163
|
|
Deferred compensation funding
|
|
|
19,884
|
|
|
|
33,516
|
|
Other
|
|
|
20,201
|
|
|
|
36,945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, net
|
|
$
|
91,342
|
|
|
$
|
117,884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued Liabilities Accrued liabilities
were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Wages, compensation and other
benefits
|
|
$
|
158,889
|
|
|
$
|
147,669
|
|
Insurance expense
|
|
|
13,507
|
|
|
|
11,120
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,745
|
|
|
|
15,379
|
|
Commissions and royalties
|
|
|
21,690
|
|
|
|
27,599
|
|
Progress billings in excess of
accumulated costs
|
|
|
26,390
|
|
|
|
17,363
|
|
Warranty costs
|
|
|
29,376
|
|
|
|
27,612
|
|
Sales and use tax expense
|
|
|
10,120
|
|
|
|
7,109
|
|
Legal and environmental matters
|
|
|
12,704
|
|
|
|
18,954
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
20,050
|
|
|
|
9,336
|
|
Other
|
|
|
66,327
|
|
|
|
65,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
360,798
|
|
|
$
|
347,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other accrued liabilities includes restructuring costs,
professional fees, derivative liabilities, lease obligations,
freight and other items, none of which individually exceed 5% of
current liabilities.
90
Retirement and Postretirement Benefits and Other
Liabilities Retirement obligations and
other liabilities were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Retirement and postretirement
benefits
|
|
$
|
270,958
|
|
|
$
|
291,917
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
32,605
|
|
|
|
23,091
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
10,877
|
|
|
|
8,579
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
3,485
|
|
|
|
15,874
|
|
Other
|
|
|
78,088
|
|
|
|
58,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement and postretirement
benefits and other liabilities
|
|
$
|
396,013
|
|
|
$
|
397,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities includes minority interest,
reserves for legal and environmental matters, reserves for
uncertain tax positions and other items, none of which
individually exceed 5% of total liabilities.
|
|
11.
|
DEBT AND
LEASE OBLIGATIONS
|
Debt, including capital lease obligations, consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Term Loan, interest rate of 6.36%
|
|
$
|
578,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Term Loan Tranche A:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Dollar Tranches,
interest rate of 5.02%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,240
|
|
Euro Tranche, interest rate of
4.69%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,257
|
|
Term Loan Tranche C, interest
rate of 5.20%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,851
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes, net of
discount, coupon of 12.25%:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Dollar denominated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,004
|
|
Euro denominated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87,484
|
|
EIB loan, interest rate of 4.42%
in 2005 and 2.39% in 2004
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
Receivable securitization and
factoring obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,635
|
|
Capital lease obligations and other
|
|
|
1,636
|
|
|
|
1,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt and capital lease obligations
|
|
|
665,136
|
|
|
|
701,844
|
|
Less amounts due within one year
|
|
|
12,367
|
|
|
|
44,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt due after one year
|
|
$
|
652,769
|
|
|
$
|
657,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scheduled maturities of the New Credit Facilities (as described
below) and EIB credit facility (as described below), as well as
capital lease obligations, for the next five years and beyond
are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loans
|
|
|
EIB Loan
|
|
|
& Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
11,735
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
632
|
|
|
$
|
12,367
|
|
2007
|
|
|
5,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
|
6,503
|
|
2008
|
|
|
5,748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,748
|
|
2009
|
|
|
5,748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
5,998
|
|
2010
|
|
|
5,748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,748
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
543,772
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
628,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
578,500
|
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,636
|
|
|
$
|
665,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
We made a mandatory repayment of $10.9 million in January
2006 using the net cash proceeds from the sale of GSG and we
will make a mandatory repayment of $0.9 million in July
2006 using excess cash flows.
New Credit Facilities On August 12,
2005, we entered into New Credit Facilities comprised of a
$600 million term loan expiring on August 10, 2012 and
a $400 million revolving line of credit, which can be
utilized to provide up to $300 million in letters of
credit, expiring on August 12, 2010. We refer to these
credit facilities collectively as our New Credit Facilities. The
proceeds of borrowings under our New Credit Facilities were used
to call our 12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes and retire our
indebtedness outstanding under our 2000 Credit Facilities. We
also replaced the letter of credit agreement guaranteeing our
obligations under the EIB credit facility described below with a
letter of credit issued under the new revolving line of credit.
During 2005, we made scheduled principal payments of
$1.5 million and optional principal prepayments of
$20.0 million.
We incurred $9.3 million in fees related to the New Credit
Facilities, of which $0.8 million were expensed in 2005.
Prior to the refinancing, we had $11.8 million of
unamortized deferred loan costs related to the 2000 Credit
Facilities and the Senior Subordinated Notes. Based upon the
final syndicate of financial institutions for the New Credit
Facilities, we expensed $10.5 million of these unamortized
deferred loan costs in 2005. In addition to the total loan costs
of $11.3 million that were expensed, we recorded a charge
of $16.4 million for premiums paid to call the Senior
Subordinated Notes, for a total loss on extinguishment of
$27.7 million recorded in 2005. The remaining
$8.5 million of fees related to the New Credit Facilities
were capitalized and combined with the remaining
$1.3 million of previously unamortized deferred loan costs
for a total of $9.8 million in deferred loan costs included
in other assets, net. These costs are being amortized over the
term of the New Credit Facilities.
Borrowings under our New Credit Facilities bear interest at a
rate equal to, at our option, either (1) the base rate
(which is based on greater of the prime rate most recently
announced by the administrative agent under our New Credit
Facilities or the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%) or
(2) London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus
an applicable margin determined by reference to the ratio of our
total debt to consolidated Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA), which at
December 31, 2005 was 1.75% for LIBOR borrowings. In
addition, we pay lenders under the New Credit Facilities a
commitment fee equal to a percentage, determined by reference to
the ratio of our total debt to consolidated EBITDA, of the
unutilized portion of the revolving line of credit, and letter
of credit fees with respect to each financial standby letter of
credit outstanding under our New Credit Facilities equal to a
percentage based on the applicable margin in effect for LIBOR
borrowings under the new revolving line of credit. The fee for
performance standby letters of credit is 0.5% lower than the fee
for financial standby letters of credit. At December 31,
2005, we had no amounts outstanding under the revolving line of
credit. We had outstanding letters of credit of
$165.8 million at December 31, 2005, which reduced our
borrowing capacity to $234.2 million.
In connection with the New Credit Facilities, during 2005 we
entered into $275 million of notional amount of interest
rate swaps to hedge exposure of floating interest rates. Of this
total notional amount of $275 million, $130 million
carried a start date of September 30, 2005 and
$145 million carried a start date of December 30,
2005. These swaps, combined with the $135 million of
interest rates swaps held by us at the time of the refinancing,
total $410 million of notional amount of interest rate
swaps outstanding at December 31, 2005.
Our obligations under the New Credit Facilities are
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by
substantially all of our existing and subsequently acquired or
organized domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of
certain foreign subsidiaries. In addition, prior to our
obtaining and maintaining investment grade credit ratings, our
and the guarantors obligations under the New Credit
Facilities are collateralized by substantially all of our and
the guarantors assets.
The loans under our New Credit Facilities are subject to
mandatory repayment with, in general:
|
|
|
|
|
100% of the net cash proceeds of asset sales; and
|
|
|
|
Unless we attain and maintain investment grade credit ratings:
|
|
|
|
|
o
|
75% of our excess cash flow, subject to a reduction based on the
ratio of our total debt to consolidated EBITDA;
|
|
|
o
|
50% of the proceeds of any equity offerings; and
|
|
|
o
|
100% of the proceeds of any debt issuances (subject to certain
exceptions).
|
92
We may prepay loans under our New Credit Facilities in whole or
in part, without premium or penalty.
Our New Credit Facilities contain, among other things, covenants
restricting our and our subsidiaries ability to dispose of
assets, merge, pay dividends, repurchase or redeem capital stock
and indebtedness, incur indebtedness and guarantees, create
liens, enter into agreements with negative pledge clauses, make
certain investments or acquisitions, enter into sale and
leaseback transactions, enter into transactions with affiliates,
make capital expenditures, or engage in any business activity
other than our existing business. Our New Credit Facilities also
contain covenants requiring us to deliver to lenders our audited
annual and unaudited quarterly financial statements and leverage
and interest coverage financial covenants. The New Credit
Facilities require delivery of the December 31, 2005
audited annual financial statements by May 30, 2006. We
have received a waiver from our lenders to deliver the
December 31, 2005 audited annual financial statements by
July 31, 2006. Further, we are required to furnish within
50 days of the end of each interim quarter of each year our
unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of
operations, shareholders equity and cash flows. Under the
leverage covenant, the maximum permitted leverage ratio steps
down beginning in the fourth quarter of 2006, with a further
step-down beginning in the fourth quarter of 2007. Under the
interest coverage covenant, the minimum required interest
coverage ratio steps up beginning in the fourth quarter of 2006,
with a further
step-up
beginning in the fourth quarter of 2007. Compliance with these
financial covenants under our New Credit Facilities is tested
quarterly. After receiving the waiver discussed above, we
complied with the covenants as of December 31, 2005.
Our New Credit Facilities include events of default usual for
these types of credit facilities, including nonpayment of
principal or interest, violation of covenants, incorrectness of
representations and warranties, cross defaults and cross
acceleration, bankruptcy, material judgments, ERISA events,
actual or asserted invalidity of the guarantees or the security
documents, and certain changes of control of our company. The
occurrence of any event of default could result in the
acceleration of our and the guarantors obligations under
the New Credit Facilities.
EIB Credit Facility On April 14,
2004, we and one of our European subsidiaries, Flowserve B.V.,
entered into an agreement with EIB, pursuant to which EIB agreed
to loan us up to 70 million, with the ability to draw
funds in multiple currencies, to finance in part specified
research and development projects undertaken by us in Europe.
Borrowings under the EIB credit facility bear interest at a
fixed or floating rate of interest agreed to by us and EIB with
respect to each borrowing under the facility. Loans under the
EIB credit facility are subject to mandatory repayment, at
EIBs discretion, upon the occurrence of certain events,
including a change of control or prepayment of certain other
indebtedness. In addition, the EIB credit facility contains
covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to dispose
of assets related to the financed project and require us to
deliver to EIB our audited annual financial statements within
30 days of publication.
Our obligations under the EIB credit facility are guaranteed by
a letter of credit outstanding under our New Credit Facilities.
In August 2004, we borrowed $85 million at a floating
interest rate based on
3-month
U.S. LIBOR that resets quarterly. As of December 31,
2005, the interest rate was 4.42%. The maturity of the amount
drawn is June 15, 2011, but may be repaid at any time
without penalty. Concurrent with borrowing the $85 million
we entered into a derivative contract with a third party
financial institution, swapped this principal amount to
70.6 million and fixed the LIBOR portion of the
interest rate to a fixed interest rate of 4.19% through the
scheduled repayment date. We have not applied hedge accounting
to the derivative contract, and the unrealized gain (loss) on
the derivative, offset with the foreign currency translation
gain on the underlying loan aggregate to $0.2 million and
$(5.1) million at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively, and are included in other (expense) income, net in
the consolidated statements of operations.
2000 Credit Facilities As of
December 31, 2004 and 2003, our credit facilities were
comprised of a $300 million revolving line of credit and
Tranche A and Tranche C term loans. Tranche A
consisted of a U.S. dollar denominated Tranche and a
Euro denominated tranche, the latter of which was a term note
due in 2006. We refer to these credit facilities collectively as
our 2000 Credit Facilities. During 2004, we made scheduled
principal payments of $27.5 million, mandatory principal
repayments of $167.9 million, and optional principal
prepayments
93
of $160.0 million. Since they typically result from
payments in advance of scheduled payments both mandatory
repayments and optional prepayments cause us to recognize a loss
on the early write-off of prepaid financing costs.
Borrowings under our 2000 Credit Facilities bore interest at a
rate equal to, at our option, either (1) the base rate
(which was based on the prime rate most recently announced by
the administrative agent under our 2000 Credit Facilities or the
Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%) or (2) LIBOR, plus, in the
case of Tranche A term loan and loans under the revolving
line of credit, an applicable margin determined by reference to
the ratio of our total debt to consolidated EBITDA, and, in the
case of Tranche C term loan, an applicable margin based on
our long-term debt ratings. In addition, we paid our lenders
under our revolving line of credit a commitment fee of
0.50% per annum on the unutilized portion of the revolving
line of credit and letter of credit fees with respect to each
standby letter of credit outstanding under the 2000 Credit
Facilities equal to a spread based on the applicable margin in
effect for LIBOR borrowings under the revolving line of credit.
At December 31, 2004, we had no amounts outstanding under
the revolving line of credit. We had outstanding letters of
credit of $51.3 million at December 31, 2004, which
reduced our borrowing capacity to $248.7 million.
The 2000 Credit Facilities were collateralized by substantially
all of our U.S. assets and a pledge of 65% of the stock of
certain foreign subsidiaries.
The Tranche A and Tranche C loans, which were amended
and restated in connection with the IFC acquisition, had final
maturities of June 2006 and June 2009, respectively.
Senior Subordinated Notes At
December 31, 2004, we had $188.5 million and
65.0 million (equivalent to approximately
$88 million at December 31, 2004 exchange rates) in
face value of Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding. The Senior
Subordinated Notes were originally issued in 2000 at a discount
to yield 12.50%, but have a coupon rate of 12.25%. Interest on
these notes was payable semi-annually in February and August. In
August 2005, all remaining Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding
were called by us at 106.125% of face value as specified in the
loan agreement and repaid, along with accrued interest.
Accounts Receivable Securitization In
October 2004, Flowserve US Inc., one of our wholly owned
subsidiaries, and Flowserve Receivables Corporation
(FRC), a wholly owned subsidiary of Flowserve US
Inc., entered into a receivables purchase agreement
(RPA) with Jupiter Securitization Corporation
(Jupiter) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor
by merger to Bank One, NA) whereby FRC could obtain up to
$75 million in financing on a revolving basis by
securitizing certain
U.S.-based
trade receivables.
To obtain financing, Flowserve US Inc. transferred certain
receivables to FRC, which was formed solely for this accounts
receivable securitization program. Pursuant to the RPA, FRC then
sold undivided purchaser interests in these receivables to
Jupiter, which then pooled these interests with other unrelated
interests and issued short-term commercial paper, which was
repaid from cash flows generated by collections on the
receivables. Flowserve US Inc. continued to service the
receivables for a servicing fee of 0.5% of the average net
receivable balance. No servicing liability was recognized at
December 31, 2004 because the amount was immaterial due to
the short-term average collection period of the securitized
receivables. FRC has no recourse against Flowserve US Inc. for
failure of the debtors to pay when due. As of December 31,
2004, FRC had secured $60 million in financing under the
program. The proceeds were used to repay $16 million and
$44 million of Tranche A and Tranche C bank term
loans, respectively, outstanding under our 2000 Credit
Facilities.
We accounted for this transaction in accordance with
SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of
Liabilities a Replacement of FASB Statement
No. 125. Under this guidance and in conjunction with
the initial transaction, Flowserve US Inc. transferred
$121.4 million of receivables (net of an allowance for
doubtful accounts of $6.0 million), which included
$2.9 million of long-term receivables (net of an allowance
for doubtful accounts of $3.2 million) to FRC, and FRC
incurred a loss of $0.2 million on the subsequent sale of
purchaser interests to Jupiter. At the time the purchaser
interests were sold to Jupiter, $48.7 million of the
receivables transferred to FRC were removed from FRCs
financial statements, and FRC further recorded short-term debt
of $11.3 million. Borrowings under the facility in excess
of $11.3 million are excluded from our debt balance in the
consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004.
FRC retained a subordinate interest in the receivables, which
represents the amount in excess of purchaser interests
transferred to Jupiter. The short-term portion of
$80.6 million of this subordinate interest is included in
94
accounts receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2004. The long-term portion of
$2.9 million of this subordinate interest is included in
the other assets, net on the consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2004. FRCs subordinate interest in the
receivables at the time of the initial transaction was
$61.6 million, of which $2.9 million was classified as
long-term. Our retained interest in the receivables is recorded
at the present value of its estimated net realizable value.
Calculation of the retained interest in the receivables at the
time of the initial transaction and at December 31, 2004 is
based on an assumed days sales outstanding (DSO) of
60 days and a discount rate of 4.7% based on our borrowing
rate under the 2000 Credit Facilities.
During 2004 Flowserve US Inc. transferred $376.2 million
(net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $6.7 million)
of receivables to FRC which then sold undivided purchaser
interests in the receivables to Jupiter. In 2004, FRC collected
$232.5 million in cash that was used to purchase additional
receivables from Flowserve US Inc. and return invested
capital to Flowserve US Inc. Losses on the sales of
purchaser interests totaled $0.6 million in 2004. FRC also
recorded interest expense of $0.1 million in 2004 related
to the $11.3 million in debt recognized pursuant to
SFAS No. 140.
Varying the DSO assumption and the discount rate assumption by
20% resulted in an immaterial change in the retained interest
and the loss on sale.
On October 31, 2005, we terminated the RPA. In connection
with this, we borrowed approximately $48 million under our
New Credit Facilities and repurchased outstanding receivable
interests from Jupiter. FRC recorded a loss of $2.0 million
for purchaser interests sold in 2005 and recognized interest
expense of $0.3 million related to the $11.3 million
of debt recorded pursuant to SFAS No. 140.
Accounts Receivable Factoring One of our
manufacturing plants in Europe maintains a receivable factoring
program with its local bank. In 2004, this factoring program was
structured whereby the ownership of the underlying receivable
was not transferred to the bank. Thus, the amounts advanced to
us under this program were treated as short-term debt. These
Euro-denominated amounts total $6.4 million at
December 31, 2004, and we paid interest at a rate of 2.33%.
This program was restructured in the fourth quarter of 2005 to
allow transfer of the ownership of the underlying receivable to
the bank. A description of this and other receivables factoring
agreements is more fully presented in Note 5.
The following summarizes our repayment of obligations under our
various credit facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Scheduled repayment
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
27.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Mandatory repayment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optional prepayment(1)
|
|
|
38.4
|
|
|
|
160.0
|
|
|
|
163.1
|
|
Loss on debt repayment and
extinguishment
|
|
|
27.7
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Optional prepayment excludes the proceeds from our New Credit
Facilities that were used to repay our outstanding obligations
under our 2000 Credit Facilities and our 12.25% Senior
Subordinated Notes. |
Operating Leases We have non-cancelable
operating leases for certain offices, service and quick response
centers, certain manufacturing and operating facilities,
machinery, equipment and automobiles. Rental expense relating to
operating leases was $22.1 million in 2005,
$19.7 million in 2004 and $22.0 million in 2003.
95
The future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable
operating leases are:
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
21,367
|
|
2007
|
|
|
17,470
|
|
2008
|
|
|
12,950
|
|
2009
|
|
|
9,581
|
|
2010
|
|
|
7,785
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
13,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
82,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.
|
RETIREMENT
AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
|
We sponsor several noncontributory defined benefit pension
plans, covering substantially all U.S. employees and
certain
non-U.S. employees,
which provide benefits based on years of service, job grade
levels, and type of compensation. Retirement benefits for all
other covered employees are provided through contributory
pension plans, cash balance pension plans and
government-sponsored retirement programs. All funded defined
benefit pension plans receive funding based on independent
actuarial valuations to provide for current service and an
amount sufficient to amortize unfunded prior service over
periods not to exceed 30 years, with funding falling within
the legal limits proscribed by prevailing regulation. We also
maintain unfunded defined benefit plans which, as permitted by
local regulations, receive funding only when benefits become due.
We use a measurement date of December 31 for all of our
worldwide pension plans and for our postretirement medical plans.
U.S. Defined Benefit Plans We
maintain qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension
plans in the U.S. The qualified plan provides coverage for
substantially all full-time U.S. employees who receive
benefits, up to an earnings threshold specified by the
U.S. Department of Labor. The qualified plan is designed to
operate as a cash balance arrangement, under which
the accumulated benefit obligation is equivalent to the
projected benefit obligation.
The non-qualified plans primarily cover a small number of
employees including current and former members of senior
management, providing them with benefit levels equivalent to
other participants, but which are otherwise limited by
U.S. Department of Labor rules.
Net defined benefit pension expense for the U.S. defined
benefit pension plans (including both qualified and
non-qualified plans) was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
14,832
|
|
|
$
|
13,876
|
|
|
$
|
13,473
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
15,549
|
|
|
|
15,385
|
|
|
|
15,802
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(16,444
|
)
|
|
|
(17,306
|
)
|
|
|
(17,187
|
)
|
Settlement and curtailment of
benefits
|
|
|
(266
|
)
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
309
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized prior
service benefit
|
|
|
(1,459
|
)
|
|
|
(1,291
|
)
|
|
|
(1,296
|
)
|
Amortization of unrecognized net
loss
|
|
|
4,974
|
|
|
|
2,493
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. pension expense
|
|
$
|
17,186
|
|
|
$
|
13,766
|
|
|
$
|
11,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The settlement and curtailment expense in 2005 is associated
with the sale of GSG as discussed in Note 2, partially
offset by the departure of former executives. The settlement and
curtailment expense in 2004 is associated with a number of
employees eligible for the non-qualified plan leaving our
company.
96
The following table reconciles the U.S. defined benefit
plans funded status to amounts recognized in the
consolidated balance sheets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
294,291
|
|
|
$
|
271,208
|
|
Plan assets, at fair value
|
|
|
207,155
|
|
|
|
176,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
|
(87,136
|
)
|
|
|
(94,635
|
)
|
Unrecognized net loss
|
|
|
113,886
|
|
|
|
96,859
|
|
Unrecognized prior service benefit
|
|
|
(9,589
|
)
|
|
|
(12,276
|
)
|
Intangible asset
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(704
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
(65,622
|
)
|
|
|
(53,668
|
)
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
(38,047
|
)
|
|
|
(30,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net U.S. pension liability
|
|
$
|
(87,136
|
)
|
|
$
|
(94,495
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following are assumptions related to the U.S. defined
benefit pension plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine benefit obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
Rate of increase in compensation
levels
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine net cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term rate of return on assets
|
|
|
8.25
|
%
|
|
|
8.75
|
%
|
|
|
8.75
|
%
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.75
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
|
|
6.75
|
|
Rate of increase in compensation
levels
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
The expected long-term rate of return on assets was determined
by assessing the rates of return for each targeted asset class,
return premiums generated by active portfolio management and by
comparison of rates utilized by other companies.
During 2005, we increased our minimum pension liability by
$12.0 million, net of tax, compared with an increase in
2004 of $5.4 million, net of tax, as a component of other
comprehensive income (expense). The increase in the liability
primarily resulted from the increase in accumulated benefit
obligations due to lower discount rates along with lower than
anticipated plan asset returns during 2005.
Based on the results of pension plan asset returns during 2005
and on the anticipated future return, we decreased the assumed
rate of return of such assets from 8.75% for 2004 to 8.25% for
2005.
We also reduced the discount rate from 5.75% at
December 31, 2004, to 5.50% at December 31, 2005, to
reflect the current interest rate environment and the expected
benefit payment streams. We regularly evaluate assumptions for
asset returns and discount rates based on a variety of factors.
97
The following is a summary of the changes in the
U.S. defined benefit plans pension obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
271,208
|
|
|
$
|
258,137
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
14,832
|
|
|
|
13,876
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
15,549
|
|
|
|
15,385
|
|
Curtailment of benefits and other
|
|
|
(281
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Plan amendments
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
18,923
|
|
|
|
9,006
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(26,441
|
)
|
|
|
(25,269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
294,291
|
|
|
$
|
271,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
294,291
|
|
|
$
|
271,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of the U.S. defined
benefit pension plans assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning plan assets
|
|
$
|
176,573
|
|
|
$
|
170,586
|
|
Return on plan assets
|
|
|
12,255
|
|
|
|
15,927
|
|
Company contributions
|
|
|
44,768
|
|
|
|
15,329
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(26,441
|
)
|
|
|
(25,269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending plan assets
|
|
$
|
207,155
|
|
|
$
|
176,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We contributed $44.8 million and $15.3 million to the
U.S. defined benefit pension plans during 2005 and 2004,
respectively. These payments exceeded the minimum funding
requirements mandated by the U.S. Department of Labor
rules. During 2005 and 2004, returns on pension plan assets were
less than anticipated.
Although we are still working with our actuaries to determine
estimated funding beyond 2005, the following table summarizes
the expected cash activity for the U.S. defined benefit
pension plans in the future (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Company
contributions 2006
|
|
$
|
36.1
|
|
Expected benefit payments:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
23.2
|
|
2007
|
|
|
23.9
|
|
2008
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
2009
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
2010
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
2011-2015
|
|
|
149.0
|
|
The asset allocation for the U.S. defined benefit pension
plans at the end of 2005 and 2004, and the target allocation for
2006, by asset category, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Actual Plan
|
|
|
|
Target Allocation
|
|
|
Assets at
December 31,
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
65
|
%
|
|
|
65
|
%
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
64
|
%
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
98
We do not believe that any of our common stock is directly held
by our plans. Our investment strategy is to invest in various
securities in order to pay retirement benefits to plan
participants while minimizing our cash contributions over the
life of the plan. This is accomplished by preserving capital
through diversified investments in high quality instruments and
earning a long-term rate of return consistent with an acceptable
degree of risk, while taking into account the liquidity needs of
the plan.
Our investment policy is to invest approximately 65% of plan
assets in equity securities, 25% in fixed income securities and
10% in other assets. Within each investment category, assets are
allocated to various investment styles. Professional money
management firms manage all assets, and we engage a consultant
to assist in evaluating these activities. We periodically review
the investment policy, generally in conjunction with an asset
and liability study. We also regularly rebalance the actual
allocation to our target investment allocation.
Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans We maintain defined benefit
pension plans, which cover some or all of the employees in the
following countries: Austria, Canada, France, Germany, India,
Japan, Mexico, Netherlands, Sweden and United Kingdom.
Net defined benefit pension expense for
non-U.S. pension
plans was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
3,320
|
|
|
$
|
3,423
|
|
|
$
|
2,533
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
10,259
|
|
|
|
8,780
|
|
|
|
7,709
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(5,740
|
)
|
|
|
(4,407
|
)
|
|
|
(3,696
|
)
|
Settlement and curtailment of
benefits
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized net
loss
|
|
|
1,403
|
|
|
|
1,296
|
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S. pension
expense
|
|
$
|
9,285
|
|
|
$
|
9,092
|
|
|
$
|
7,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following summarizes the net pension liability for
non-U.S. plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
226,283
|
|
|
$
|
217,538
|
|
Plan assets, at fair value
|
|
|
104,475
|
|
|
|
99,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
|
(121,808
|
)
|
|
|
(117,810
|
)
|
Unrecognized net loss
|
|
|
49,111
|
|
|
|
35,387
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
(27,572
|
)
|
|
|
(8,434
|
)
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
(5,421
|
)
|
|
|
(4,519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
non-U.S. pension
liability
|
|
$
|
(105,690
|
)
|
|
$
|
(95,376
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table reconciles the
non-U.S. pension
plans funded status to amounts recognized in the
consolidated balance sheets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Plans with assets in excess of
benefit obligations
(included in other assets, net)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,363
|
|
Plans with benefit obligations in
excess of plan assets
(included in retirement and postretirement benefits and other
liabilities)
|
|
|
(105,690
|
)
|
|
|
(107,739
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
non-U.S. pension
liability
|
|
$
|
(105,690
|
)
|
|
$
|
(95,376
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
The following are assumptions related to the
non-U.S. defined
benefit pension plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine benefit obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
4.43
|
%
|
|
|
5.12
|
%
|
|
|
5.51
|
%
|
Rate of increase in compensation
levels
|
|
|
3.19
|
|
|
|
3.04
|
|
|
|
3.00
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine net cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term rate of return on assets
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.86
|
%
|
|
|
7.32
|
%
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.12
|
|
|
|
5.51
|
|
|
|
5.79
|
|
Rate of increase in compensation
levels
|
|
|
3.05
|
|
|
|
3.00
|
|
|
|
3.13
|
|
Many of our
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans are unfunded, as permitted by local regulation.
The expected long-term rate of return on assets for funded plans
was determined by assessing the rates of return for each asset
class and return premiums generated by active investment
management.
During 2005, we increased our
non-U.S. minimum
pension liability by $19.1 million, net of tax, compared
with a $2.8 million, net of deferred tax, increase in 2004
as a component of other comprehensive income (expense). The
increase in the liability resulted primarily from the increase
in accumulated benefit obligation due to lower discount rates
during 2005.
The following is a reconciliation of the
non-U.S. plans
defined benefit pension obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
217,538
|
|
|
$
|
162,150
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
3,423
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
10,259
|
|
|
|
8,780
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
Plan amendments, curtailments and
other
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of plan combinations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,342
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
29,550
|
|
|
|
17,737
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(8,927
|
)
|
|
|
(9,287
|
)
|
Currency exchange impact
|
|
|
(26,355
|
)
|
|
|
14,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
226,283
|
|
|
$
|
217,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
207,610
|
|
|
$
|
202,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
The following is a reconciliation of the
non-U.S. plans
defined benefit pension assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning plan assets
|
|
$
|
99,728
|
|
|
$
|
62,407
|
|
Return on plan assets
|
|
|
15,329
|
|
|
|
7,982
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
Company contributions
|
|
|
8,295
|
|
|
|
8,051
|
|
Currency exchange impact
|
|
|
(10,664
|
)
|
|
|
6,623
|
|
Acquisitions(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,893
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(8,927
|
)
|
|
|
(9,287
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending plan assets
|
|
$
|
104,475
|
|
|
$
|
99,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Acquisitions represent obligations for transfers of former IFC
employees into Flowserve plans, which formally occurred during
2004. |
The following table summarizes the expected cash activity for
the
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans in the future (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Company
contributions 2006
|
|
$
|
8.0
|
|
Expected benefit payments:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
7.4
|
|
2007
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
2009
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
2010
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
2011-2015
|
|
|
44.8
|
|
The asset allocations for the
non-U.S. defined
benefit pension plans at the end of 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Actual Plan
|
|
|
|
Target Allocation
|
|
|
Assets at
December 31,
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
41
|
%
|
|
|
48
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
47
|
%
|
|
|
47
|
%
|
|
|
41
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
We do not believe that any of our common stock is held directly
by these plans. In 2004, our funded
non-U.S. defined
benefit pension plans are principally located in Canada and the
United Kingdom. In all cases, our investment strategy for these
plans is to invest in various securities in order to pay
retirement benefits to plan participants while minimizing
required cash contributions over the life of the plan. This is
accomplished by preserving capital through diversification in
high quality investments and earning a long-term rate of return
consistent with an acceptable degree of risk and the legal
requirements of the particular country, while taking into
account the liquidity needs of the plan.
Asset allocation differs by plan based upon the plans
projected benefit obligation to participants as well as the
results of asset and liability studies that are conducted for
each plan. Professional money management firms manage all plan
assets and we engage consultants in each country to assist in
evaluation of these activities.
101
Defined Benefit Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in
Excess of Plan Assets The following
summarizes key pension plan information regarding plans whose
accumulated benefit obligations exceed the fair value of their
respective plan assets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
518,221
|
|
|
$
|
393,758
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligation
|
|
|
500,396
|
|
|
|
387,634
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
309,615
|
|
|
|
188,340
|
|
Postretirement Medical Plans We sponsor
several defined benefit postretirement health care plans
covering most current retirees and a limited number of future
retirees in the U.S. These plans provide for medical and
dental benefits and are administered through insurance companies
and health maintenance organizations. The plans include
participant contributions, deductibles, co-insurance provisions
and other limitations and are integrated with Medicare and other
group plans. We fund the plans as benefits are paid and we incur
health maintenance organization premiums, such that the plans
hold no assets in any period presented. Accordingly, we have no
investment strategy or targeted allocations for plan assets.
Benefits under our postretirement medical plans are not
available to new employees or most existing employees.
Net postretirement benefit expense is comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
183
|
|
|
$
|
199
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
4,139
|
|
|
|
5,331
|
|
|
|
5,838
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized prior
service benefit
|
|
|
(4,147
|
)
|
|
|
(3,149
|
)
|
|
|
(3,275
|
)
|
Amortization of unrecognized net
loss
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
|
1,460
|
|
|
|
1,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement benefit expense
|
|
$
|
797
|
|
|
$
|
3,825
|
|
|
$
|
4,141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulated
postretirement benefits obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning accumulated
postretirement benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
88,731
|
|
|
$
|
92,227
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
4,139
|
|
|
|
5,331
|
|
Plan amendments(1)
|
|
|
(3,915
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial gain(2)
|
|
|
(7,081
|
)
|
|
|
(413
|
)
|
Net benefits paid
|
|
|
(8,202
|
)
|
|
|
(8,597
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending accumulated postretirement
benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
73,794
|
|
|
$
|
88,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The plan amendment in 2005 represents the decrease from full
coverage to a capped amount at two of our facilities. |
|
(2) |
|
The increase in the actuarial gain in 2005 as compared with 2004
primarily reflects a higher than expected decrease in plan
participants. |
102
The following table presents the components of postretirement
benefit amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Postretirement benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
73,794
|
|
|
$
|
88,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
|
(73,794
|
)
|
|
|
(88,731
|
)
|
Unrecognized prior service benefit
|
|
|
(16,617
|
)
|
|
|
(16,848
|
)
|
Unrecognized net loss
|
|
|
13,142
|
|
|
|
20,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued postretirement benefits
|
|
$
|
(77,269
|
)
|
|
$
|
(84,674
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following presents expected benefit payments for future
periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected
|
|
|
Medicare
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows
|
|
|
Subsidy
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
7.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
2007
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
2009
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
2010
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
2011-2015
|
|
|
33.1
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
The following are assumptions related to the postretirement
benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine benefit obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine net cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The assumed ranges for the annual rates of increase in per
capita costs for periods prior to Medicare were 8.0% for 2005,
9.0% for 2004 and 10.0% for 2003, with a gradual decrease to
5.0% for 2007 and future years.
Assumed heath care cost trend rates have an effect on the
amounts reported for the postretirement medical plans. A
one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend
rates would have the following effect on the 2005 reported
amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1% Increase
|
|
|
1% Decrease
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Effect on postretirement benefit
obligation
|
|
$
|
3,625
|
|
|
$
|
(3,087
|
)
|
Effect on service cost plus
interest cost
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
(158
|
)
|
We made contributions to the postretirement medical plans to pay
benefits of $8.2 million in 2005, $8.6 million in 2004
and $8.3 million in 2003. Because the postretirement
medical plans are unfunded, we make contributions as the covered
individuals claims are approved for payment. Accordingly,
contributions during any period are directly correlated to the
benefits paid.
Defined Contribution Plans We sponsor
several defined contribution plans covering substantially all
U.S. and Canadian employees and certain other
non-U.S. employees.
Employees may contribute to these plans, and these contributions
are matched in varying amounts by us, including opportunities
for discretionary matching
103
contributions by us. Defined contribution plan expense was
$7.6 million in 2005, $6.8 million in 2004 and
$3.6 million in 2003.
Participants in the U.S. defined contribution plan have the
option to invest in our common stock and discretionary
contributions by us are typically funded with our common stock;
therefore, the plans assets include such holdings of our common
stock.
|
|
13.
|
LEGAL
MATTERS AND CONTINGENCIES
|
We are a defendant in a large number of pending lawsuits (which
include, in many cases, multiple claimants) that seek to recover
damages for personal injury allegedly caused by exposure to
asbestos-containing products manufactured
and/or
distributed by us in the past. Any such products were
encapsulated and used only as components of process equipment,
and we do not believe that any emission of respirable
asbestos-containing fibers occurred during the use of this
equipment. We believe that a high percentage of the applicable
claims are covered by applicable insurance or indemnities from
other companies.
On February 4, 2004, we received an informal inquiry from
the SEC requesting the voluntary production of documents and
information related to our February 3, 2004 announcement
that we would restate our financial results for the nine months
ended September 30, 2003 and the full years 2002, 2001 and
2000. On June 2, 2004, we were advised that the SEC had
issued a formal order of private investigation into issues
regarding this restatement and any other issues that arise from
the investigation. On May 31, 2006, we were informed by the
staff of the SEC that it had concluded this investigation
without recommending any enforcement action against us.
During the quarter ended September 30, 2003, related
lawsuits were filed in federal court in the Northern District of
Texas (the Court), alleging that we violated federal
securities laws. Since the filing of these cases, which have
been consolidated, the lead plaintiff has amended its complaint
several times. The lead plaintiffs current pleading is the
fifth consolidated amended complaint (the
Complaint). The Complaint alleges that federal
securities violations occurred between February 6, 2001 and
September 27, 2002 and names as defendants our company, C.
Scott Greer, our former Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer, Renée J. Hornbaker, our former Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our
independent registered public accounting firm, and Banc of
America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, which
served as underwriters for our two public stock offerings during
the relevant period. The Complaint asserts claims under
Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, and
Rule 10b-5
thereunder, and Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of
1933. The lead plaintiff seeks unspecified compensatory damages,
forfeiture by Mr. Greer and Ms. Hornbaker of
unspecified incentive-based or equity-based compensation and
profits from any stock sales, and recovery of costs. On
November 22, 2005, the Court entered an order denying the
defendants motions to dismiss the Complaint. The case is
currently set for trial on March 27, 2007. We continue to
believe that the lawsuit is without merit and are vigorously
defending the case.
On October 6, 2005, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was
filed purportedly on our behalf in the 193rd Judicial
District of Dallas County, Texas. The lawsuit names as
defendants Mr. Greer, Ms. Hornbaker, and current board
members Hugh K. Coble, George T. Haymaker, Jr., William C.
Rusnack, Michael F. Johnston, Charles M. Rampacek, Kevin E.
Sheehan, Diane C. Harris, James O. Rollans and Christopher A.
Bartlett. We are named as a nominal defendant. Based primarily
on the purported misstatements alleged in the above-described
federal securities case, the plaintiff asserts claims against
the defendants for breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control,
gross mismanagement, waste of corporate assets and unjust
enrichment. The plaintiff alleges that these purported
violations of state law occurred between April 2000 and the date
of suit. The plaintiff seeks on our behalf an unspecified amount
of damages, injunctive relief
and/or the
imposition of a constructive trust on defendants assets,
disgorgement of compensation, profits or other benefits received
by the defendants from us, and recovery of attorneys fees
and costs. We strongly believe that the suit was improperly
filed and have filed a motion seeking dismissal of the case.
On February 7, 2006, we received a subpoena from the SEC
regarding goods and services that certain foreign subsidiaries
delivered to Iraq from 1996 through 2003 during the United
Nations
Oil-for-Food
Program. This investigation includes a review of whether any
inappropriate payments were made to Iraqi officials in violation
of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The investigation includes
periods prior to, as well as subsequent to our
104
acquisition of the foreign operations involved in the
investigation. We may be subject to liabilities if violations
are found regardless of whether they relate to periods before or
subsequent to our acquisition.
In addition, one of our foreign subsidiarys operations is
cooperating with a foreign governmental investigation of that
sites involvement in the United Nations
Oil-for-Food
program. This cooperation has included responding to an
investigative trip by foreign authorities to the foreign
subsidiarys site, providing relevant documentation to
these authorities and answering their questions. We are unable
to predict how or if the foreign authorities will pursue this
matter in the future.
We believe that both the SEC and this foreign authority are
investigating other companies from their actions arising from
the United Nations
Oil-for-Food
program.
We are in the process of reviewing and responding to the SEC
subpoena and assessing the implications of the foreign
investigation, including the continuation of a thorough internal
investigation. Our investigation is in the early stages and has
included and will include a detailed review of contracts with
the Iraqi government during the period in question and certain
payments associated therewith. Additionally, we have and will
continue to conduct interviews with employees with knowledge of
the contracts and payments in question. We are in the early
phases of our internal investigation and as a result are unable
to make any definitive determination whether any inappropriate
payments were made and accordingly are unable to predict the
ultimate outcome of this matter.
We will continue to fully cooperate in both the SEC and the
foreign investigations. Both investigations are in progress but,
at this point, are incomplete. Accordingly, if the SEC
and/or the
foreign authorities take enforcement action with regard to these
investigations, we may be required to pay fines, consent to
injunctions against future conduct or suffer other penalties
which could potentially materially impact our business financial
statements and cash flows.
On March 14, 2006, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was
filed purportedly on our behalf in federal court in the Northern
District of Texas. The lawsuit names as defendants
Mr. Greer, Ms. Hornbaker, and current board members
Mr. Coble, Mr. Haymaker, Jr., Lewis M. Kling,
Mr. Rusnack, Mr. Johnston, Mr. Rampacek,
Mr. Sheehan, Ms. Harris, Mr. Rollans and
Mr. Bartlett. We are named as a nominal defendant. Based
primarily on certain of the purported misstatements alleged in
the above-described federal securities case, the plaintiff
asserts claims against the defendants for breaches of fiduciary
duty. The plaintiff alleges that the purported breaches of
fiduciary duty occurred between 2000 and 2004. The plaintiff
seeks on our behalf an unspecified amount of damages,
disgorgement by Mr. Greer and Ms. Hornbaker of
salaries, bonuses, restricted stock and stock options, and
recovery of attorneys fees and costs. We strongly believe
that the suit was improperly filed and have filed a motion
seeking dismissal of the case.
In March 2006, we initiated a process to determine our
compliance posture with respect to U.S. export control laws
and regulations. Upon initial investigation, it appears that
some product transactions and technology transfers may
technically not be in compliance with U.S. export control
laws and regulations and require further review. With assistance
from outside counsel, we are currently involved in a systematic
process to conduct further review, which we believe will take
about 18 months to complete given the complexity of the
export laws and the scope of our investigation. Any potential
violations of U.S. export control laws and regulations that
are identified may result in civil or criminal penalties,
including fines
and/or other
penalties. Because our review into this issue is ongoing, we are
currently unable to determine the full extent of potential
violations or the nature or amount of potential penalties to
which we might be subject to in the future. Given that the
resolution of this matter is uncertain at this time, we are not
able to reasonably estimate the maximum amount of liability that
could result from final resolution of this matter. We cannot
currently predict whether the ultimate resolution of this matter
will have a material adverse effect on our business, including
our ability to do business outside the United States, or on our
financial condition.
As of May 1, 2005, due to the non-current status of our
financial filings with the SEC, our Registration Statements on
Form S-8
were no longer available to cover offers and sales of securities
to our employees and other persons. Since that date, the
acquisition of interests in our common stock fund under our
401(k) plan by plan participants may have been subject to the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 or
applicable state securities laws and may not have qualified for
an available exemption from such requirements. Federal
securities laws generally provide for a one-year rescission
right for an investor who acquires unregistered securities in a
105
transaction that is subject to registration and for which no
exemption was available. As such, an investor successfully
asserting a rescission right during the one-year time period has
the right to require an issuer to repurchase the securities
acquired by the investor at the price paid by the investor for
the securities (or if such security has been disposed of, to
receive damages with respect to any loss on such disposition),
plus interest from the date of acquisition. These rights may
apply to affected participants in our 401(k) plan. Based on our
current stock price, we believe that our current potential
liability for rescission claims is not material to our financial
condition or results of operations; however, our potential
liability could become material in the future if our stock price
were to fall below participants acquisition prices for
their interest in our stock fund during the one-year period
following the unregistered acquisitions.
We have been involved as a potentially responsible party
(PRP) at former public waste disposal sites that may
be subject to remediation under pending government procedures.
The sites are in various stages of evaluation by federal and
state environmental authorities. The projected cost of
remediation at these sites, as well as our alleged fair
share allocation, is uncertain and speculative until all
studies have been completed and the parties have either
negotiated an amicable resolution or the matter has been
judicially resolved. At each site, there are many other parties
who have similarly been identified, and the identification and
location of additional parties is continuing under applicable
federal or state law. Many of the other parties identified are
financially strong and solvent companies that appear able to pay
their share of the remediation costs. Based on our information
about the waste disposal practices at these sites and the
environmental regulatory process in general, we believe that it
is likely that ultimate remediation liability costs for each
site will be apportioned among all liable parties, including
site owners and waste transporters, according to the volumes
and/or
toxicity of the wastes shown to have been disposed of at the
sites. We believe that our exposure for existing disposal sites
will be less than $100,000.
We are also a defendant in several other lawsuits, including
product liability claims, that are insured, subject to the
applicable deductibles, arising in the ordinary course of
business. Based on currently available information, we believe
that we have adequately accrued estimated probable losses for
such lawsuits. We are also involved in a substantial number of
labor claims, including one case where we had a confidential
settlement reflected in our 2004 results.
Although none of the aforementioned potential liabilities can be
quantified with absolute certainty except as otherwise indicated
above, we have established reserves covering these exposures to
the extent probable and estimable, which we believe to be
reasonable based on past experience and available facts. While
additional exposures beyond these reserves could exist, they
currently cannot be estimated. We will continue to evaluate
these potential contingent loss exposures and, if they develop,
recognize expense as soon as such losses become probable and can
be reasonably estimated.
We are also involved in ordinary routine litigation incidental
to our business, none of which we believe to be material to our
business, operations or overall financial condition. However,
resolutions or dispositions of claims or lawsuits by settlement
or otherwise could have a significant impact on our operating
results for the reporting period in which any such resolution or
disposition occurs.
As a consequence of all legal matters, including settlements of
both publicly disclosed litigation and otherwise, we recognized
expense of approximately $7 million in 2005,
$17 million in 2004 and $25 million in 2003.
We have recorded reserves for product warranty claims that are
included in both current and non-current liabilities. The
following is a summary of the activity in the warranty reserve:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance January 1
|
|
$
|
27,675
|
|
|
$
|
19,214
|
|
|
$
|
15,862
|
|
Accruals for warranty expense
|
|
|
26,072
|
|
|
|
26,213
|
|
|
|
27,215
|
|
Settlements made
|
|
|
(24,010
|
)
|
|
|
(17,752
|
)
|
|
|
(23,863
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31
|
|
$
|
29,737
|
|
|
$
|
27,675
|
|
|
$
|
19,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106
Each share of common stock contains a preferred stock purchase
right. These rights are not currently exercisable and trade in
tandem with the common stock. The rights become exercisable and
trade separately in the event of certain significant changes in
common stock ownership or on the commencement of certain tender
offers that, in either case, may lead to a change in control.
Upon becoming exercisable, the rights provide shareholders the
opportunity to acquire a new series of the preferred stock to be
then automatically issued at a pre-established price. In the
event of certain forms of our acquisition, the rights also
provide our shareholders the opportunity to purchase shares of
the acquirers common stock from the acquirer at a 50%
discount from the current market value. The rights are
redeemable for $0.022 per right by us at any time prior to
becoming exercisable and will expire in August 2006.
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal
|
|
$
|
7,404
|
|
|
$
|
1,654
|
|
|
$
|
(4,434
|
)
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
44,813
|
|
|
|
53,153
|
|
|
|
29,410
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(2,379
|
)
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
52,234
|
|
|
|
52,428
|
|
|
|
25,947
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal
|
|
|
(12,148
|
)
|
|
|
2,047
|
|
|
|
1,342
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
(275
|
)
|
|
|
(13,638
|
)
|
|
|
(9,212
|
)
|
State and local
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
$
|
(15,142
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,042
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,212
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision
|
|
$
|
37,092
|
|
|
$
|
40,386
|
|
|
$
|
17,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the
statutory corporate rate due to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax at 35%
|
|
$
|
29.1
|
|
|
$
|
23.2
|
|
|
$
|
23.9
|
|
Foreign impact, net
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
Change in valuation allowances
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
State and local income taxes, net
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Extraterritorial income exclusion
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
Meals and entertainment
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
37.1
|
|
|
$
|
40.4
|
|
|
$
|
17.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
44.5
|
%
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
|
|
26.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The 2005 effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory
rate of 35% primarily due to Extraterritorial Income
(ETI) exclusion benefits of $1.9 million, state
income tax benefits of $2.7 million resulting primarily
from net reductions in valuation allowances and
$12.7 million of net tax impact from foreign operations.
107
The 2004 effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory
rate of 35% primarily due to ETI exclusion benefits of
$4.9 million, $22.0 million of net tax impact from
foreign operations resulting primarily from approximately
$85 million in foreign earnings repatriation to pay down
U.S. debt.
The 2003 effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory
rate of 35% primarily due to ETI exclusion benefits of
$2.5 million, changes in valuation allowances of
$5.5 million primarily relating to foreign tax credits and
the net impact of
non-U.S. operations
of $2.8 million.
SFAS No. 109 requires us to provide deferred taxes for
the temporary differences associated with our investment in
foreign subsidiaries which have a financial reporting basis that
exceeds tax basis unless we can assert permanent reinvestment in
foreign jurisdictions pursuant to APB No. 23. Financial
reporting basis and tax basis differences in investments in
foreign subsidiaries consist of unremitted earnings and losses
as well as foreign currency translation adjustments.
We do not assert permanent reinvestment under APB No. 23.
During each of the three years reported in the period ended
December 31, 2005, we have not recognized any net deferred
tax assets attributable to unremitted earnings or foreign
currency translation adjustments in our foreign subsidiaries
with excess financial reporting basis due to estimated excess
foreign tax credits and other attributes. We had cash and deemed
dividend distributions from our foreign subsidiaries that
resulted in the recognition of approximately $12 million
and $18.5 million of income tax expense during the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As we have
not recorded a benefit for the excess foreign tax credits
associated with deemed repatriation of unremitted earnings,
these credits are not available to offset the liability
associated with these dividends.
On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004
(the 2004 Act) was signed into law, creating a
temporary incentive for U.S. multinationals to repatriate
accumulated income earned outside the U.S. pursuant to
qualified dividend reinvestment plans at an effective tax rate
of 5.25% versus the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%.
During 2004, we repatriated approximately $46 million (as
part of the $85 million discussed above), respectively,
pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan. We have not recognized
the lower tax rate on these dividends in our financial
statements due to uncertainties surrounding the realization of
this benefit and interpretation of the 2004 Act. To the extent
this uncertainty is favorably resolved in a future reporting
period, the benefit associated with these dividends will be
recognized in that period.
The 2004 Act also provides for a phase out of the existing ETI
exclusion for foreign export sales, as it was viewed to be
inconsistent with the international trade protocols set by the
European Union. This phase out provides that the benefit for our
otherwise qualifying export sales in 2005 and 2006 will be
limited to approximately 80% and 60%, respectively. As a
replacement for the loss of the ETI export incentive, the 2004
Act provides a deduction from income for qualified domestic
production activities, which will be phased in from 2005 through
2010. We realized no benefit from the Internal Revenue Code
Section 199 manufacturing deduction during 2005, and the
impact to our future tax rate has not yet been quantified. Under
the guidance of FSP No.
FAS 109-1,
Application of FASB Statement No. 109 to the Tax
Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the
American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, the tax deduction on
qualified production activities will be treated as a special
deduction as described in SFAS No. 109. As such, the
special deduction will be reported in the period in which the
deduction is claimed on our tax return.
We record valuation allowances to reflect the estimated amount
of deferred tax assets that may not be realized based upon our
analysis of existing deferred tax assets, net operating losses
and tax credits by jurisdiction and expectations of our ability
to utilize these tax attributes through a review of past,
current and estimated future taxable income and establishment of
tax strategies. The net decrease in state valuation allowances
of $2.6 million at December 31, 2005 and the net
increase of $4.6 million at December 31, 2004, are
reflected net of other state impacts in the rate reconciliations
above. Similarly, changes in valuation allowances related to
foreign net operating losses and deferred tax assets are
reported as a portion of the net foreign impact to the overall
effective tax rate. During 2005 and 2004 there were no
significant changes in foreign valuation allowances. We
decreased valuation allowances by $2.0 million for foreign
tax credit carryforwards as a result of utilization of credits
in 2004, and due to the extension of the carryover period to
10 years pursuant to the 2004 Act.
108
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets related to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement benefits
|
|
$
|
76,405
|
|
|
$
|
78,869
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
36,368
|
|
|
|
43,081
|
|
Compensation accruals
|
|
|
43,993
|
|
|
|
35,157
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
33,539
|
|
|
|
26,351
|
|
Credit carryforwards
|
|
|
27,718
|
|
|
|
16,660
|
|
Loss on dispositions
|
|
|
1,999
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
Warranty and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
37,516
|
|
|
|
28,288
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Other
|
|
|
11,956
|
|
|
|
14,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
269,703
|
|
|
|
243,392
|
|
Valuation allowances
|
|
|
(30,401
|
)
|
|
|
(34,208
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
239,302
|
|
|
|
209,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities related
to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(43,939
|
)
|
|
|
(49,732
|
)
|
Goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
(47,977
|
)
|
|
|
(39,653
|
)
|
Unrealized foreign exchange gain
|
|
|
(19,398
|
)
|
|
|
(33,717
|
)
|
Foreign losses subject to recapture
|
|
|
(8,979
|
)
|
|
|
(10,699
|
)
|
Foreign equity investments
|
|
|
(8,440
|
)
|
|
|
(6,819
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(128,733
|
)
|
|
|
(140,620
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
110,569
|
|
|
$
|
68,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have approximately $257 million of U.S. and foreign net
operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2005. Of this
total, $165 million are state net operating losses, most of
which are reserved with a valuation allowance. Net operating
losses generated in the U.S., if unused, will begin to expire in
2006, with the majority expiring in 2021. The majority of our
non-U.S. net
operating losses carry forward without expiration. Additionally,
we have approximately $21.3 million of foreign tax credit
carryforwards at December 31, 2005, expiring in 2010
through 2015 for which no valuation allowance reserves have been
recorded.
Earnings (loss) before income taxes comprised:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
(41,708
|
)
|
|
$
|
(32,677
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,267
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
124,980
|
|
|
|
98,945
|
|
|
|
56,945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
83,272
|
|
|
$
|
66,268
|
|
|
$
|
68,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.
|
BUSINESS
SEGMENT INFORMATION
|
We are principally engaged in the worldwide design, manufacture,
distribution and service of industrial flow management
equipment. We provide pumps, valves and mechanical seals
primarily for the petroleum industry,
109
chemical-processing industry, power-generation industry, water
industry, general industry and other industries requiring flow
management products.
We have the following three divisions, each of which constitutes
a business segment:
|
|
|
|
|
Flowserve Pump Division;
|
|
|
|
Flow Solutions Division; and
|
|
|
|
Flow Control Division.
|
Each division manufactures different products and is defined by
the type of products and services provided. Each division has a
President, who reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer,
and a Division Controller, who reports directly to our
Chief Accounting Officer. For decision-making purposes, our
Chief Executive Officer and other members of senior executive
management use financial information generated and reported at
the division level. Our corporate headquarters does not
constitute a separate division or business segment.
We evaluate segment performance and allocate resources based on
each segments operating income excluding special items,
such as restructuring and integration costs related to the IFC
acquisition. We believe that special items, while indicative of
efforts to integrate acquired companies such as IFC into our
business, do not reflect ongoing business results. We believe
investors and other users of our financial statements can better
evaluate and analyze historical and future business trends if
special items are excluded from each segments operating
income. Operating income before special items is not a
recognized measure under GAAP and should not be viewed as an
alternative to, or a better indicator of, GAAP measures of
performance.
Amounts classified as All Other include the corporate
headquarters costs and other minor entities that do not
constitute separate segments. Intersegment sales and transfers
are recorded at cost plus a profit margin, with the margin on
such sales eliminated in consolidation.
The following is a summary of the financial information of the
reportable segments reconciled to the amounts reported in the
consolidated financial statements.
Year
Ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flowserve
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Reportable
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
Pump
|
|
|
Solutions
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
Segments
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,394,545
|
|
|
$
|
406,093
|
|
|
$
|
889,608
|
|
|
$
|
2,690,246
|
|
|
$
|
5,031
|
|
|
$
|
2,695,277
|
|
Intersegment sales
|
|
|
3,901
|
|
|
|
37,548
|
|
|
|
4,681
|
|
|
|
46,130
|
|
|
|
(46,130
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income(1)
|
|
|
144,648
|
|
|
|
85,996
|
|
|
|
89,199
|
|
|
|
319,843
|
|
|
|
(129,750
|
)
|
|
|
190,093
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
32,597
|
|
|
|
6,053
|
|
|
|
25,497
|
|
|
|
64,147
|
|
|
|
5,741
|
|
|
|
69,888
|
|
Identifiable assets
|
|
|
1,287,186
|
|
|
|
201,580
|
|
|
|
871,903
|
|
|
|
2,360,669
|
|
|
|
214,869
|
|
|
|
2,575,538
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
18,012
|
|
|
|
7,153
|
|
|
|
11,418
|
|
|
|
36,583
|
|
|
|
12,688
|
|
|
|
49,271
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flowserve
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Reportable
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
Pump
|
|
|
Solutions
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
Segments
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,323,399
|
|
|
$
|
360,333
|
|
|
$
|
833,448
|
|
|
$
|
2,517,180
|
|
|
$
|
5,309
|
|
|
$
|
2,522,489
|
|
Intersegment sales
|
|
|
6,393
|
|
|
|
33,648
|
|
|
|
5,295
|
|
|
|
45,336
|
|
|
|
(45,336
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income(1)
|
|
|
110,112
|
|
|
|
72,573
|
|
|
|
65,294
|
|
|
|
247,979
|
|
|
|
(86,480
|
)
|
|
|
161,499
|
|
Depreciation and amortization(3)
|
|
|
31,703
|
|
|
|
5,910
|
|
|
|
26,994
|
|
|
|
64,607
|
|
|
|
5,461
|
|
|
|
70,068
|
|
Identifiable assets
|
|
|
1,364,711
|
|
|
|
172,089
|
|
|
|
1,002,538
|
|
|
|
2,539,338
|
|
|
|
94,697
|
|
|
|
2,634,035
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
18,815
|
|
|
|
3,581
|
|
|
|
14,299
|
|
|
|
36,695
|
|
|
|
8,546
|
|
|
|
45,241
|
|
110
Year
Ended December 31, 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flowserve
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Reportable
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
Pump
|
|
|
Solutions
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
Segments
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,159,108
|
|
|
$
|
333,441
|
|
|
$
|
750,349
|
|
|
$
|
2,242,898
|
|
|
$
|
5,954
|
|
|
$
|
2,248,852
|
|
Intersegment sales
|
|
|
5,531
|
|
|
|
24,240
|
|
|
|
7,380
|
|
|
|
37,151
|
|
|
|
(37,151
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income (before
special items)(2)
|
|
|
85,898
|
|
|
|
73,901
|
|
|
|
68,030
|
|
|
|
227,829
|
|
|
|
(56,324
|
)
|
|
|
171,505
|
|
Depreciation and amortization(3)
|
|
|
30,469
|
|
|
|
6,662
|
|
|
|
25,106
|
|
|
|
62,237
|
|
|
|
6,011
|
|
|
|
68,248
|
|
Identifiable assets
|
|
|
1,319,418
|
|
|
|
169,549
|
|
|
|
1,013,893
|
|
|
|
2,502,860
|
|
|
|
177,652
|
|
|
|
2,680,512
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
10,350
|
|
|
|
3,724
|
|
|
|
11,815
|
|
|
|
25,889
|
|
|
|
2,899
|
|
|
|
28,788
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
There were no special items in 2005 or 2004. |
|
(2) |
|
Special items reflect costs incurred by Flow Control Division in
association with the IFC acquisition including integration
expense of $15.8 million and restructuring expense of
$2.1 million. |
|
(3) |
|
Depreciation and amortization in 2004 and 2003 exclude
$3.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively, of
depreciation and amortization expense that are included in
discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of
operations. |
Segment operating income before special items can be reconciled
to the consolidated amounts as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating
income (before special items)
|
|
$
|
190,093
|
|
|
$
|
161,499
|
|
|
$
|
171,505
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
(70,726
|
)
|
|
|
(78,468
|
)
|
|
|
(79,587
|
)
|
Loss on debt repayment and
extinguishment
|
|
|
(27,744
|
)
|
|
|
(2,708
|
)
|
|
|
(1,346
|
)
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(8,351
|
)
|
|
|
(14,055
|
)
|
|
|
(4,412
|
)
|
Special items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integration and restructuring
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
$
|
83,272
|
|
|
$
|
66,268
|
|
|
$
|
68,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geographic Information We attribute
sales to different geographic areas based on the
facilities locations. Long-lived assets are classified
based on the geographic area in which the assets are located and
exclude deferred tax assets categorized as non-current. Sales
and long-lived assets by geographic area are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Lived
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,076,043
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
999,782
|
|
|
|
68.0
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
1,183,139
|
|
|
|
43.9
|
%
|
|
|
383,349
|
|
|
|
26.1
|
%
|
Other(1)
|
|
|
436,095
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
86,947
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated total
|
|
$
|
2,695,277
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,470,078
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Lived
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,006,353
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,037,394
|
|
|
|
65.9
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
1,151,561
|
|
|
|
45.6
|
%
|
|
|
454,043
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
%
|
Other(1)
|
|
|
364,575
|
|
|
|
14.5
|
%
|
|
|
82,500
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated total
|
|
$
|
2,522,489
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,573,937
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Lived
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
969,216
|
|
|
|
43.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,078,881
|
|
|
|
68.0
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
995,687
|
|
|
|
44.3
|
%
|
|
|
438,872
|
|
|
|
27.7
|
%
|
Other(1)
|
|
|
283,949
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
%
|
|
|
68,497
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated total
|
|
$
|
2,248,852
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,586,250
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes Canada, South America and Asia Pacific. No individual
geographic segment within this group represents 10% or more of
consolidated totals. |
Net sales to international customers, including export sales
from the United States, represented 65%, 68% and 60% of total
sales in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Major Customer Information We have a
large number of customers across a large number of manufacturing
and service facilities and do not believe that we have sales to
any individual customer that represent 10% or more of
consolidated sales for any of the years presented.
|
|
18.
|
ACCUMULATED
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
|
The following presents the components of accumulated other
comprehensive loss, net of related tax effects:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments(1)
|
|
$
|
(37,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,384
|
)
|
|
$
|
(23,798
|
)
|
Minimum pension liability
effects(2)
|
|
|
(93,983
|
)
|
|
|
(62,102
|
)
|
|
|
(53,891
|
)
|
Cash flow hedging activity
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
|
(2,428
|
)
|
|
|
(4,307
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
loss
|
|
$
|
(130,657
|
)
|
|
$
|
(66,914
|
)
|
|
$
|
(81,996
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The increase in foreign currency translation adjustments in 2005
is due primarily to the devaluation of the Euro and the British
pound versus the U.S. dollar. |
|
(2) |
|
The increase in the minimum pension liability in 2005 is
primarily the result of a decreased discount rate. |
112
The following tables present a summary of the changes in
accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
Before-Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
After-Tax
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
$
|
(37,782
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,936
|
|
|
$
|
(34,846
|
)
|
Minimum pension liability effects
|
|
|
(40,097
|
)
|
|
|
8,216
|
|
|
|
(31,881
|
)
|
Cash flow hedging activity
|
|
|
4,923
|
|
|
|
(1,939
|
)
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income
(expense)
|
|
$
|
(72,956
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,213
|
|
|
$
|
(63,743
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
2004
|
|
|
|
Before-Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
After-Tax
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
$
|
27,320
|
|
|
$
|
(5,906
|
)
|
|
$
|
21,414
|
|
Minimum pension liability effects
|
|
|
(13,300
|
)
|
|
|
5,089
|
|
|
|
(8,211
|
)
|
Cash flow hedging activity
|
|
|
2,431
|
|
|
|
(552
|
)
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income
(expense)
|
|
$
|
16,451
|
|
|
$
|
(1,369
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
2003
|
|
|
|
Before-Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
After-Tax
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
$
|
74,534
|
|
|
$
|
(16,617
|
)
|
|
$
|
57,917
|
|
Minimum pension liability effects
|
|
|
12,146
|
|
|
|
(3,649
|
)
|
|
|
8,497
|
|
Cash flow hedging activity
|
|
|
3,044
|
|
|
|
(1,170
|
)
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income
(expense)
|
|
$
|
89,724
|
|
|
$
|
(21,436
|
)
|
|
$
|
68,288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19.
|
QUARTERLY
FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
|
The following presents a summary of the unaudited quarterly data
for 2005 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Quarter
|
|
4th
|
|
|
3rd
|
|
|
2nd
|
|
|
1st
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
738.5
|
|
|
$
|
649.5
|
|
|
$
|
691.2
|
|
|
$
|
616.1
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
236.8
|
|
|
|
211.2
|
|
|
|
222.7
|
|
|
|
191.1
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
38.5
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
18.6
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(11.7
|
)
|
|
|
(15.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
(10.0
|
)
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
Earnings per share (basic)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.22
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share (diluted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004(1)
|
|
Quarter
|
|
4th
|
|
|
3rd
|
|
|
2nd
|
|
|
1st
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
703.7
|
|
|
$
|
623.4
|
|
|
$
|
618.3
|
|
|
$
|
577.1
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
204.4
|
|
|
|
189.5
|
|
|
|
191.7
|
|
|
|
173.0
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued
operations
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
Earnings per share (basic)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share (diluted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts have been reclassified to reflect the results of GSG as
discontinued operations. See Note 2. |
The significant fourth quarter adjustments to 2005 pretax were
to record: (i) asset impairment related to the sale of GSG
of $6.5 million, which is included in discontinued
operations and (ii) annual bonus accrual finalization
increase of $10.7 million.
The significant fourth quarter adjustments for 2004 pretax were
to record: (i) litigation accrual of $4.8 million,
(ii) unclaimed property of $4.0 million,
(iii) sales tax reserve of $3.6 million, (iv) a
charge to cost of sales to increase inventory reserves by
$13.9 million and (v) annual bonus reserve
finalization increase of $5.5 million.
Updates to legal matters in existence at December 31, 2005
and new legal matters that have arisen since December 31,
2005 are discussed in Note 13.
114
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act)) are controls and other procedures
that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the
information that we are required to disclose in the reports that
we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
SECs rules and forms, and that such information is
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.
In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
our management, under the supervision and with the participation
of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer,
carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of
December 31, 2005. Based on this evaluation, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our
disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the
reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2005 because
of the material weaknesses discussed below and because we were
unable to file this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and the Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the interim periods ended March 31, 2005, June 30,
2005 and September 30, 2005 within the filing time periods
specified in the SECs rules.
In light of the material weaknesses described below, we
performed additional analyses and other procedures to ensure
that our consolidated financial statements included in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
were prepared in accordance with GAAP. These measures included,
among other things, expansion of our year-end closing and
consolidation procedures, and implementation of additional
analytical reviews and verification procedures. As a result, we
have concluded that the consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
present fairly, in all material respects, our financial
position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods
presented in conformity with GAAP.
Managements
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management, under the supervision and with the participation
of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal
control over financial reporting as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial
reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting
includes policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with existing policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management
conducted an assessment of our internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2005,
115
based on the criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework, issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO).
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of
control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote
likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim
financial statements will not be prevented or detected. In
connection with managements assessment of our internal
control over financial reporting described above, management has
identified the following material weaknesses in our internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005:
(1) We did not maintain effective controls over our
period-end financial reporting processes, including monitoring,
which resulted in the following material weaknesses.
a. We did not maintain effective controls to ensure that
journal entries, both recurring and non-recurring, were
consistently reviewed and approved in a timely manner to ensure
the validity, completeness and accuracy of recorded entries.
This control deficiency affects substantially all financial
statement accounts and resulted in adjustments, including audit
adjustments, to our annual and all interim consolidated
financial statements for 2005.
b. We did not maintain effective controls over the
completeness and accuracy of supporting schedules for account
reconciliations, and account reconciliations were not
consistently documented, reviewed and approved in a timely
manner. This control deficiency affects substantially all
financial statement accounts and resulted in adjustments to our
annual and all interim consolidated financial statements for
2005.
c. We did not maintain effective controls over the accuracy
and disclosure of our debt obligations. Specifically, controls
were not effective to ensure that amounts due within one year
were properly classified as current liabilities and that related
disclosures appropriately reflected the timing of future
mandatory debt repayments. This control deficiency affects debt
due within one year and long-term debt due after one year and
resulted in audit adjustments to our annual consolidated
financial statements for 2005.
d. We did not maintain effective controls over the
completeness, accuracy and validity of spreadsheets used in the
Companys period-end financial reporting process to ensure
that access was restricted to appropriate personnel, and that
unauthorized modification of the data or formulas within
spreadsheets was prevented. This control deficiency affects
substantially all financial statement accounts and resulted in
adjustments, including audit adjustments, to our annual and all
interim consolidated financial statements for 2005.
e. We did not maintain effective controls over the
completeness, accuracy, and timely recording of accrued
liabilities as part of the accounting close process.
Specifically, effective controls were not designed and in place
to ensure relevant information was communicated in a timely
manner in order to assess and record the financial effects of
certain loss contingencies. This control deficiency primarily
affects accrued liabilities and related operating expense
accounts and resulted in adjustments, including audit
adjustments, to our annual and all interim consolidated
financial statements for 2005.
(2) We did not maintain effective segregation of duties
over automated and manual transaction processes. Specifically,
we did not maintain effective controls over the granting,
maintenance and monitoring of access to financial systems and
data. Certain information technology personnel had unrestricted
access to financial applications, programs and data beyond that
needed to perform their individual job responsibilities and
without any independent monitoring. In addition, certain
financial personnel had incompatible duties that allowed for the
creation, review and processing of certain financial data
without independent review and authorization. This control
deficiency affects substantially all financial statement
accounts. However, this control deficiency did not result in
adjustments to our annual or any interim consolidated financial
statements for 2005.
(3) We did not maintain effective controls over the
completeness, accuracy and validity of revenue. Specifically,
effective controls were not designed and in place to ensure that
invoices were complete, accurate, valid and recorded in the
proper period. Additionally, effective controls were not
designed and in place to
116
ensure the validity and accuracy of sales orders. This control
deficiency primarily affects revenue and accounts receivable and
resulted in adjustments to our annual and all interim
consolidated financial statements for 2005.
(4) We did not maintain effective controls over the
completeness, accuracy, validity and valuation of our inventory
and related cost of sales transactions. Specifically, controls
with respect to the accuracy of product costing, job order
costing, cost accumulation and certain inventory management
processes were not effective. Additionally, controls were not
effective to ensure accurate and timely recording of inventory
shipments and receipts. This control deficiency primarily
affects inventory and cost of sales and resulted in adjustments,
including audit adjustments, to our annual and all interim
consolidated financial statements for 2005.
(5) We did not maintain effective controls over the
completeness, accuracy and validity of our accounts payable and
related disbursements. Specifically, effective controls were not
designed and in place to ensure that the matching of purchase
orders and receiving documentation to invoices occurred prior to
disbursement. This control deficiency primarily affects accounts
payable and resulted in adjustments to our annual and all
interim consolidated financial statements for 2005.
(6) We did not maintain effective controls over accounting
for certain derivative transactions. Specifically, we did not
adequately document the criteria for measuring hedge
effectiveness at the inception of certain derivative
transactions. This control deficiency primarily affects accounts
receivable, other expense, other comprehensive income and
accumulated other comprehensive income. However, this control
deficiency did not result in adjustments to our annual or any
interim consolidated financial statements for 2005.
(7) We did not maintain effective controls over the
completeness, accuracy and valuation of stock-based employee
compensation expense. Specifically, we did not maintain
effective controls to ensure that stock-based employee
compensation expense arising from the modification of terms that
affect the exercise period of employee stock option awards was
determined and recognized in the proper period. This control
deficiency primarily affects compensation expense and
paid-in-capital
and resulted in audit adjustments to our annual and
June 30, 2005 interim consolidated financial statements for
2005.
Each of the control deficiencies described in items 1
through 7 above could result in a misstatement of the
aforementioned account balances or disclosures that would result
in a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated
financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
Management has determined that each of the control deficiencies
in items 1 through 7 above constitutes a material weakness
in our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2005.
As a result of the material weaknesses described above, our
management concluded that as of December 31, 2005, we did
not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting
based on the criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework, issued by the
COSO.
Managements assessment of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2005, has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included
herein.
Remediation
of Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting
As discussed below, we significantly improved our internal
control over financial reporting during 2005. However, as of
December 31, 2005, we identified a number of material
weaknesses and our remediation efforts with respect to these
weaknesses are continuing. Throughout 2005 and continuing in
2006, management, under the supervision and with the
participation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer and Sarbanes-Oxley steering committee, has been actively
engaged in the implementation of remediation efforts to address
the material weaknesses that were in existence as of
December 31, 2004 and previously disclosed in our 2004
Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
117
Completed
Remediation
The following describes the remedial actions that have been
implemented to date to address our control environment
deficiencies existing as of December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
Conducted monthly Sarbanes-Oxley steering committee sessions to
ensure executive participation in and monitoring of our internal
control remediation activities;
|
|
|
|
Appointed a chief compliance officer;
|
|
|
|
Expanded and strengthened our finance organization by creating
and filling new positions through job rotations and external
hires in the areas of financial reporting, controls compliance,
accounting policies, and financial planning and analysis;
|
|
|
|
Established a finance team, led by a senior finance manager,
focused on developing and implementing improvements in our
finance function and processes;
|
|
|
|
Expanded and strengthened our tax department by hiring
additional senior tax staff, including expanding our global tax
reporting, compliance and audit staff;
|
|
|
|
Expanded and strengthened our internal audit organization, which
reports directly to our audit committee, by hiring additional
senior audit staff and putting in place a global leadership team;
|
|
|
|
Enhanced our accounting policy program, pursuant to which our
accounting policy group (i) periodically reviews our
accounting policies, (ii) where necessary, makes
enhancements to our accounting policies and improves or
formalizes documentation of such policies, and
(iii) communicates accounting policies to our finance and
accounting personnel on a company-wide basis;
|
|
|
|
Strengthened the centrally managed internal controls and
financial review program that encompasses site reviews of key
financial reporting controls and accounting processes, performed
by senior finance organization and internal audit personnel
across multiple locations;
|
|
|
|
Improved our communication of accounting policy and control
requirements by conducting global monthly finance organization
conference calls held by our Chief Accounting Officer to
communicate updates to accounting policy and procedures, provide
guidance on accounting topics, and to stress the importance of
internal controls;
|
|
|
|
Expanded and enhanced our financial disclosure control and
certification processes for our annual and quarterly financial
reports;
|
|
|
|
Enhanced our anti-fraud program by updating our code of business
conduct, improving our ethics hotline, enhancing our
communication on ethical behavior, and creating senior ethics
compliance positions.
|
The following describes the remedial actions that have been
implemented to date to address our information technology
general control deficiencies existing as of December 31,
2004:
|
|
|
|
|
Expanded and strengthened our information technology
organization through the creation of roles, reporting to our
Chief Information Officer, with the responsibility for
information technology related finance and legal compliance
controls;
|
|
|
|
Improved overall awareness and understanding of information
technology controls, policies and procedures through regular
conference calls, written communications, and the creation of an
information technology policy website;
|
|
|
|
Further enhanced our monitoring of information technology
policies and procedures by implementing a more formal
information technology governance program to review, update,
publish and communicate information technology policies and
procedures;
|
|
|
|
Further centralized our information technology management
structure to provide more effective monitoring for information
technology general controls.
|
118
In addition to improving our control environment and information
technology general controls, as described above, management also
performed additional remedial actions to address the material
weaknesses in existence at December 31, 2004 that resulted
in misstatements requiring correction during the Companys
2004 Restatement effort. These remedial actions
included creating and implementing an accounting policy for
goodwill impairments; implementing a centralized intercompany
accounting monitoring process to ensure the timely balancing of
intercompany accounts; enhancing the fixed assets verification
policy and performing extensive fixed assets verification
procedures; improving accounting controls over
non-U.S. pension
plans, including the controls over services provided by
actuaries; implementing improved processes and controls around
accounts receivable factoring agreements, and discontinuing our
accounts receivable securitization facility; and improving the
design and operating effectiveness of controls over the
accounting for payroll, equity investments, and mergers and
acquisitions.
Continuing
Remediation
The following describes the continuing remediation that
management is taking, in addition to the above described control
environment and other improvements, to address the material
weaknesses described above as of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
Implementing or upgrading ERP systems at our primary business
locations to increase the level of automated controls, and to
improve the integrity and reliability of data flow from the
originating transactions to the financial consolidation and
reporting process;
|
|
|
|
Implementing a global web-based financial controls management
solution to facilitate the documentation and assessment of
accounting and financial reporting controls;
|
|
|
|
Strengthened the segregation of duties and application security
policy, updated our spreadsheet controls policy, and put a cross
functional task force in place to assist business process owners
with policy implementation;
|
|
|
|
Updated our account reconciliation policy, continued our
communication of the requirements of account reconciliations to
the global accounting and finance organization as part of our
global accounting and finance organization conference calls
conducted on a monthly basis by our Chief Accounting Officer,
issued training materials defining the specific requirements
regarding account reconciliation preparation, review and
approval, further communicated the requirements of account
reconciliations as part of our regional accounting and finance
organization training sessions;
|
|
|
|
Designing and implementing additional revenue cycle, inventory
cycle and accounts payable process controls, including the
establishment of additional review and verification procedures,
updating policies as necessary, and providing training to our
global finance organization;
|
|
|
|
Implemented new procedures and controls to ensure technical
compliance with derivative accounting provisions, including the
enhancement of specific criteria and documentation requirements
for measuring hedge effectiveness at the inception of certain
derivative transactions, and providing hedge accounting training
to our global finance organization;
|
|
|
|
Designing and implementing enhanced controls to ensure proper
accounting for stock option compensation transactions.
|
We believe that the foregoing Completed Remediation
actions described above have significantly improved our
internal control over financial reporting, as well as our
disclosure controls and procedures. We also believe that the
foregoing Continuing Remediation actions described above
will continue to improve our internal control over financial
reporting, as well as our disclosure controls and procedures.
Our management, with the oversight of our audit committee, will
continue to take steps to remedy known material weaknesses as
expeditiously as possible. Additionally, our management has
undertaken and continues to undertake initiatives to deal with
the prolonged impact the reported material weaknesses and the
2004 Restatement effort have had on the timeliness
of our financial statement filings. To accelerate the filing of
delayed
Forms 10-Q
for the interim periods ended March 31, 2005, June 30,
2005, September 30, 2005 and March 31, 2006, the
Company has hired additional financial reporting
119
resources, enhanced its oversight of the global accounting and
financial reporting close process, introduced new and improved
accounting close and financial reporting forms and templates,
and improved coordination of and support for the financial
statement audit process. The Companys continued efforts to
strengthen the global accounting and financial reporting close
process, combined with the remediation of identified material
weaknesses, are intended to shorten the close, audit and
financial statement filing cycle time.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Other than the Completed Remediation actions there were
no changes in our internal control over financial reporting
during the quarter ended December 31, 2005 that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION.
None.
120
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND OTHER CORPORATE OFFICERS OF THE
REGISTRANT.
|
Our Board of Directors currently consists of 11 members,
who are divided into three classes. Directors are elected for
three-year terms. The terms for members of each class end in
successive years.
The Board of Directors has determined, after considering all the
relevant facts and circumstances, that each member of the Board
of Directors is independent, as independence is
defined by the NYSE corporate governance listing standards of
the NYSE, with the exception of Lewis M. Kling. Mr. Kling
is not considered independent as he serves as President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Non-management directors regularly schedule executive sessions
in which non-management directors meet without the presence of
management. The presiding director of such executive sessions is
Kevin E. Sheehan. Shareholders and other interested parties may
communicate with the Board by writing to Kevin E. Sheehan,
Chairman of the Board, c/o Flowserves Corporate
Secretary, Flowserve Corporation 5215 N. OConnor
Blvd., Suite 2300, Irving, Texas 75039. All such
communications are delivered to Mr. Sheehan.
The table below sets forth the names and ages of each of our
directors, executive officers and certain other officers, as
well as the positions and offices held by such persons. A
summary of the background and experience of each of these
individuals is set forth after the table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Andrew J. Beall
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Vice President and President of
Flow Solutions Division
|
Deborah K. Bethune
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Vice President, Tax
|
Mark A. Blinn
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
|
Mark D. Dailey
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Vice President and Chief
Compliance Officer
|
Paul W. Fehlman
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Vice President and Corporate
Treasurer
|
Thomas E. Ferguson
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Vice President and President of
Flowserve Pump Division
|
Richard J.
Guiltinan, Jr.
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Vice President, Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer
|
John H. Jacko, Jr.
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Vice President and Chief Marketing
Officer
|
Linda P. Jojo
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Vice President and Chief
Information Officer
|
Lewis M. Kling
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director
|
Thomas L. Pajonas
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Vice President and President of
Flow Control Division
|
Joseph R. Pinkston, III
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Vice President, Human Resources
|
Jerry L. Rockstroh
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Vice President, Supply Chain and
Continuous Improvement Process
|
Ronald F. Shuff
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Vice President, Secretary and
General Counsel
|
Christopher A. Bartlett
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director
|
Hugh K. Coble
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
Director
|
Roger L. Fix
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Director
|
Diane C. Harris
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
George T. Haymaker, Jr.
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
Director
|
Michael F. Johnston
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
Charles M. Rampacek
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
James O. Rollans
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
William C. Rusnack
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Director
|
Kevin E. Sheehan
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Director
|
Andrew J. Beall has served as our Vice President
and President of Flow Solutions Division since 2003. From 1994
to 2003, Mr. Beall served in a number of key U.S. and
international management positions with our Company
121
and its predecessor, The Duriron Company, including as Vice
President of Flowserve Pump Division, Flow Solutions Division
and Flow Control Division in Latin America from 1999 to 2003.
Deborah K. Bethune has served as our Vice
President, Tax since 2004. Prior to that, she served with
Electronic Data Systems Corporation for 17 years, where she
held several tax positions, most recently as the Director of
International Taxes for the Americas and Asia Pacific regions.
Mark A. Blinn has served as our Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer since 2004. He served as Chief Financial
Officer of FedEx Kinkos Office and Print Services, Inc.
from 2003 to 2004, and as Vice President and Treasurer of
Kinkos, Inc. from 2002 to 2003. Mr. Blinn also served
as Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Centex
Corporation from 2000 to 2002 and as Managing Director of
Corporate Finance since 1999.
Mark D. Dailey has served as our Vice President
and Chief Compliance Officer since 2005. He served as our Vice
President, Supply Chain and Continuous Improvement, from 1999
until 2005. Mr. Dailey was Vice President, Supply Chain,
and held other supply chain management positions from 1992 to
1999 for the North American Power Tools Division of The Black
and Decker Corporation.
Paul W. Fehlman has served as our Vice President
and Corporate Treasurer since 2005. He served as our Director of
Financial Services and Assistant Treasurer from 2000 to 2005.
Thomas E. Ferguson has served as our Vice
President and President of Flowserve Pump Division since 2003.
He was President of Flow Solutions Division from 2000 to 2002,
Vice President and General Manager of Flow Solutions
Division North America from 1999 to 2000, and Vice
President of Marketing and Technology for Flow Solutions
Division from 1997 to 1999.
Richard J. Guiltinan, Jr. has served as our
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer since
2004. Prior to that, he served as a consultant to Chevron on
three multinational restructuring and merger integration
projects in 2003 and 2002. From 1985 to 2001, Mr. Guiltinan
served in accounting and financial management positions at
Caltex Corporation, including as Chief Financial Officer from
2000 to 2001.
John H. Jacko, Jr. has served as our Vice
President and Chief Marketing Officer since 2005. He was the
Vice President, Strategy, Marketing and Communications from 2002
to 2005. He served as Division Vice President of FPD
Marketing and Customer Management from 2001 to 2002.
Mr. Jacko was Vice President of Customer and Product
Support for the Engines and Systems Business and held other
management roles at Honeywell Aerospace from 1999 to 2001. He
was also Vice President of Sales and Service, Commercial
Transport, and held other management roles at Allied Signal
Aerospace from 1995 to 1999.
Linda P. Jojo has served as our Vice President and
Chief Information Officer since 2004. Prior to that, she served
as Chief Information Officer of GE Silicones Division of General
Electric Corporation from 2000 to 2004 and held other management
positions at General Electric Corporation from 1991 to 2000.
Lewis M. Kling has served as our President, Chief
Executive Officer and member of the Board of Directors since
August 2005. Prior to 2005, he served as our Chief Operating
Officer from 2004 to 2005. Before joining our Company, he served
as Group President and Corporate Vice President of SPX
Corporation from 1999 to 2004 and member of the Board of
Directors of Inrange Technologies Corporation from 2000 to 2003.
Mr. Kling also served as President of Dielectric
Communications, a division of General Signal Corporation,
purchased by SPX Corporation, from 1997 to 1999.
Thomas L. Pajonas has served as Flowserve
Corporate Vice President and President of Flow Control Division
since 2004. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Managing
Director of Alstom Transport from 2003 to 2004 and Senior Vice
President from 1999 to 2003 of the Worldwide Power Boiler
Business of Alstom, Inc. From 1996 to 1999 he served in various
capacities as Senior Vice President and General Manager
International Operations and subsequently Senior Vice President
and General Manager Standard Boilers Worldwide of Asea Brown
Boveri.
Joseph R. Pinkston, III has served as our
Vice President, Human Resources since September 2005. Prior to
that, he served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources of
Unisource Worldwide from 2003 to 2004. Mr. Pinkston also
served as Vice President, Human Resources of Russell Corporation
from 2001 to 2003 and as Vice President, Human Resources of
Hussmann International, Inc. from 1995 to 2001.
122
Jerry L. Rockstroh has served as our Vice
President of Supply Chain and Continuous Improvement Process
since late 2005, and as our Vice President of Supply Chain
during 2005. From 1983 to 2005, he served in various executive
level positions within different business units of
AlliedSignal/Honeywell, including as World Wide Vice President
of Operations & Integrated Supply Chain.
Ronald F. Shuff has served as our Vice President
since 1990 and Secretary and General Counsel since 1988.
Christopher A. Bartlett has served as a director
since 2002 and serves as Chairman of the Organization and
Compensation Committee and as a member of the Corporate
Governance and Nominating Committee. He was formerly a director
from 1988 to 1993. Dr. Bartlett is an Emeritus Professor of
Business Administration at Harvard University. Prior to his
academic career, he was a general manager of Baxter
Travenols French subsidiary and a consultant at
McKinsey & Co. Currently, Dr. Bartlett serves as a
Chief Executive Officer advisor and management consultant on
international strategic and organizational issues to several
major corporations.
Hugh K. Coble has served as a director since 1994
and serves as a member of the Organization and Compensation
Committee. He is Vice Chairman, Emeritus, of Fluor Corporation,
a major engineering and construction firm. Mr. Coble was a
director of Fluor Corporation from 1984 and Vice Chairman from
1994 until his retirement in 1997. He joined Fluor Corporation
in 1966 and was Group President of Fluor Daniel, Inc., a
subsidiary of Fluor Corporation, from 1986 to 1994.
Mr. Coble is also a director of Beckman Coulter, Inc., a
company that sells medical instruments.
Roger L. Fix was appointed as director on
April 1, 2006 and serves as a member of the Organization
and Compensation Committee. Mr. Fix is currently the Chief
Executive Officer of Standex International Corporation
(Standex), a publicly traded diversified
manufacturing and marketing company. He has been its Chief
Executive Officer since 2003, President since December 2001,
director since 2001, and Chief Operating Officer from 2001 to
2002. Before joining Standex, he was employed by Outboard Marine
Corporation, a marine manufacturing company, as Chief Executive
Officer and President from 2000 to 2001 and Chief Operating
Officer and President from 2000 to 2000. He served as its
director from 2000 to 2001. He served as Chief Executive Officer
of John Crane, a global manufacturer of mechanical seals for
pump and compressor applications in the process industry, from
1988 to 2000 and as its President North America
from 1996 to 1998. He was President of Xomox Corporation, a
manufacturer of process control valves and actuators, from 1993
to 1996. He was also employed by Reda Pump Company, a
manufacturer of electrical submersible pumping systems for oil
production, from 1981 to 1993, most recently as Vice President
and General Manager/Eastern Division. He was also employed by
Fisher Controls Company, a manufacturer of process control
valves and pneumatic and electronic instrumentation, from 1976
to 1981.
Diane C. Harris has served as a director since
1993 and serves as a member of the Finance Committee. She is
President of Hypotenuse Enterprises, Inc., a merger and
acquisition service and corporate development outsourcing
company. Ms. Harris was Vice President of Corporate
Development of Bausch & Lomb Incorporated, an optics
and health care products company, from 1981 to 1996, when she
left to join Hypotenuse Enterprises, Inc. as its President. She
was a director of the Association for Corporate Growth from 1993
to 1998 and its elected President from 1997 to 1998.
Ms. Harris is also a director of The Monroe Fund, an
investment company.
George T. Haymaker, Jr. has served as a
director since 1997. He serves as a member of the Organization
and Compensation Committee. Mr. Haymaker has been
non-executive Chairman of the Board of Kaiser Aluminum
Corporation, a company that is principally a producer of
semi-fabricated aluminum products, since 2001 and non-executive
Chairman of the Board of Safelite Auto Glass, a provider of
automobile replacement glass, since 2000. Mr. Haymaker was
Chairman of the Board of Kaiser Aluminum Corporation from 1994
until 2001 (non-executive Chairman after January 2000) and
its Chief Executive Officer from 1994 to 1999. Before joining
Kaiser Aluminum in 1993 as its President and Chief Operating
Officer, Mr. Haymaker worked with a private partner in the
acquisition and redirection of several metal fabricating
companies. He was Executive Vice President of Alumax, Inc. from
1984 to 1986 and was Vice President, International Operations
for Alcoa, Inc. from 1982 to 1984. Mr. Haymaker is also a
director of CII Carbon, L.L.C., a supplier of calcined coke for
aluminum smelters, a director of
Mid-America
Holdings, Ltd., an aluminum extruder, a director of 360 Networks
Corporation, a provider of telecommunication services, a
director of Hayes Lemmerz International, Inc., a global supplier
of automotive and commercial wheels,
123
brakes and other auto suspension components, and a director of
SCP Pool Corp., a distributor of swimming pool and related
products.
Michael F. Johnston has served as a director since
1997. He serves as Chairman of the Finance Committee and as a
member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.
Mr. Johnston is currently the Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Visteon Corporation, an automotive
components supplier, and has served there as Visteons
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer
at various times since 2000. Before joining Visteon,
Mr. Johnston was employed by Johnson Controls, Inc., a
company serving the automotive and building services industry,
as President of North America/Asia Pacific, Automotive Systems
Group, from 1999 to 2000, President of Americas Automotive Group
from 1997 to 1999 and in other senior management positions since
1991. He is also a director of Visteon and a director of
Whirlpool Corporation, an appliance manufacturer.
Charles M. Rampacek has served as a director since
1998. He serves as the Chairman of the Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee and as a member of the Audit Committee.
Mr. Rampacek is currently a business and management
consultant in the energy industry. Mr. Rampacek served as
the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
of Probex Corporation (Probex), an energy technology
company providing proprietary oil recovery services, from 2000
to 2003. From 1996 to 2000, Mr. Rampacek served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Lyondell-Citgo
Refining, L.P., a manufacturer of petroleum products. From 1982
to 1995, he held various executive positions with Tenneco Inc.
and its energy related subsidiaries, including President of
Tenneco Gas Transportation Company, Executive Vice President of
Tenneco Gas Operations and Senior Vice President of Refining. In
2005, two complaints requesting recovery of certain costs were
filed against former officers and directors of Probex as a
result of the bankruptcy of Probex in 2003. These complaints
were defended under Probexs director and officer insurance
by AIG, and settlement was reached and paid by AIG with
bankruptcy court approval in the first half of 2006. An
additional complaint was filed in 2005 against noteholders of
certain Probex debt, of which Mr. Rampacek was one. A
settlement of $2,000 was reached and approved in the first half
of 2006.
James O. Rollans has served as a director since
1997. He serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee and as a
member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. He
is an independent Corporate Director and Corporate Financial
Advisor. Mr. Rollans was President and Chief Executive
Officer of Fluor Signature Services, a subsidiary of Fluor
Corporation from 1999 to 2001. He served as Senior Vice
President of Fluor Corporation from 1992 to 1999, as its Chief
Financial Officer from 1998 to 1999 and from 1992 to 1994, as
its Chief Administrative Officer from 1994 to 1998 and as its
Vice President of Corporate Communications from 1982 to 1992.
Mr. Rollans is also a director of Encore Credit
Corporation, a mortgage finance company, and a director of
Advanced Medical Optics, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of
ophthalmic surgical and contact lens care products.
William C. Rusnack has served as a director since
1997 and serves as a member of the Audit Committee. He is
currently a private investor and independent corporate director.
Mr. Rusnack was President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Operating Officer and director of Premcor Inc. from 1998 to
2002. Before joining Premcor, Mr. Rusnack served for
31 years with Atlantic Richfield Company, or ARCO, an
integrated petroleum company, most recently as Senior Vice
President of ARCO from 1990 to 1998 and President of ARCO
Products Company from 1993 to 1998. He is also a director and
member of the Audit and Executive Committees as well as Chairman
of the Compensation Committee of Sempra Energy, an energy
services company and a director and member of the Executive
Committee as well as Chairman of the Audit Committee of Peabody
Energy, a coal producing company.
Kevin E. Sheehan has served as a director since
1990, is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors
and also serves as a member of the Finance Committee. He served
as our interim Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
from April 2005 to August 2005. He is Managing Director of CID
Capital, a venture capital firm that concentrates on early-stage
and high-growth entrepreneurial companies. He has been a
Managing Director at CID Capital since 1994. Before joining CID
Capital, Mr. Sheehan was employed by Cummins Engine
Company, a manufacturer of diesel engines and related
components, for 22 years. He served at Cummins Engine
Company as Vice President, Components Group, from 1986 to 1993,
Vice President, Worldwide Parts and Service from 1983 to 1986
and Vice President, Computer Systems and Telecommunications,
from 1980 to 1983.
124
Audit
Committee
The Audit Committee is currently composed of three directors,
Charles M. Rampacek, James O. Rollans (Chairman) and William C.
Rusnack. The same committee members served in 2005 with
Mr. Rollans acting as Chairman. The Board has determined
that Mr. Rollans, former Chief Financial Officer of Fluor
Corporation, is a qualified audit committee financial expert
under the SEC rules and has accounting or related financial
management expertise for purposes of the NYSE listing
requirements. The Board also determined that all members of the
committee are financially literate, within the meaning of the
NYSE listing requirements and meet the independence standards
set forth in the SEC rules and the NYSE corporate governance
listing standards.
Board
Self-Governance Guidelines
Our Board of Directors has adopted Self-Governance Guidelines. A
copy of such guidelines is available on our website at
www.flowserve.com. In addition, a copy of such guidelines
is available in print to any shareholder who submits a written
request to Michael E. Conley, Vice President of Investor
Relations, Flowserve Corporation,
5215 N. OConnor Blvd., Suite 2300, Irving,
Texas 75039.
Codes of
Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct applicable to all of
our employees; provided, however, it is not enforceable against
our union employees or our international employees who are
governed by works council. In addition, our Board of Directors
has adopted and each director has executed a Code of Ethics for
our Board of Directors, and our Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller, and
other senior financial managers performing similar functions
have adopted and executed a Financial Management Code of Ethics
that specifically relates to their financial reporting duties. A
copy of each of the foregoing codes is available on our website
at www.flowserve.com. In addition, a copy of each of the
foregoing codes is available in print to any shareholder who
submits a written request to Michael E. Conley, Vice President
of Investor Relations, Flowserve Corporation,
5215 N. OConnor Blvd., Suite 2300, Irving,
Texas 75039. We intend to disclose any change to our Financial
Management Code of Ethics or our Code of Ethics for our Board of
Directors, or the grant of any waiver of any ethics provision in
such codes to any specified director, officer or manager,
through the filing of a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the SEC and posting of any such change or grant of waiver
on our website at www.flowserve.com.
Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
requires the Companys directors, executive officers and
any person owning more than 10% of the class of the
Companys stock to file reports with the SEC regarding
their ownership of Companys stock and any changes in their
beneficial ownership. Based on our records, we believe that the
Companys directors and executive officers timely complied
with their filing requirements during 2005.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION.
|
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table sets forth compensation information for the
years 2005, 2004 and 2003 for the three individuals who served
as Chief Executive Officer of the Company during 2005, or the
last completed fiscal year, and four other individuals who
served as our most highly compensated executive officers during
2005. Such officers are collectively referred to as the
Named Executive Officers of the Company.
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long Term
Compensation(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
Compensation(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Payouts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Annual
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
LTIP
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Stock Award
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Payouts
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
|
($)(4)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(5)
|
|
|
C. Scott
Greer(6)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
503,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,629,807
|
|
Former Chairman of
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
787,670
|
|
|
|
917,700
|
|
|
|
4,925
|
|
|
|
732,800
|
|
|
|
54,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,347
|
|
the Board, President and
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
776,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin E.
Sheehan(7)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
597,740(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,235(8
|
)
|
Non-Executive Chairman of
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Board, Former Interim
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman President and Chief
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lewis M.
Kling(9)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
650,192
|
|
|
|
1,612,280(10
|
)
|
|
|
52,982
|
|
|
|
1,906,363
|
|
|
|
101,748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,976
|
|
President and Chief
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
238,462
|
|
|
|
371,469
|
|
|
|
6,316
|
|
|
|
1,070,420
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,816
|
|
Executive Officer
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark A.
Blinn(11)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
405,501
|
|
|
|
374,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,157,350
|
|
|
|
57,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
Vice President and
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
92,984(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas L.
Pajonas(13)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
372,211
|
|
|
|
325,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,083,000
|
|
|
|
51,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,390
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
236,692
|
|
|
|
201,954(14
|
)
|
|
|
69,871
|
|
|
|
289,300
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,590
|
|
and President, Flow
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control Division
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas E. Ferguson
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
340,012
|
|
|
|
321,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431,325
|
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,383
|
|
Vice President and
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
319,615
|
|
|
|
256,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164,880
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,510
|
|
President, Flowserve
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
296,692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
287,250
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,440
|
|
Pump Division
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark D. Dailey
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
280,720
|
|
|
|
305,607(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309,500
|
|
|
|
16,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,060
|
|
Vice President and
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
258,818
|
|
|
|
157,320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,150
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,227
|
|
Chief Compliance
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
246,769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,558
|
|
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Salary, annual bonus and long-term bonus plan cash payouts may
be deferred at the election of the Named Executive Officer until
retirement. Annual bonus and long-term bonus plan cash payouts
may also be received in the form of Company common stock held in
a Rabbi Trust. |
|
(2) |
|
Unless otherwise footnoted below, all amounts reported in the
Bonus column above represent cash bonuses that were earned in
the year reported and then paid in the following year pursuant
to the Companys Annual Incentive Plan. |
|
(3) |
|
The amounts reported in the Other Annual Compensation column
above do not include any perquisites for which the cost incurred
by the Company during the presented years for various
perquisites provided to each of the Named Executive Officers did
not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of such executive
officers salary and bonus for any of the years, except for
Mr. Kling in 2005 and Mr. Pajonas in 2004. The amount
shown for Mr. Kling in 2005 includes $37,642 for tax,
estate and financial planning services, as well as, legal fees
related to his employment contract, $14,500 car allowance and
$840 for relocation expenses and incidentals. The amount shown
for Mr. Pajonas in 2004 includes $42,330 for relocation
expenses, $8,800 car allowance and $370 for incidentals. In
addition to the perquisites noted above, the amounts shown in
the Other Annual Compensation column include tax adjustment
payments on relocation allowances for Mr. Kling and
Mr. Pajonas, tax adjustment payments on the forgiveness of
a loan for Mr. Greer and the imputed interest income on
such loan. |
|
(4) |
|
On February 16, 2005, the following awards of restricted
stock were granted:
Mr. Kling 13,000 shares;
Mr. Blinn 8,500 shares;
Mr. Pajonas 8,000 shares; and
Mr. Ferguson 8,000 shares. The shares
of restricted stock granted on February 16, 2005 vest in
three equal annual installments for each Named Executive Officer
on February 16, 2006, February 16, 2007 and
February 16, 2008. On April 20, 2005, Mr. Blinn
and Mr. Pajonas were each granted an award of
15,000 shares of restricted stock, which vest in three
equal annual installments on April 20, 2006, April 20,
2007 and April 20, 2008. On July 13, 2005, the
following awards of restricted stock were granted:
Mr. Kling 6,500 shares;
Mr. Blinn 17,000 shares;
Mr. Pajonas 15,000 shares;
Mr. Ferguson 7,500 shares; and
Mr. Dailey 10,000 shares. The shares
of restricted stock granted on July 13, 2005 vest on
July 14, 2008, except for Mr. Daileys restricted
stock, which vests in the following manner 1,166 shares on
July 14, 2006; 2,333 shares on July 14, 2007 and
6,501 shares on |
126
|
|
|
|
|
July 14 2008. On July 28, 2005, Mr. Kling was granted
an award of 40,800 shares of restricted stock which vest on
July 28, 2008 in connection with his appointment as
President and Chief Executive Officer. |
|
|
|
The aggregate number of shares of unvested restricted stock held
by each Named Executive Officer as of December 31, 2005 and
the value of such shares based on the closing price of the
Companys common stock at December 31, 2005 of $39.56
is set forth below: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Name
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
C. Scott Greer
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
Kevin E. Sheehan
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
Lewis M. Kling
|
|
|
104,300
|
|
|
|
4,126,108
|
|
Mark A. Blinn
|
|
|
46,500
|
|
|
|
1,839,540
|
|
Thomas L. Pajonas
|
|
|
46,666
|
|
|
|
1,846,107
|
|
Thomas E. Ferguson
|
|
|
25,300
|
|
|
|
1,000,868
|
|
Mark D. Dailey
|
|
|
12,333
|
|
|
|
487,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The restricted shares are eligible to receive dividends;
however, the Company currently does not declare or pay dividends
on its common stock. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes the Companys contributions to the 401(k) savings
plan for the following officers in 2005 which were:
Mr. Greer $6,300;
Mr. Sheehan $0;
Mr. Kling $6,549;
Mr. Blinn $0;
Mr. Pajonas $9,030;
Mr. Ferguson $9,030; and
Mr. Dailey $9,030. Life insurance premiums
paid by the Company for the following officers in 2005 were:
Mr. Greer $4,860;
Mr. Sheehan $0;
Mr. Kling $3,427;
Mr. Blinn $1,096;
Mr. Pajonas $2,360;
Mr. Ferguson $1,353; and
Mr. Dailey $1,030. The amount reflected
for Mr. Greer includes a transition allowance of $810,000
paid by the Company pursuant to a Separation and Release
Agreement entered into between Mr. Greer and the Company on
April 4, 2005 and also includes lump-sum distributions of
accrued benefits under the Companys pension and retirement
plans of $807,857, representing the actuarial present value of
such accrued benefits. |
|
(6) |
|
Effective April 4, 2005, Mr. Greer resigned as the
Companys Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer pursuant to the terms of a Separation and
Release Agreement entered into between Mr. Greer and the
Company on April 4, 2005. Mr. Greer remained as an
employee of the Company until June 30, 2005. See
Employment and Change in Control Arrangements. |
|
(7) |
|
As of April 4, 2005, Mr. Sheehan began serving as the
Companys Interim Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board and served until the
appointment of Mr. Kling as President and Chief Executive
Officer on August 1, 2005. The amount reported as 2005
salary includes fees paid to Mr. Sheehan for his service as
Interim Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer during
such time but excludes fees paid for his service as director and
non-executive Chairman of the Board. |
|
(8) |
|
The amount reported includes fees paid to Mr. Sheehan for
his service as a non-employee director from January 1, 2005
through April 4, 2005 and for service as non-executive
Chairman of the Board from August 1, 2005 through
December 31, 2005. Mr. Sheehan did not receive any
director compensation from April 4, 2005 through
August 1, 2005. This amount also includes an additional 15%
premium received by Mr. Sheehan on his director
compensation for his election to defer such compensation and
receive it in the form of Company common stock held in a rabbi
trust instead of in cash. |
|
(9) |
|
Mr. Kling joined the Company in July 2004 as Chief
Operating Officer. He became President and Chief Executive
Officer and was appointed as a member of the Board of Directors
on August 1, 2005. See Employment and Change in
Control Arrangements below. |
|
(10) |
|
Mr. Klings aggregate bonus amount reported in 2005
includes a $520,000 bonus he received as settlement of his
Transitional Executive Security Plan participant rights that
ended when he entered into to his CEO employment agreement with
the Company on July 28, 2005. See Transitional
Executive Security Plan below. |
|
(11) |
|
Mr. Blinn joined the Company in October 2004 as Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer. |
127
|
|
|
(12) |
|
Mr. Blinns aggregate bonus reported in 2004 included
a $50,000 hiring bonus he received when he joined the Company. |
|
(13) |
|
Mr. Pajonas joined the Company in May 2004 as Vice
President and President of Flow Control Division. |
|
(14) |
|
Mr. Pajonas aggregate bonus amount reported in 2004
includes a $50,000 hiring bonus he received when he joined the
Company. |
|
(15) |
|
Mr. Daileys aggregate bonus amount reported in 2005
includes a $60,000 retention bonus. |
128
2005
STOCK OPTION GRANTS
The following chart shows the number of stock options granted in
2005 to the Named Executive Officers of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential Realizable
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value at
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed Annual
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Total Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rates of Stock
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Granted to
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Appreciation
|
|
|
|
Granted (#)
|
|
|
Employees in
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
For Option Term ($)(4)
|
|
Name
|
|
(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
10%
|
|
|
C. Scott Greer
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin E. Sheehan
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lewis M. Kling
|
|
|
21,000
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
24.90
|
|
|
|
02/16/15
|
|
|
|
328,849
|
|
|
|
833,368
|
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
30.95
|
|
|
|
07/13/15
|
|
|
|
214,107
|
|
|
|
542,590
|
|
|
|
|
69,748
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
|
33.86
|
|
|
|
07/28/15
|
|
|
|
1,485,240
|
|
|
|
3,763,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark A. Blinn
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
24.90
|
|
|
|
02/16/15
|
|
|
|
219,233
|
|
|
|
555,579
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
27.97
|
|
|
|
04/20/15
|
|
|
|
263,853
|
|
|
|
668,655
|
|
|
|
|
28,500
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
30.95
|
|
|
|
07/13/15
|
|
|
|
554,732
|
|
|
|
1,405,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas L. Pajonas
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
24.90
|
|
|
|
02/16/15
|
|
|
|
172,254
|
|
|
|
436,526
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
27.97
|
|
|
|
04/20/15
|
|
|
|
263,853
|
|
|
|
668,655
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
30.95
|
|
|
|
07/13/15
|
|
|
|
486,607
|
|
|
|
1,233,158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas E. Ferguson
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
24.90
|
|
|
|
02/16/15
|
|
|
|
187,914
|
|
|
|
476,210
|
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
30.95
|
|
|
|
07/13/15
|
|
|
|
233,571
|
|
|
|
591,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark A. Dailey
|
|
|
16,500
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
30.95
|
|
|
|
07/13/15
|
|
|
|
321,161
|
|
|
|
813,884
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
All options have an exercise price equal to the closing price of
the Companys common stock on the NYSE on the date the
grant is authorized by the Board and a
10-year
life. The options also have certain limited rights
which, in general, provide for a cash payment of the value of
the option in the event of a change in control of the Company. |
|
(2) |
|
The figures reported above include incentive option grants for
2005 as follows: Mr. Greer 0;
Mr. Sheehan 0;
Mr. Kling 8,032;
Mr. Blinn 12,048;
Mr. Pajonas 5,234;
Mr. Ferguson 6,526; and
Mr. Dailey 5,083. All other options
granted were non-qualified. |
|
(3) |
|
Annual option grants become exercisable pro-rata over a
three-year term in three equal installments on the first, second
and third anniversaries of the grant date. |
|
(4) |
|
The calculation of potential realizable value assumes annual
growth rates for each of the grants shown over their
10-year
option term and are not suggested to be indicative of projected
results. For example, a $24.90 per share price with a 5%
annual growth rate results in a stock price of $40.56 per
share and a 10% rate results in a price of $64.58 per
share. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are
dependent on the future performance of the stock. |
129
2005
AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
The following chart shows the number and value of stock options,
both exercisable and unexercisable, as of December 31, 2005
for each Named Executive Officer of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
Value of Unexercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised
|
|
In-the-Money
Options
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Value
|
|
Options at Fiscal
Year-End
|
|
at Fiscal Year
End(1)
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
Realized
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
Name
|
|
on Exercise
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)(2)
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
($)
|
|
C. Scott Greer
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
809,667
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
16,557,853
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Kevin A. Sheehan
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
7,300
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
137,343
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Lewis M. Kling
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
176,748
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,021,884
|
|
Mark A. Blinn
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
57,500
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
624,475
|
|
Thomas L. Pajonas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
3,667
|
|
|
|
58,333
|
|
|
|
61,092
|
|
|
|
672,528
|
|
Thomas E. Ferguson
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
30,888
|
|
|
|
34,379
|
|
|
|
537,593
|
|
|
|
468,575
|
|
Mark D. Dailey
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
38,233
|
|
|
|
23,167
|
|
|
|
696,609
|
|
|
|
263,138
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Based upon the Companys common stock price of
$39.56 per share at December 31, 2005. |
|
(2) |
|
These stock options were not exercisable at December 31,
2005 due to the temporary suspension of the Companys stock
option exercise program arising from the Companys
inability to timely file its annual and quarterly periodic
reports with the SEC. |
PENSION
PLANS
The Company provides pension benefits to executive officers
under the Flowserve Corporation Pension Plan (the
Qualified Plan) and its two non-qualified
supplemental executive retirement plans (the Non-qualified
Plans). The first non-qualified Plan, the Senior Manager
Retirement Plan (the SMRP), provides benefits that
plan participants cannot receive under the Qualified Plan due to
Internal Revenue Code (the Code) limits. The second
non-qualified plan, the Supplement Executive Retirement Plan
(the SERP), provides an additional supplemental
benefit to certain executive officers, including the Named
Executive Officers listed below. On July 1, 1999, the
Companys pension plans were converted to a cash balance
design. Since then, participants in the Qualified Plan and the
SMRP accrue contribution credits based on age and years of
service at the rate of 3% to 7% for eligible earnings up to the
Social Security wage base and at the rate of 6% to 12% for
eligible earnings in excess of the Social Security wage base.
Participants in the SERP accrue contribution credits at the rate
of 5% of all eligible earnings. Eligible earnings include salary
and annual incentive payments. Plan participants also earn
interest on the accrued cash balance based on the rate of return
on 10-year
Treasury bills. The estimated annual retirement annuities for
the following Named Executive Officers at age 65 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Age 65
|
|
|
Reaching
|
|
Annual
|
Executive Officer
|
|
Age 65
|
|
Annuity ($)(1)
|
|
C. Scott
Greer(2)
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Kevin E.
Sheehan(3)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Lewis M. Kling
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
155,819
|
|
Mark A. Blinn
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
|
510,643
|
|
Thomas L. Pajonas
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
|
269,289
|
|
Thomas E. Ferguson
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
|
441,980
|
|
Mark D. Dailey
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
|
327,305
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The estimated annual pension benefits shown assume:
(a) both base pay and target bonus increase each year to
retirement age with salary increases and (b) annual bonuses
for all Named Executive Officers are paid out at target amounts.
The following assumptions were also used in the calculations:
(a) 4.50% salary increase each |
130
|
|
|
|
|
year until retirement age, (b) 3.50% wage base increase,
(c) 5.25% rate of return on
10-year
Treasury bills, (d) 5.50% interest to convert cash balance
to annuity, (e) retirement age of 65, and (f) 1994
Group Annuity Mortality Table to convert cash balance to annuity. |
|
(2) |
|
Effective April 4, 2005, Mr. Greer resigned as the
Companys President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
of the Board pursuant to the terms of a Separation and Release
Agreement entered into between Mr. Greer and the Company on
April 4, 2005. Mr. Greer remained as an employee of
the Company until June 30, 2005. See Employment and
Change in Control Arrangements. In connection with his
resignation, Mr. Greer received in 2005 lump-sum
distributions of certain accrued benefits under the Qualified
Plan, and the Non-qualified Plans of $807,857, representing the
actuarial present value of such accrued benefits. On
January 20, 2006, he received additional lump-sum
distributions of $183,480, representing the actuarial present
value of his remaining accrued benefits. |
|
(3) |
|
Pursuant to Mr. Sheehans agreement with the Company
for his service as the Companys Interim Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer, he was not eligible for
the pension benefits described above. |
DIRECTORS
COMPENSATION
Basic
Annual Retainer Compensation
During 2005, non-employee directors were approved to receive an
annual retainer with an aggregate target value of
$85,000 per year. The annual retainer was comprised of a
cash portion equal to $35,000 and an equity portion with a
target grant valuation of $50,000 which was to be granted at the
2005 annual meeting of shareholders. During 2005, non-employee
directors received the cash portion of the annual retainer, but
did not receive the equity portion as the 2005 annual meeting of
shareholders was not held during 2005. In addition, the chairman
of each committee and each committee member received annual
committee service fees as described below. Directors will
receive an equity grant at the 2005 annual meeting of
shareholders to be held August 24, 2006 in the form of
restricted common stock of the Company having a fair market
value of $100,000 on the date of grant, consistent with the
increase in annual director compensation described below under
2006 Director Compensation. Directors will
receive this equity grant in addition to their regular
2006 director compensation. Voting rights will accompany
such restricted stock, which will fully vest after one year.
This restricted stock will also be subject to a holding period
prohibiting resale, which is the shorter of five years from the
date of grant or one year after the director ceases service on
the Board. Directors may elect to defer all or a portion of
their annual retainer compensation. Interest was paid on cash
deferrals. Directors who elected to defer the cash portion of
their annual retainer compensation and to receive it in the form
of Company stock at a later date received a 15% premium on such
deferred amounts.
Annual
Committee Service Fee Compensation
During 2005, the chairman of each committee and each committee
member received the following annual committee service fee
compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Chairman
|
|
Board Committee
|
|
Service Fee
|
|
|
Service Fee
|
|
|
Audit Committee
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
Finance Committee
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
Organization and Compensation
Committee
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee
|
|
$
|
2,500
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
Supplemental
Compensation
On October 12, 2005, the Organization and Compensation
Committee also approved supplemental compensation to specified
directors for their service on special ad hoc
subcommittees formed during 2005 for the Companys search
of, and transition to, a new chief executive officer. The
supplemental compensation was awarded in recognition of services
performed by those directors beyond their regular Board and
committee duties, responsibilities and expectations. The
services performed included the negotiation of the separation
agreement for the Companys former Chief Executive Officer,
the development of a special senior management retention plan
131
during the search for the new Chief Executive Officer, special
recruiting work related to identifying, interviewing and
evaluating new candidates for the Chief Executive Officer
position and the negotiation of a new employment agreement with
Lewis M. Kling in connection with his appointment as President
and Chief Executive Officer. The supplemental compensation was
based on the number of days each director performed these
services and on a per diem payment of $3,500. For these
services, each director named below received the supplemental
compensation set forth opposite his name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Supplemental
|
|
Director
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Charles M. Rampacek
|
|
$
|
87,500
|
|
William C. Rusnack
|
|
$
|
56,000
|
|
George T. Haymaker, Jr.
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
Hugh K. Coble
|
|
$
|
28,000
|
|
Kevin E. Sheehan
|
|
$
|
12,250
|
|
The supplemental compensation noted above was paid in addition
to the basic annual retainer and annual committee fee
compensation. Each director listed above deferred his
supplemental compensation to be received in the form of Company
common stock upon his termination of service, except for William
C. Rusnack, who received the payment in cash.
Non-Executive
Chairman of the Board Compensation
Kevin E. Sheehan began serving as the non-executive Chairman of
the Board on August 1, 2005. In addition to the retainers
noted above, on October 12, 2005, the Organization and
Compensation Committee proposed and the full Board approved the
payment to Mr. Sheehan of $100,000 annually, beginning
August 1, 2005, for his service as non-executive Chairman
of the Board, which is in addition to his basic annual retainer
and committee service fee compensation which Mr. Sheehan
receives for serving as a Board member and a committee member.
Mr. Sheehan receives this additional compensation on a
quarterly basis, in accordance with the pre-established director
compensation cycles.
2006 Director
Compensation
On April 27, 2006, the Board approved a recommendation from
the Organization and Compensation Committee and the Corporate
Governance and Nominating Committee to adjust annual
non-employee director compensation. Effective May 1, 2006,
non-employee directors receive: (a) an annual cash retainer
of $50,000; (b) equity compensation with a target value of
$100,000 per year; (c) an annual cash committee service fee
of $5,000 and (d) an annual cash committee chairman service
fee of $10,000. The non-executive Chairman of the Board will
continue to receive an additional $100,000 in cash annually. The
equity portion of the foregoing compensation will be provided in
the form of restricted common stock of the Company having a
$100,000 fair market valuation at the time of grant which is
generally on the date of the annual meeting of shareholders of
the applicable year. Since the Company did not hold its 2005
annual meeting of shareholders in 2005 and it will hold both its
2005 and 2006 annual meetings of shareholders on August 24,
2006, eligible directors will receive two such equity grants in
2006. Directors who elect to defer the cash portion of their
annual compensation and to receive it in the form of Company
common stock at a later date will continue to receive a 15%
premium on such deferred amounts.
132
EMPLOYMENT
AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
Employment
Agreement
Lewis
M. Kling
The Company entered into an employment agreement with Lewis M.
Kling as of July 28, 2005 whereby Mr. Kling agreed to
serve as President and Chief Executive Officer beginning on
August 1, 2005 and ending on July 31, 2008, with
automatic renewal for one-year periods (the Employment
Agreement). Prior to his appointment as President and
Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Kling served as the
Companys Chief Operating Officer after joining the Company
in July 2004. Pursuant to terms of the Employment Agreement,
Mr. Kling receives an annual base salary of $850,000,
subject to increase based on annual reviews. He is also eligible
to receive an annual bonus, based on the attainment of certain
performance targets established by the Organization and
Compensation Committee of the Board, ranging from 0% to 200% of
his base salary, as well to participate in any benefit and
incentive plans of the Company on terms no less favorable than
those applicable to other senior executives. Additionally, he is
entitled to the vesting of 20% of any nonqualified pension
benefit that is not yet then vested, provided that he remains
employed through July 31, 2008. Under the Employment
Agreement, Mr. Klings participation in the
Companys Transitional Executive Security Plan was
terminated and no payments are due to him under that plan. In
lieu of his participation in that plan, the Company made a
special one-time lump-sum payment to Mr. Kling of $520,000.
Additionally, the Employment Agreement included a grant of
69,748 shares of the Companys common stock at an
exercise price of $33.86, the fair market value of the shares on
the grant date, July 28, 2005. The options vest in three
equal annual installments, with vesting to occur upon the first
anniversary of the grant date, July 28, 2005.
Mr. Kling was also granted 40,800 shares of restricted
common stock which vest on July 28, 2008.
The Employment Agreement provides that if the Company terminates
Mr. Klings employment other than for cause, death or
disability or Mr. Kling terminates his employment for good
reason (as these terms are defined in the Employment Agreement)
and Mr. Kling has executed and not revoked a release of
claims against the Company: (i) the Company will pay to
Mr. Kling within 30 days after his employment
terminates a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of (A)
(I) the sum of his annual base salary at the time of
termination and (II) the annual bonus earned by him for the
bonus year preceding the year in which his employment terminates
and (B) a pro-rata portion of the target bonus based on the
number of days of service during the bonus year occurring prior
to termination of employment; (ii) all stock-based awards
held by Mr. Kling that have not yet vested or otherwise
become unrestricted shall immediately vest or become
unrestricted in full; (iii) the target payment under all
dollar-denominated, performance-based long-term incentive
compensation programs shall be paid to Mr. Kling in a lump
sum in cash within 30 days; and (iv) Mr. Kling shall
become fully vested in any nonqualified pension benefit that is
not yet vested. Also, provided that Mr. Kling has been
continuously employed by the Company for three years (including
service prior to July 28, 2005), Mr. Kling (or his
current spouse, as the case may be) shall be entitled to
purchase health benefit coverage for Mr. Kling and his
current spouse (Continuing Health Coverage)
substantially similar to that available under the Companys
health benefit programs at the cost to the Company of providing
such coverage to its actively employed senior executives
through, respectively, the period of Mr. Klings and
his current spouses eligibility for coverage under
Medicare. Following any such termination, Mr. Kling will
also receive any accrued compensation (as described below).
If Mr. Klings employment is terminated for cause or
Mr. Kling terminates his employment without good reason,
the Employment Agreement will terminate without further
obligations to Mr. Kling other than the Companys
indemnification obligation to Mr. Kling and the payment to
Mr. Kling of the sum of (i) his annual base salary
through the date his employment terminates, (ii) any
payments that have become vested or that are otherwise due in
accordance with the terms of any employee benefit, incentive or
compensation plan, and (iii) any reimbursable expenses
incurred by Mr. Kling, in each case to the extent
theretofore unpaid (collectively, Accrued
Compensation).
If Mr. Klings employment is terminated by reason of
his death or disability, the Employment Agreement will terminate
without further obligations to Mr. Kling other than
(i) the Companys indemnification obligation to
Mr. Kling, (ii) the payment of Accrued Compensation,
(iii) all stock-based awards that have not yet vested or
133
otherwise become unrestricted shall immediately become vested or
otherwise unrestricted in full (iv) the target payment
under all dollar-denominated, performance-based long-term
incentive compensation programs will be paid to Mr. Kling
(or his estate or beneficiary, as applicable) and
(v) Mr. Kling shall become fully vested in any
nonqualified pension benefit that is not yet then vested.
Separation
and Release Agreement
C.
Scott Greer
The Company entered into an employment agreement with C. Scott
Greer, the Companys former President, Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board, effective as of July 1,
1999. On April 4, 2005, Mr. Greer resigned as the
Companys President and Chief Executive Officer and as a
director (including his capacity as Chairman of the Board). His
employment agreement included the following compensation:
(i) annual base salary equal to $787,670 for 2004;
(ii) minimum annual bonus opportunity of no less than 75%
of base salary; (iii) participation in the Companys
Long-Term Incentive Plan; and (iv) an interest-free loan of
$325,738, which was forgiven after the completion of five years
of employment with the Company, in recognition of his
willingness to promptly relocate and resulting loss of equity on
his prior home.
In connection with Mr. Greers resignation, the
Company entered into a Separation and Release Agreement with
Mr. Greer as of April 4, 2005. Pursuant to the
agreement, from April 5, 2005 through June 30, 2005
Mr. Greer continued to be an employee of the Company
performing such duties as requested by the Board. During such
time, he was entitled to receive the same compensation as
payable under his employment agreement and existing compensation
programs of the Company. As a condition for Mr. Greer
executing a release of claims against the Company, the Company
paid Mr. Greer an $810,000 transition allowance. All
options and restricted stock held by Mr. Greer and subject
to vesting after June 30, 2005 and on or before
July 17, 2005 became vested on June 30, 2005, and the
options held by him remain exercisable until the later of
(i) December 31, 2006, or (ii) if the Company is
unable to sell stock due to securities laws or other
restrictions on that date, 90 days after the date when
stock can be issued by the Company, but not beyond the
expiration of the options. All options and restricted stock held
by Mr. Greer that were subject to vesting after
July 17, 2005 were forfeited. Mr. Greer was also
entitled to a furnished office, with telephone and computer
service, and secretarial support for the period beginning
April 5, 2005 and ending June 30, 2006. He was also
eligible to receive certain transition-related fees in an amount
not exceeding $25,000. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Greer
is restricted from competing with the Company for a one-year
period.
Change-In-Control
Arrangements
The Company maintains
change-in-control
executive severance plans covering key management, officers and
executive officers of the Company, providing certain employment
termination benefits. These benefits become irrevocable and are
paid in the event that covered employment is terminated
immediately prior to or within two years after a change in
control of the Company. These termination benefits include the
following payments: (i) three times the sum of the
managers or officers base salary and the target
bonus or other annual awards under incentive plans;
(ii) immediate vesting of non-exercisable stock-based
compensation; (iii) continuation of participation in
certain employee benefit plans for up to three years; and
(iv) full reimbursement for certain potential excise tax
liabilities.
Transitional
Executive Security Plan
A search for a new Chief Executive Officer was conducted by a
transition committee of the Board following the agreement
between the Board and C. Scott Greer, former President and Chief
Executive Officer, not to renew Mr. Greers employment
agreement with the Company. The Board adopted a Transitional
Executive Security Plan effective as of March 14, 2005 (the
TES Plan), to promote continuity in management
during this transition period. The Board concluded that the TES
Plan was appropriate and desirable to promote management
stability while the Company was experiencing increased bookings
and stronger business conditions in many of it markets. The
Board was optimistic about the Companys business prospects
and decided to adopt the TES Plan as a special incentive to
retain and motivate the senior management staff during the Chief
Executive Officer search period.
134
The TES Plan provides for two mutually exclusive benefits.
First, the Company will pay a cash lump sum equal to
12 months base pay to any participant who remains employed
by the Company through the first anniversary of the date as of
which a new Chief Executive Officer commenced employment with
the Company. Lewis M. Kling, the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, was appointed on August 1, 2005.
Second, the Company will pay a cash lump sum equal to
18 months base pay to any participant whose employment is
terminated by the Company without cause (as defined in the TES
Plan) before such date (unless such participant is entitled to
benefits under a change in control severance plan maintained by
the Company). In addition, for any participant who is eligible
for such a severance payment under the TES Plan, the Company
will provide continued welfare benefits for nine months (reduced
by benefits from any subsequent employer), and all outstanding
equity awards granted to the Participant will immediately vest
in full and generally remain exercisable (if applicable) for a
period of 180 days following termination of employment. In
either case, the payment of benefits is conditioned upon a
customary release of claims by the Participant.
The following executive officers of the Company participate in
the TES Plan: Andrew J. Beall, Mark A. Blinn, Mark D. Dailey,
Thomas E. Ferguson, John H. Jacko, Linda P. Jojo, Thomas L.
Pajonas and Ronald F. Shuff. Certain other corporate officers of
the Company also participate in the TES Plan.
Mr. Klings participation in the TES Plan ended when
he entered into his employment agreement on July 28, 2005
to become President and Chief Executive Officer, and he received
a $520,000 payment in settlement of his plan participation
rights The Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board,
which administers the TES Plan, may name additional participants
from time to time.
COMPENSATION
COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
During 2005, the members of the Organization and Compensation
Committee were Christopher A. Bartlett, Hugh H. Coble and George
T. Haymaker, Jr. None of the members of the Organization
and Compensation Committee was at any time during 2005 an
officer or employee of the Company. No member of the
Organization and Compensation Committee serves as a member of
the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity
that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of
the Companys Board or Organization and Compensation
Committee.
135
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
|
The following table sets forth common stock ownership of members
of the Board and each Named Executive Officer of the Company
listed in the Summary Compensation table, on page 119
individually and as a group, as of June 23, 2006.
STOCK
OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS AND NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Exercisable Stock
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Company
|
|
Name
|
|
Options(1)
|
|
|
Owned(2)(3)(4)
|
|
|
Common
Stock(5)
|
|
|
Christopher A. Bartlett
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
15,185
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Mark A. Blinn
|
|
|
19,167
|
|
|
|
73,536
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Hugh K. Coble
|
|
|
6,500
|
|
|
|
31,750
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Mark D. Dailey
|
|
|
48,400
|
|
|
|
86,791
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Thomas E. Ferguson
|
|
|
46,267
|
|
|
|
104,594
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Roger L. Fix
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
C. Scott
Greer(6)
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Diane C. Harris
|
|
|
7,100
|
|
|
|
36,887
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
George T. Haymaker, Jr.
|
|
|
7,300
|
|
|
|
36,916
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Michael F. Johnston
|
|
|
11,203
|
|
|
|
34,739
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Lewis M. Kling
|
|
|
33,917
|
|
|
|
194,795
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Thomas L. Pajonas
|
|
|
24,334
|
|
|
|
71,681
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Charles M. Rampacek
|
|
|
6,500
|
|
|
|
39,780
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
James O. Rollans
|
|
|
12,491
|
|
|
|
35,984
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
William C. Rusnack
|
|
|
10,879
|
|
|
|
28,792
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Kevin E. Sheehan
|
|
|
7,300
|
|
|
|
41,692
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
All current Directors and
executive officers as a group (20 individuals)
|
|
|
401,876
|
|
|
|
1,173,231
|
|
|
|
2.06
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1% |
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares that the directors and Named Executive
Officers had a nominal right, subject to the exercise suspension
discussed below, to acquire within 60 days of the date of
determination through the exercise of stock options under
certain Company stock option and incentive plans. These stock
option shares are not currently exercisable due to the temporary
suspension of our stock option exercise program, as a result of
which current employees, including executive officers, qualified
retirees and our directors are unable to exercise their vested
options. The stock option exercise program was temporarily
suspended due to the fact that the Company was not able to
timely file its annual and quarterly periodic reports with the
SEC, which made it impossible to issue registered shares upon
option exercises. Each such person disclaims beneficial
ownership of such shares subject to such options |
|
(2) |
|
For non-employee directors, the figures above include deferred
director compensation to be received in the form of shares at a
later date under the Director Deferral Plan
and/or a
Flowserve Restricted Stock Plan over which they have no voting
power as follows: Mr. Bartlett 9,598;
Mr. Coble 23,950;
Mr. Fix 265;
Ms. Harris 25,699;
Mr. Haymaker 24,316;
Mr. Johnston 22,552;
Mr. Rampacek 24,280;
Mr. Rollans 22,797;
Mr. Rusnack 9,113; and
Mr. Sheehan 27,392. |
|
(3) |
|
For executive officers, the aggregate figures above include
shares deferred compensation to be received in the form of
shares at a later date under either an Executive Compensation
Plan and/or
a Flowserve Restricted Stock Plan over which they have no voting
power as follows: Mr. Blinn 0;
Mr. Dailey 10,580;
Mr. Ferguson 4,116;
Mr. Kling 0; and
Mr. Pajonas 0. |
136
|
|
|
(4) |
|
The number of shares owned includes exercisable stock options,
subject to the exercise restriction discussed in note
(1) above. |
|
(5) |
|
Based on the number of outstanding shares on June 23, 2006
(56,514,546 shares). |
|
(6) |
|
On April 4, 2005, Mr. Greer resigned as the
Companys President and Chief Executive Officer and as a
director (including his capacity as Chairman of the Board). His
shares are not included in the current ownership table reported
above. |
Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
requires the Companys directors, executive officers and
any person owning more than 10% of the class of the
Companys stock to file reports with the SEC regarding
their ownership of Companys stock and any changes in their
beneficial ownership. Based on our records, we believe that the
Companys directors and executive officers timely complied
with their filing requirements during 2005.
BENEFICIAL
OWNERS OF MORE THAN 5% OF COMPANY STOCK
The following shareholders reported to the SEC that they
beneficially own more than 5% of the common stock of the
Company. We know of no other shareholder holding 5% or more of
the Companys common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Company
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial
Owner
|
|
Shares Owned
|
|
|
Common Stock(1)
|
|
|
Hotchkis and Wiley Capital
Management, LLC(2)
|
|
|
6,872,100
|
|
|
|
12.16
|
%
|
725 South Figueroa Street,
39th Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Los Angeles, CA
90017-5439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FMR Corporation(3)
|
|
|
6,760,860
|
|
|
|
11.96
|
%
|
82 Devonshire Street
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boston, MA 02109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GAMCO Investors, Inc.(4)
|
|
|
4,413,885
|
|
|
|
7.81
|
%
|
One Corporate Center
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rye, NY
10580-1435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Based solely on the number of outstanding shares on
June 23, 2006 (56,514,546 shares). |
|
(2) |
|
This amount is based solely on information contained in a
Schedule 13G/A filed by Hotchkis and Wiley Capital
Management, LLC on February 14, 2006. Hotchkis and Wiley
Capital Management, LLC has sole voting power as to
6,167,000 shares and sole dispositive power as to
6,872,100 shares, but disclaims beneficial ownership of
such securities. Hotchkis and Wiley Mid-Cap Value Fund has sole
voting and dispositive power as to 3,739,300 shares. |
|
(3) |
|
This amount is based solely on information contained in a
Schedule 13G/A filed by FMR Corporation on April 10, 2006.
FMR Corporation has sole voting power as to
1,194,560 shares and has sole dispositive power as to
6,760,860 shares. |
|
(4) |
|
This amount is based solely on information contained in a
Schedule 13D/A filed by GAMCO Investors, Inc. and other
reporting persons on May 11, 2006. Gabelli Funds, LLC has
sole voting and dispositive power as to 991,000 shares.
GAMCO Asset Management Inc. has sole voting power as to
3,235,285 shares and has sole dispositive power as to
3,417,885 shares. MJG Associates, Inc. has sole voting and
dispositive power as to 4,000 shares. Gabelli Securities,
Inc. has sole voting and dispositive power as to
1,000 shares. |
137
Equity
Compensation Plan Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
Remaining
|
|
|
|
to Be Issued
|
|
|
Weighted-Averaged
|
|
|
Available for Future Issuance
|
|
|
|
Upon Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
|
Under Equity Compensation
|
|
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
|
Plans (Excluding Securities
|
|
|
|
Warrants, and Rights
|
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
|
Reflected in the First
Column)
|
|
Plan Category
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders
|
|
|
2,684,012
|
|
|
|
22.26
|
|
|
|
2,641,396
|
|
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,684,012
|
|
|
|
22.26
|
|
|
|
2,641,396
|
|
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
|
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
|
Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm Fee Information
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, (PwC), began serving as
the Companys independent accounting firm in 2000. In this
role, PwC audits the financial statements of the Company. The
table below summarizes the fees for professional services
incurred by the Company for the audits of its 2005 and 2004
financial statements and other fees billed to the Company by PwC
in 2005 and 2004. In general, the Company retains PwC for
services that are logically related to or natural extensions of
the annual audit.
AUDIT AND
NON-AUDIT FEES
The aggregate fees (excluding value added taxes) billed to the
Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and
December 31, 2004 by PwC were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
AUDIT FEES
|
|
$
|
19,300,000
|
|
|
$
|
31,054,000
|
|
AUDIT RELATED FEES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit Plan Audits
|
|
|
196,000
|
|
|
|
220,000
|
|
Sarbanes-Oxley Readiness
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
|
|
-0-
|
|
TOTAL AUDIT RELATED FEES
|
|
|
196,000
|
|
|
|
220,000
|
|
TAX FEES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compliance
|
|
|
193,000
|
|
|
|
182,000
|
|
Consulting/Advisory
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
305,00
|
|
TOTAL TAX FEES
|
|
|
211,000
|
|
|
|
487,000
|
|
ALL OTHER FEES
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
TOTAL FEES
|
|
$
|
19,722,000
|
|
|
$
|
31,771,000
|
|
The Audit Committee pre-approved all of the audit and non-audit
fees described above for the year ended December 31, 2004
and December 31, 2005 in accordance with its pre-approval
policy discussed below. The increase in audit fees for the 2004
and 2005 audit is affected by the length of time required to
complete the 2004 audit and the restatement of certain prior
years, with the Company filing its Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 on February 13,
2006 and this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2005 on June 30, 2006.
138
Audit
Committee Pre-Approval Policy
The Audit Committee pre-approves all services, whether audit or
non-audit, provided by PwC and all related fees, which are
itemized for the annual audit and non-audit services. The Audit
Committee focuses on any matters that may affect the scope of
the audit or PwCs independence and to that end receives
certain representations from PwC regarding their independence
and permissibility under the applicable laws and regulations of
non-audit services provided by PwC to the Company. The Audit
Committee also pre-approves the internal audit plan for the
Company and the scope and timing of the external audit plan for
the Company.
The Audit Committee may delegate its pre-approval authority to
the Chairman of the Audit Committee to the extent allowed by
law. In the case of any delegation, the Chairman must disclose
all pre-approval determinations to the full Audit Committee as
soon as possible after such determinations have been made.
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS,
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
|
(a) Documents filed as a part of this Annual Report:
1. Consolidated Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto are filed as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Flowserve Corporation Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2005
For each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2005:
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
The following consolidated financial statement schedule is filed
as part of this Annual Report:
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation
and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
F-1
|
Financial statement schedules not included in this Annual Report
have been omitted because they are not applicable or the
required information is shown in the consolidated financial
statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits
The following exhibits are either filed herewith or incorporated
by reference to the designated document previously filed with
the SEC:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Purchase Agreement by and among
Flowserve Corporation, Flowserve RED Corporation, IDP
Acquisition, LLC and Ingersoll-Rand Company, dated as of
February 9, 2000, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2000.
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated as of
July 14, 2000, to the Purchase Agreement dated as of
February 9, 2000, by and among Flowserve Corporation,
Flowserve RED Corporation, IDP Acquisition, LLC and
Ingersoll-Rand Company, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of July 19, 2000.
|
|
2
|
.3
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger among
Flowserve Corporation, Forest Acquisition Sub., Inc. and
Innovative Valve Technologies, Inc., dated as of
November 18, 1999, filed as Exhibit 99(c)(1) to the
Schedule 14 D-1 Tender Offer Statement and Statement on Schedule
13-D, dated
as of November 22, 1999.
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
1988 Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of The Duriron Company, Inc., filed as
Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1988.
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
1989 Amendment to Certificate of
Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1989.
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
1996 Certificate of Amendment of
Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
April 1997 Certificate of
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, filed as part of
Annex VI to the Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus, which is part
of the Registration Statement on
Form S-4,
dated June 19, 1997.
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
July 1997 Certificate of Amendment
of Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.6 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q,
for the Quarter ended June 30, 1997.
|
|
3
|
.6
|
|
Amended and Restated By-Laws of
the Company, as filed as Exhibit 3.9 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2003.
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Lease agreement and indenture,
dated as of January 1, 1995 and bond purchase agreement,
dated January 27, 1995, in connection with an 8% Taxable
Industrial Development Revenue Bond, City of Albuquerque, New
Mexico. (Relates to a class of indebtedness that does not exceed
10% of the total assets of the Company. The Company will furnish
a copy of the documents to the Commission upon request.)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Rights Agreement, dated as of
August 1, 1986 between the Company and Bank One, N.A., as
Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit B thereto the Form
of Rights Certificate, filed as Exhibit 1 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form 8-A
on August 13, 1986.
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Amendment, dated August 1,
1996, to Rights Agreement, filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1996.
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Amendment No. 2, dated as of
June 1, 1998, to the Rights Agreement dated as of
August 13, 1986, and amended as of August 1, 1996,
filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys
Form 8-A/A,
dated June 11, 1998.
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Rate Swap Agreement in the amount
of $25,000,000 between the Company and National City Bank, dated
November 14, 1996, filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1996.
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Rate Swap Agreement in the amount
of $25,000,000 between the Company and Key Bank National
Association, dated October 28, 1996, filed as
Exhibit 4.10 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1996.
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of
August 12, 2005, among the Company, the lenders referred
therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as swingline lender,
administrative agent and collateral agent, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of August 17, 2005.
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Amendment and Waiver, dated
December 20, 2005 and effective December 23, 2005, to
that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2005,
among the Company, the financial institutions from time to time
party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Swingline Lender,
Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, filed as Exhibit 10.1
to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of December 30, 2005.
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Second Amendment dated as of
May 8, 2006 and effective as of May 16, 2006 to that
certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 12, 2005, filed
as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of May 19, 2006.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement by and
between Flowserve US Inc. and Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical
Corporation, dated November 1, 2004, filed as
Exhibit 10.54 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Finance Contract, dated
April 19, 2004 entered into by and among the Company,
Flowserve B.V. and European Investment Bank, filed as
Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 18, 2005.
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Letter Amendment to Finance
Contract, dated July 2, 2004, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 18, 2005.
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
December 31, 2005 between the Company, Furmanite Worldwide
Inc., a unit of Xanser Corp. and certain subsidiaries of
Furmanite, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of January 6, 2006.
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Annual Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives, as amended
and restated in connection with the bifurcation of the Flowserve
Corporation Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives,
effective October 1, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Annual Stock
Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives, as amended
and restated in connection with the bifurcation of the Flowserve
Corporation Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives,
effective October 1, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Director
Cash Deferral Plan, as amended and restated in connection with
the bifurcation of the Flowserve Corporation Director Deferral
Plan, effective October 1, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.3
to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Amendment to the Flowserve
Corporation Amended and Restated Director Cash Deferral Plan,
dated December 14, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.67 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Director
Stock Deferral Plan, as amended and restated in connection with
the bifurcation of the Flowserve Corporation Director Deferral
Plan, effective October 1, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.3
to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
First Master Benefit Trust
Agreement, dated October 1, 1987, filed as
Exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1987.*
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the First
Master Benefit Trust Agreement, dated October 1, 1987,
filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1993.*
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to First
Master Benefit Trust Agreement, dated October 1, 1987,
filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1994.*
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Amendment to Master Benefit Trust
Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.45 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Amendment to The Duriron Company,
Inc. First Master Benefit Trust Agreement, dated
December 14, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.66 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Second Master Benefit Trust
Agreement, dated October 1, 1987, filed as Exhibit 10.12 to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1987.*
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
First Amendment to Second Master
Benefit Trust Agreement, dated December 22, 1994, filed as
Exhibit 10.26 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1994.*
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Long-Term
Cash Incentive Plan, as amended and restated in connection with
the bifurcation of the Flowserve Corporation Long-Term Incentive
Plan, effective October 1, 2000, filed as
Exhibit 10.10 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Long-Term
Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated in connection with
the bifurcation of the Flowserve Corporation Long-Term Incentive
Plan, effective October 1, 2000, filed as
Exhibit 10.10 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Amendment to the Duriron Company,
Inc., Long-Term Incentive Plan, as restated November 1,
1993, (the previous name of the plan prior to its amendment,
restatement and bifurcation as the Flowserve Corporation
Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan and the Flowserve Corporation
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan), dated December 14, 2005,
filed as Exhibit 10.64 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Amended and
Restated 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated on
December 29, 2005 (filed herewith).*
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 1989
Restricted Stock Dividend Plan, effective October 1, 2000,
filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Duriron Company, Inc. Retirement
Compensation Plan for Directors, filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1988.*
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the
Duriron Company, Inc. Retirement Compensation Plan for
Directors, effective January 1, 1989, filed as
Exhibit 10.21 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.*
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Amendment to the Duriron Company,
Inc. Retirement Compensation Plan for Directors, dated
December 14, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.68 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
The Duriron Company, Inc. Benefit
Equalization Pension Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1989.*
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
First Amendment to the Benefit
Equalization Plan, dated December 15, 1992, filed as
Exhibit 10.18 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1992.*
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Deferred
Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the
Flowserve Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated, effective June 1, 2000, filed as
Exhibit 10.50 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Amendment to the Flowserve
Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 14,
2005, filed as Exhibit 10.70 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
The Duriron Company, Inc. 1997
Stock Option Plan, attached as Exhibit A to the
Companys Proxy Statement, filed on March 17, 1997.*
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
First Amendment to the Flowserve
Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.28
to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1998*
|
|
10
|
.37
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.29 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1999.*
|
|
10
|
.38
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.29 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.39
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 1998
Restricted Stock Plan, attached as Appendix A to the
Companys 1999 Proxy Statement, filed on April 9,
1998.*
|
|
10
|
.40
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1999.*
|
|
10
|
.41
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1999.*
|
|
10
|
.42
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.37 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.43
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2001.*
|
|
10
|
.44
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 1998
Restricted Stock Dividend Plan, effective October 1, 2000,
included as Exhibit 10.38 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.45
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 1999 Stock
Option Plan, attached as Exhibit A to the Companys
1999 Proxy Statement, filed on March 15, 1999.*
|
|
10
|
.46
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.31 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1999.*
|
|
10
|
.47
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.32 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
10
|
.48
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Executive
Officer Change In Control Severance Plan, effective
January 1, 2002, filed as Exhibit 10.46 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
10
|
.49
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Officer
Change In Control Severance Plan, effective January 1,
2002, filed as Exhibit 10.47 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.50
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Key
Management Change In Control Severance Plan, effective
January 1, 2002, filed as Exhibit 10.48 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
10
|
.51
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Executive
Officer Life Insurance Plan, effective January 1, 2004
(file herewith).*
|
|
10
|
.52
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Senior
Management Retirement Plan, effective July 1, 1999, filed
as Exhibit 10.52 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
10
|
.53
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan, effective July 1, 1999, filed as
Exhibit 10.53 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
10
|
.54
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Performance
Unit Plan, effective January 1, 2001, filed as
Exhibit 10.54 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
10
|
.55
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective
July 1, 1999, between the Company and C. Scott Greer, filed
as Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999.*
|
|
10
|
.56
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Transitional
Executive Security Plan, effective March 14, 2005, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated as of March 17, 2005.*
|
|
10
|
.57
|
|
Separation and Release Agreement
between the Company and C. Scott Greer, dated April 4,
2005, filed as Exhibit 10.56 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.58
|
|
Employment Agreement between the
Company and Kevin E. Sheehan, dated April 1, 2005, filed as
Exhibit 10.57 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.59
|
|
Employment Agreement between the
Company and Lewis M. Kling, dated July 28, 2005, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of August 3, 2005.*
|
|
10
|
.60
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 2004 Stock
Compensation Plan, effective April 21, 2004, filed as
Appendix A to the Companys Proxy Statement, dated
May 10, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.61
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Compensation Plan,
filed as Exhibit 10.59 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.62
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option
Agreement pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Compensation
Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.60 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.63
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Compensation
Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.61 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.64
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
for certain officers pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock
Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
10
|
.65
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option
Agreement for certain officers pursuant to the Companys
2004 Stock Compensation Plan filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated March 9, 2006.*
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.66
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
for certain officers pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock
Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
10
|
.67
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option
Agreement for certain officers pursuant to the Companys
2004 Stock Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
10
|
.68
|
|
The Duriron Company, Inc.
Incentive Compensation Plan for Key Employees as Amended and
Restated, effective January 1, 1992 (filed herewith).*
|
|
10
|
.69
|
|
Amendment to The Duriron Company,
Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan for Key Employees as Amended
and Restated, effective January 1, 1992, dated
December 14, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.63 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
10
|
.70
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Annual
Incentive Plan (filed herewith).*
|
|
10
|
.71
|
|
Duriron Equity Incentive Plan, as
amended and restated effective July 21, 1995, filed as
Exhibit 10.25 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.*
|
|
10
|
.72
|
|
Duriron Company, Inc. Deferred
Compensation Plan for Executives (filed herewith).*
|
|
10
|
.73
|
|
Duriron Company, Inc. Deferred
Compensation Plan for Directors, effective December 31,
1987 (filed herewith).*
|
|
10
|
.74
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Amended and
Restated Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, as
amended and restated on December 29, 2005 (filed herewith).*
|
|
10
|
.75
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Amended and
Restated 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated
on December 29, 2005 (filed herewith).*
|
|
10
|
.76
|
|
Form of Restrictive Covenants
Agreement entered into on March 6, 2006 between the Company
and each of Linda P. Jojo, Thomas L. Pajonas and Paul W.
Fehlman, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
10
|
.77
|
|
Form of Restrictive Covenants
Agreement entered into on March 6, 2006 between the Company
and each of Lewis M. Kling, Mark A. Blinn, Ronald F. Shuff,
Joseph R. Pinkston, III, John H. Jacko, Jr., Mark D.
Dailey, Thomas E. Ferguson, Andrew J. Beall, Jerry L. Rockstroh,
Richard J. Guiltinan, Jr., and Deborah K. Bethune, filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
14
|
.1
|
|
Flowserve Financial Management
Code of Ethics adopted by the Companys principal executive
officer and CEO, principal financial officer and CFO, principal
accounting officer and controller, and other senior financial
managers filed as Exhibit 14.1 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Company (filed
herewith).
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP (filed herewith).
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements
required to be filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. |
145
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, on the 30th day of June 2006.
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION (Registrant)
Lewis M. Kling
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the
date indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE
|
|
TITLE
|
|
DATE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kevin
E. Sheehan
Kevin
E. Sheehan
|
|
Chairman of the Board and Member
of Finance Committee
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lewis
M. Kling
Lewis
M. Kling
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark
A. Blinn
Mark
A. Blinn
|
|
Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard
J. Guiltinan, Jr.
Richard
J. Guiltinan, Jr.
|
|
Vice President, Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael
F. Johnston
Michael
F. Johnston
|
|
Director, Chairman of Finance
Committee, Member of Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Charles
M. Rampacek
Charles
M. Rampacek
|
|
Director,
Chairman of Corporate Governance and Nominating
Committee, Member of Audit Committee
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
O. Rollans
James
O. Rollans
|
|
Director, Chairman of Audit
Committee, Member of Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William
C. Rusnack
William
C. Rusnack
|
|
Director and Member of Audit
Committee
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
146
FLOWSERVE
CORPORATION
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column A
|
|
Column B
|
|
|
Column C
|
|
|
Column D
|
|
|
Column E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
Other Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Cost and
|
|
|
and Related
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Description
|
|
of Year
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
from Reserve
|
|
|
End of Year
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts(a):
|
|
$
|
7,281
|
|
|
$
|
3,594
|
|
|
$
|
3,431
|
|
|
$
|
(35
|
)
|
|
$
|
14,271
|
|
Inventory reserves(b):
|
|
$
|
55,402
|
|
|
$
|
9,108
|
|
|
$
|
3,167
|
|
|
$
|
(10,571
|
)
|
|
$
|
57,106
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation
allowance(c):
|
|
$
|
34,208
|
|
|
$
|
3,999
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
(11,110
|
)
|
|
$
|
30,401
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts(a):
|
|
$
|
16,699
|
|
|
$
|
2,385
|
|
|
$
|
3,200
|
|
|
$
|
(15,003
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,281
|
|
Inventory reserves(b):
|
|
$
|
39,996
|
|
|
$
|
25,030
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(9,624
|
)
|
|
$
|
55,402
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation
allowance(c):
|
|
$
|
30,330
|
|
|
$
|
8,754
|
|
|
$
|
1,236
|
|
|
$
|
(6,112
|
)
|
|
$
|
34,208
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts(a):
|
|
$
|
16,274
|
|
|
$
|
4,527
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(4,102
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,699
|
|
Inventory reserves(b):
|
|
$
|
37,074
|
|
|
$
|
22,373
|
|
|
$
|
463
|
|
|
$
|
(19,914
|
)
|
|
$
|
39,996
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation
allowance(c):
|
|
$
|
23,606
|
|
|
$
|
10,120
|
|
|
$
|
3,021
|
|
|
$
|
(6,417
|
)
|
|
$
|
30,330
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Deductions from reserve represent accounts written off, net of
recoveries, and reductions due to improved aging of receivables. |
|
(b) |
|
Deductions from reserve represent inventory disposed of or
written off. |
|
(c) |
|
Deductions from reserve result from the expiration or
utilization of foreign tax credits previously reserved. |
F-1
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
1
|
|
|
Purchase Agreement by and among
Flowserve Corporation, Flowserve RED Corporation, IDP
Acquisition, LLC and Ingersoll-Rand Company, dated as of
February 9, 2000, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2000.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
2
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated as of
July 14, 2000, to the Purchase Agreement dated as of
February 9, 2000, by and among Flowserve Corporation,
Flowserve RED Corporation, IDP Acquisition, LLC and
Ingersoll-Rand Company, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of July 19, 2000.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
3
|
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger among
Flowserve Corporation, Forest Acquisition Sub., Inc. and
Innovative Valve Technologies, Inc., dated as of
November 18, 1999, filed as Exhibit 99(c)(1) to the
Schedule 14 D-1 Tender Offer Statement and Statement on Schedule
13-D, dated
as of November 22, 1999.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
1
|
|
|
1988 Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of The Duriron Company, Inc., filed as
Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1988.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
2
|
|
|
1989 Amendment to Certificate of
Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1989.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
3
|
|
|
1996 Certificate of Amendment of
Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
4
|
|
|
April 1997 Certificate of
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, filed as part of
Annex VI to the Joint Proxy Statement/ Prospectus, which is part
of the Registration Statement on
Form S-4,
dated June 19, 1997.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
5
|
|
|
July 1997 Certificate of Amendment
of Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.6 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q,
for the Quarter ended June 30, 1997.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
6
|
|
|
Amended and Restated By-Laws of
the Company, as filed as Exhibit 3.9 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
1
|
|
|
Lease agreement and indenture,
dated as of January 1, 1995 and bond purchase agreement,
dated January 27, 1995, in connection with an 8% Taxable
Industrial Development Revenue Bond, City of Albuquerque, New
Mexico. (Relates to a class of indebtedness that does not exceed
10% of the total assets of the Company. The Company will furnish
a copy of the documents to the Commission upon request.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
2
|
|
|
Rights Agreement, dated as of
August 1, 1986 between the Company and Bank One, N.A., as
Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit B thereto the Form
of Rights Certificate, filed as Exhibit 1 to the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form 8-A
on August 13, 1986.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
3
|
|
|
Amendment, dated August 1,
1996, to Rights Agreement, filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1996.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
4
|
|
|
Amendment No. 2, dated as of
June 1, 1998, to the Rights Agreement dated as of
August 13, 1986, and amended as of August 1, 1996,
filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys
Form 8-A/A,
dated June 11, 1998.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
1
|
|
|
Rate Swap Agreement in the amount
of $25,000,000 between the Company and National City Bank, dated
November 14, 1996, filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1996.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
2
|
|
|
Rate Swap Agreement in the amount
of $25,000,000 between the Company and Key Bank National
Association, dated October 28, 1996, filed as
Exhibit 4.10 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1996.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
3
|
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of
August 12, 2005, among the Company, the lenders referred
therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as swingline lender,
administrative agent and collateral agent, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of August 17, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
4
|
|
|
Amendment and Waiver, dated
December 20, 2005 and effective December 23, 2005, to
that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2005,
among the Company, the financial institutions from time to time
party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Swingline Lender,
Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, filed as Exhibit 10.1
to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of December 30, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
5
|
|
|
Second Amendment dated as of
May 8, 2006 and effective as of May 16, 2006 to that
certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 12, 2005, filed
as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of May 19, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
6
|
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement by and
between Flowserve US Inc. and Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical
Corporation, dated November 1, 2004, filed as
Exhibit 10.54 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
7
|
|
|
Finance Contract, dated
April 19, 2004 entered into by and among the Company,
Flowserve B.V. and European Investment Bank, filed as
Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 18, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
8
|
|
|
Letter Amendment to Finance
Contract, dated July 2, 2004, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 18, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
9
|
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
December 31, 2005 between the Company, Furmanite Worldwide
Inc., a unit of Xanser Corp. and certain subsidiaries of
Furmanite, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of January 6, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
10
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Annual Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives, as amended
and restated in connection with the bifurcation of the Flowserve
Corporation Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives,
effective October 1, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
11
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Annual Stock
Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives, as amended
and restated in connection with the bifurcation of the Flowserve
Corporation Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives,
effective October 1, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
12
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Director
Cash Deferral Plan, as amended and restated in connection with
the bifurcation of the Flowserve Corporation Director Deferral
Plan, effective October 1, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.3
to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
13
|
|
|
Amendment to the Flowserve
Corporation Amended and Restated Director Cash Deferral Plan,
dated December 14, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.67 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
14
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Director
Stock Deferral Plan, as amended and restated in connection with
the bifurcation of the Flowserve Corporation Director Deferral
Plan, effective October 1, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.3
to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
15
|
|
|
First Master Benefit Trust
Agreement, dated October 1, 1987, filed as
Exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1987.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
16
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the First
Master Benefit Trust Agreement, dated October 1, 1987,
filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1993.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
17
|
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to First
Master Benefit Trust Agreement, dated October 1, 1987,
filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1994.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
18
|
|
|
Amendment to Master Benefit Trust
Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.45 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
19
|
|
|
Amendment to The Duriron Company,
Inc. First Master Benefit Trust Agreement, dated
December 14, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.66 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
20
|
|
|
Second Master Benefit Trust
Agreement, dated October 1, 1987, filed as Exhibit 10.12 to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1987.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
21
|
|
|
First Amendment to Second Master
Benefit Trust Agreement, dated December 22, 1994, filed as
Exhibit 10.26 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1994.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
22
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Long-Term
Cash Incentive Plan, as amended and restated in connection with
the bifurcation of the Flowserve Corporation Long-Term Incentive
Plan, effective October 1, 2000, filed as
Exhibit 10.10 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
23
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Long-Term
Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated in connection with
the bifurcation of the Flowserve Corporation Long-Term Incentive
Plan, effective October 1, 2000, filed as
Exhibit 10.10 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
24
|
|
|
Amendment to the Duriron Company,
Inc., Long-Term Incentive Plan, as restated November 1,
1993, (the previous name of the plan prior to its amendment,
restatement and bifurcation as the Flowserve Corporation
Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan and the Flowserve Corporation
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan), dated December 14, 2005,
filed as Exhibit 10.64 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
25
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Amended and
Restated 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated on
December 29, 2005 (filed herewith).*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
26
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 1989
Restricted Stock Dividend Plan, effective October 1, 2000,
filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
27
|
|
|
Duriron Company, Inc. Retirement
Compensation Plan for Directors, filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1988.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
28
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the
Duriron Company, Inc. Retirement Compensation Plan for
Directors, effective January 1, 1989, filed as
Exhibit 10.21 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
29
|
|
|
Amendment to the Duriron Company,
Inc. Retirement Compensation Plan for Directors, dated
December 14, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.68 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
30
|
|
|
The Duriron Company, Inc. Benefit
Equalization Pension Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1989.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
31
|
|
|
First Amendment to the Benefit
Equalization Plan, dated December 15, 1992, filed as
Exhibit 10.18 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1992.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
32
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Deferred
Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
33
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the
Flowserve Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated, effective June 1, 2000, filed as
Exhibit 10.50 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
34
|
|
|
Amendment to the Flowserve
Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 14,
2005, filed as Exhibit 10.70 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
35
|
|
|
The Duriron Company, Inc. 1997
Stock Option Plan, attached as Exhibit A to the
Companys Proxy Statement, filed on March 17, 1997.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
36
|
|
|
First Amendment to the Flowserve
Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.28
to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1998*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
37
|
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.29 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1999.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
38
|
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.29 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
39
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 1998
Restricted Stock Plan, attached as Appendix A to the
Companys 1999 Proxy Statement, filed on April 9,
1998.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
40
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1999.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
41
|
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1999.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
42
|
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.37 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
43
|
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2001.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
44
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 1998
Restricted Stock Dividend Plan, effective October 1, 2000,
included as Exhibit 10.38 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
45
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 1999 Stock
Option Plan, attached as Exhibit A to the Companys
1999 Proxy Statement, filed on March 15, 1999.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
46
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.31 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1999.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
47
|
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the
Flowserve Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan, filed as
Exhibit 10.32 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
48
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Executive
Officer Change In Control Severance Plan, effective
January 1, 2002, filed as Exhibit 10.46 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
49
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Officer
Change In Control Severance Plan, effective January 1,
2002, filed as Exhibit 10.47 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
50
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Key
Management Change In Control Severance Plan, effective
January 1, 2002, filed as Exhibit 10.48 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
51
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Executive
Officer Life Insurance Plan, effective January 1, 2004
(file herewith).*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
52
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Senior
Management Retirement Plan, effective July 1, 1999, filed
as Exhibit 10.52 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
53
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan, effective July 1, 1999, filed as
Exhibit 10.53 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
54
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Performance
Unit Plan, effective January 1, 2001, filed as
Exhibit 10.54 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
55
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective
July 1, 1999, between the Company and C. Scott Greer, filed
as Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
56
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Transitional
Executive Security Plan, effective March 14, 2005, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated as of March 17, 2005.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
57
|
|
|
Separation and Release Agreement
between the Company and C. Scott Greer, dated April 4,
2005, filed as Exhibit 10.56 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
58
|
|
|
Employment Agreement between the
Company and Kevin E. Sheehan, dated April 1, 2005, filed as
Exhibit 10.57 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
59
|
|
|
Employment Agreement between the
Company and Lewis M. Kling, dated July 28, 2005, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of August 3, 2005.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
60
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation 2004 Stock
Compensation Plan, effective April 21, 2004, filed as
Appendix A to the Companys Proxy Statement, dated
May 10, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
61
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Compensation Plan,
filed as Exhibit 10.59 to the Companys Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
62
|
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option
Agreement pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Compensation
Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.60 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
63
|
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Compensation
Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.61 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
64
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
for certain officers pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock
Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
65
|
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option
Agreement for certain officers pursuant to the Companys
2004 Stock Compensation Plan filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated March 9, 2006.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
66
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
for certain officers pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock
Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
67
|
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option
Agreement for certain officers pursuant to the Companys
2004 Stock Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
68
|
|
|
The Duriron Company, Inc.
Incentive Compensation Plan for Key Employees as Amended and
Restated, effective January 1, 1992 (filed herewith).*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
69
|
|
|
Amendment to The Duriron Company,
Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan for Key Employees as Amended
and Restated, effective January 1, 1992, dated
December 14, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.63 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
70
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Annual
Incentive Plan (filed herewith).*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
71
|
|
|
Duriron Equity Incentive Plan, as
amended and restated effective July 21, 1995, filed as
Exhibit 10.25 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
72
|
|
|
Duriron Company, Inc. Deferred
Compensation Plan for Executives (filed herewith).*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
73
|
|
|
Duriron Company, Inc. Deferred
Compensation Plan for Directors, effective December 31,
1987 (filed herewith).*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
74
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Amended and
Restated Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, as
amended and restated on December 29, 2005 (filed
herewith).*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
75
|
|
|
Flowserve Corporation Amended and
Restated 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated
on December 29, 2005 (filed herewith).*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
76
|
|
|
Form of Restrictive Covenants
Agreement entered into on March 6, 2006 between the Company
and each of Linda P. Jojo, Thomas L. Pajonas and Paul W.
Fehlman, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
77
|
|
|
Form of Restrictive Covenants
Agreement entered into on March 6, 2006 between the Company
and each of Lewis M. Kling, Mark A. Blinn, Ronald F. Shuff,
Joseph R. Pinkston, III, John H. Jacko, Jr., Mark D.
Dailey, Thomas E. Ferguson, Andrew J. Beall, Jerry L. Rockstroh,
Richard J. Guiltinan, Jr., and Deborah K. Bethune, filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
dated as of March 9, 2006.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
1
|
|
|
Flowserve Financial Management
Code of Ethics adopted by the Companys principal executive
officer and CEO, principal financial officer and CFO, principal
accounting officer and controller, and other senior financial
managers filed as Exhibit 14.1 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.
|
1
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Company (filed
herewith).
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.
|
1
|
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP (filed herewith).
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.
|
1
|
|
|
Certification Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.
|
2
|
|
|
Certification Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.
|
1
|
|
|
Certification Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.
|
2
|
|
|
Certification Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements
required to be filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. |
exv10w25
EXHIBIT 10.25
THE FLOWSERVE CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
1989 STOCK OPTION PLAN
Section 1. Purposes.
This Flowserve Corporation Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Option Plan (the Plan) has been
adopted to update the Duriron Company, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan (the Prior Plan), in order to
(i) bring the Prior Plan into compliance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code) and (ii) permit the continuation of unexercised options that would otherwise
expire during a period in which exercise is not permitted. The changes reflected in this Plan are
not intended to negatively impact any Holder (as defined below).
As amended and restated, the purposes of this Plan, like the Prior Plan is to (i) provide
incentives to directors, officers and other key employees of the Company upon whose judgment,
initiative and efforts the long-term growth and success of the Company is largely dependent; (ii)
assist the Company in attracting and retaining directors and key employees of proven ability; and
(iii) increase the identity of interests of such directors and key employees with those of the
Companys shareholders.
Section 2. Definitions.
For purposes of the Plan:
|
(a) |
|
Acquisition Transaction means a transaction of the type described in Section
8(b)(ii). |
|
|
(b) |
|
Affiliate means a person controlling, controlled by or under common control
with the Company. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Board of Directors means the board of directors of the Company. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Change in Composition of the Board means an event of the type described in
Section 8(b)(iv). |
|
|
(e) |
|
Change in Control means a transaction of the type described in Section
8(b)(iii). |
|
|
(f) |
|
Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Company means Flowserve Corporation, a New York corporation, and its
successors in interest. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Current Market Value means the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange
(or such successor reporting system as may be selected by the Committee) on the date
the value of a Share is to be determined or, if there are no sales on such date, the
next preceding date for which a sale is reported.. |
|
|
(j) |
|
Designation of Beneficiary means the written designation by the Holder of the
person or entity to receive the Holders options and any related Stock Appreciation.
Rights and Unlimited Rights upon the Holders death, which designation shall be on such
form as prescribed by the Committee and filed with the General Counsel, the Chief
Financial Officer, or the Treasurer of the Company (or such other person as the
Committee may designate). |
|
|
(k) |
|
Director Option means the type of stock option described in Section 9. |
|
|
(l) |
|
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
|
(m) |
|
Fair Market Value means the average of the closing prices on the New York
Stock Exchange (or such successor reporting system as maybe selected by the Committee)
during the period beginning twenty-one days prior to and ending on the date the value
of a Share is to be determined. |
|
|
(n) |
|
Family Members means children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents,
stepparents, grandparents, spouse, siblings (including half-brother and -sisters),
nephews, nieces and in-laws. |
|
|
(o) |
|
Grantee means the person who received the option and any related Stock
Appreciation Right and/or Limited Right from the Company. |
|
|
(p) |
|
Holder or holder means, except where the context otherwise requires, the
person(s) or entity who owns the option and any related Stock Appreciation Right and/or
Limited Right, whether the Grantee, Transferee, heir or other beneficiary. |
|
|
(q) |
|
Incentive Stock Option means an option granted under the Plan which qualifies
as an incentive stock option under section 422 of the Code. |
|
|
(r) |
|
Limited Right means an unvested right granted under Section 8(a) that becomes
vested as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan. |
|
|
(s) |
|
Mature Shares means Shares acquired by the Holder which have been held for at
least six months. |
|
|
(t) |
|
Nonqualified Option means an option granted and described under the Plan
which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under section 422 of the Code and
which is not a Director Option. |
|
|
(u) |
|
Plan means the Flowserve Corporation Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Option
Plan. |
|
|
(v) |
|
Prior Plan means the Duriron Company, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan, as it
existed prior to its amendment and restatement. |
|
|
(w) |
|
Qualified Domestic Relations Order means a qualified domestic relations order
as defined in the Internal Revenue Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act, or the rules thereunder. |
|
|
(x) |
|
Share or Shares means the shares of Common Stock, $1.25 par value, of the
Company. |
|
|
(y) |
|
Stock Appreciation Right means a right granted and described under Section
8(d) of the Plan. |
|
|
(z) |
|
Subsidiary means any entity 50% or more of the voting control of which is
owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. |
|
|
(aa) |
|
Tender Offer means a tender offer or a request or invitation for tenders or
an exchange offer subject to regulation under Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, and
the rules and regulations thereunder, as the same may be amended, modified or
superseded from time to time. |
|
|
(bb) |
|
Transferee means the person who received the option and any related Stock
Appreciation Right and/or Limited Right from the Grantee during the Grantees lifetime
in accordance with this Plan. |
Section 3. Shares Subject to the Plan.
|
(a) |
|
Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3(a) and to
adjustment as provided in Section 11, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued
and/or delivered under the Plan upon the exercise of options is 750,000. Such Shares
may be either authorized and unissued or |
2
|
|
|
treasury Shares, if any. Any Shares subject to an option, which for any reason has
(i) terminated, (ii) expired or (iii) has been canceled prior to being fully
exercised or being canceled through payment of either a Limited Right or Stock
Appreciation Right, may again be subject to option under the Plan. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11, the maximum number of Limited
Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights which may be exercised under the Plan is 750,000.
In any case, any Limited Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan
which for any reason (i) terminate, (ii) expire or (iii) have been canceled prior to
being fully exercised may again be granted under the Plan, provided that the option to
which Limited Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights relate has not been exercised. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The aggregate maximum number of Limited Rights, Stock Appreciation Rights and
options exercised hereunder shall not exceed 750,000. |
Section 4. Administration.
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee which shall be comprised in a manner that
satisfies all applicable legal requirements, including satisfying the Non-Employee Director
standard set forth in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, if applicable. In addition, as
applicable, the Committee will be constituted in a manner consistent with the outside director
standard set forth in the regulations under section 162 (m) of the Code.
The Committee shall have and exercise all the power and authority granted to it under the
Plan. Subject to Section 9 and other applicable provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall in its
sole discretion determine the persons to whom, and the times at which, Incentive Stock Options,
Nonqualified Options, Director Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited Rights shall be
granted; the number of Shares to be subject to each option; the option price per Share; and the
term of each option. In making such determinations, the Committee may take into consideration each
employees present and/or potential contribution to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries
and any other factors which the Committee may deem relevant and proper. Subject to the provisions
of the Plan, the Committee shall also interpret the Plan; prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations relating to the Plan; correct defects, supply omissions and reconcile any
inconsistencies in the Plan; and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Plan. Such determinations of the Committee shall be conclusive. A majority of
the Committee shall constitute a quorum for meetings of the Committee, and the act of a majority of
the Committee at a meeting, or an act reduced to or approved in writing by all members of the
Committee, shall be the act of the Committee.
Section 5. Eligibility.
From time to time during the term of the Plan, the Committee may grant one or more Incentive
Stock Options and/or Nonqualified Options to any person who is then an officer or other key
employee or director of the Company or a Subsidiary.
Section 6. Terms and Conditions of Options.
|
(a) |
|
Written Agreement. The terms of each option granted under the Plan
shall be set forth in a written agreement, the form of which shall be approved by the
Committee. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Terms and Conditions of General Application. The following terms and
provisions shall apply to all options (other than Director Option to which the
provisions of Section 9 shall be applicable) granted under the Plan. |
|
(i) |
|
No option may be granted under the Plan at an option price per
Share which, when combined with the value of any consideration provided by the
Grantee of the option, is less than 50% of the Current Market Value of the
underlying Shares on the date of grant. |
3
|
(ii) |
|
No option may he exercised more than ten years after the date
of grant; provided, however, that the otherwise applicable ten year term of an
option may be extended beyond ten years, thus causing the option to generally
become a Nonqualified Option, if: |
|
(A) |
|
the exercise period is extended to a date no
later than the later of: |
|
(I) |
|
the 15th day of the third month following the date at which, or |
|
|
(II) |
|
December 31 of the calendar year in which, |
|
|
|
the option would otherwise have expired if the option had not been
extended, based on the terms of the option at the original grant
date, or |
|
|
(B) |
|
the option is unexercisable because an exercise
of the option would violate applicable securities laws, provided that
the period during which the option may be exercised is not extended
more than 30 days after the exercise of the option first would no
longer violate applicable securities laws. |
|
(iii) |
|
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no option shall be
exercisable within one year after the date of grant. At the time an option is
granted, the Committee may provide that after such one year period, the option
may be exercised with respect to all Shares thereto, or may be exercised with
respect to only a specified number of Shares over a specified period or
periods. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, an option may be
exercised only if the Grantee thereof has been continuously employed by the
Company or a Subsidiary since the date of grant. Whether authorized leave of
absence or absence for military or governmental service shall constitute a
termination of employment shall be determined by the Committee, after
consideration of the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.421-7(h), if appropriate. |
|
|
(v) |
|
At the time an option is granted, or at such other time as the
Committee may determine, the Committee may provide that, if the Grantee of the
option ceases to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason
(including retirement or disability) other than death, the option will continue
to be exercisable by the Holder (to the extent it was exercisable on the date
the Grantee ceased to be employed) for such additional period (not to exceed
the remaining term of such option) after such termination of employment as the
Committee may provide. |
|
|
(vi) |
|
At the time an option is granted, the Committee may provide
that, if the Grantee of the option dies while employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary or while entitled to the benefits of any additional exercise period
established by the Committee with respect to such option in accordance with
Section 6(b)(v), then the option will continue to be exercisable (to the extent
it was exercisable on the date of death) by the person or persons (including
the Holders estate) to whom the Holders rights with respect to such option
shall have passed by Designation of Beneficiary, or if none, by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution for such additional period after death (not to
exceed the remaining term of such option) as the Committee may provide. |
|
|
(vii) |
|
At the time an option is granted, the Committee may provide
for any restrictions or limitations on the transferability of the Shares
issuable upon the exercise of such options as it may deem appropriate. |
4
|
(c) |
|
Additional Provisions Applicable to Incentive Stock Options. The
following additional terms and provisions shall apply to Incentive Stock Options
granted under the Plan, notwithstanding any provision of Section 6(b) to the contrary: |
|
(i) |
|
No Incentive Stock Option may be granted at an option price per
Share which is less than the Current Market Value of the Share on the date of
grant. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to an officer or
other employee who possesses directly or indirectly (within the meaning of
section 424(d) of the Code) at the time of grant more than 10% of the voting
power of all classes of Shares of the Company or of any parent corporation or
any Subsidiary of the Company unless (i) the option price is at least 110% of
the Current Market Value of the Shares subject to the option on the date the
option is granted and (ii) the option is not exercisable after the expiration
of five years from the date of grant. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The aggregate Current Market Value (determined as of the time
an Incentive Stock Option is granted) of Shares with respect to which Incentive
Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any individual in any
calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Company and any
Subsidiary) shall not exceed $100,000, or such other maximum amount permitted
by the Code. |
|
(d) |
|
Waiver of Terms. The Committee may waive or modify at any time, either
before or after the granting of an option, any condition or restriction with respect to
the exercise of such option imposed by or pursuant to this Section 6 (or Section 9 in
the case of Director Options) in such circumstances as the Committee may, in its
discretion, deem appropriate (including, without limitation, in the event the Grantee
retires with the approval of the Company, or in the event of a proposed Acquisition
Transaction, a Change in Control, Tender Offer for Shares, or other similar transaction
involving the Company). |
|
|
(e) |
|
Acceleration upon Certain Events. In the event of (i) a Tender Offer
(other than an offer by the Company) for Shares, if the offeror acquires Shares
pursuant thereto, (ii) an Acquisition Transaction, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) a
Change in Composition of the Board, all outstanding options granted hereunder shall
become exercisable in full (whether or not otherwise exercisable), effective on the
date of the first purchase of Shares pursuant to the Tender Offer, or the date of
shareholder approval of the Acquisition Transaction, or the date of filing of the
Schedule 13D reflecting the Change in Control (or, if not made, the date upon which
such filing becomes delinquent), or the date of the Change in Composition of the Board,
as the case may be (the occurrence of any such event is hereinafter referred to as an
Acceleration). |
Section 7. Exercise of Options.
|
(a) |
|
Notice of Exercise. The Holder of an option granted under the Plan may
exercise all or part of such option by giving written notice of exercise and making
payment of the option price as provided in Section 7(b); provided, however, that an
option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. No Holder of an option nor such.
Holders legal representatives, legatees or distributees will be, or will be deemed to
be, a holder of any Shares covered by such option unless and until certificates for
such Shares are issued in accordance with the Plan. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Payment of Option Price. The option price for Shares with respect to
which an option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time such notice is given.
An option shall be deemed exercised on the date the Companys General Counsel, its
Chief Financial Officer or its Treasurer (or such other person as the Committee may
designate) receives written notice of exercise, together with full payment for the
Shares purchased. The option price shall be paid to the Company either in cash or in
Mature Shares having a Current Market Value equal to the option price (or a combination
of cash and Mature Shares such that the sum of the Current Market Value of the Mature
Shares plus the cash equals the option price). Additionally, the Company, at its
discretion, may accept |
5
|
|
|
payment for Nonqualified Options by canceling such partial number of Mature Shares,
of the total number of Mature Shares covered under such exercise, as are necessary
to deliver upon such exercise a net number of Mature Shares which have a Current
Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the excess of the aggregate Current
Market Value of all such Mature Shares (prior to such partial cancellation) over the
aggregate purchase price for all such Mature Shares (prior to such partial
cancellation). |
|
|
(c) |
|
Payment in Cancellation of Option. The Committee shall have the
authority in its sole discretion to authorize the payment to the holder of an option
granted under the Plan (with consent of such holder or, in the event of an Acceleration
of options, without such consent), in exchange for the cancellation of all or a part of
such holders option, of cash equal to the excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value on
the date of such cancellation of the Shares with respect to which the option is being
canceled over the aggregate option price of such Shares; provided, however, that if an
Acceleration of options granted hereunder has occurred, for purposes of this
subparagraph, Fair Market Value on the date of such cancellation shall be calculated
in the same manner as the exercise value of a Limited Right would be calculated under
Section 8(c) with respect to such date (whether or not any Limited Rights are actually
outstanding). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Director Option, such
payment in exchange for cancellation of the option shall be made only in the event of
an Acceleration of Options. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Special Payment Provisions for Nonqualified Options; Withholding Taxes.
The Grantee of a Nonqualified Option may elect to have the Company retain from the
Shares to be issued upon his exercise of such option Shares having a Current Market
Value on the date of exercise equal to all or any part of the Companys minimum
statutory withholding for federal, state and local tax payments to be made by the
Grantee with respect to the exercise of the option in lieu of making such payments in
cash. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Attestation Procedure. If a Holder desires to pay the option price upon
the exercise of an option with already-owned Mature Shares, the Holder may either
physically deliver already-owned Mature Shares or may follow the attestation procedure
set forth in this Section 7(e) (the Attestation Procedure) to be deemed to have
delivered such already-owned Mature Shares. To follow the attestation procedure, the
Holder shall submit to the Companys Chief Financial Officer or its Treasurer (or such
other person as is designated by the Committee) a signed statement at the time of
exercise of an option that (i) sets forth the number of Shares already-owned by the
Holder that are to be used in payment of the option price (the Payment Shares), (ii)
confirms that the Holder is the owner of the Payment Shares and the date the Payment
Shares were acquired by the Holder, and (iii) if the Payment Shares are registered in
the Holders name, sets forth the certificate number(s) of the Payment Shares. The
Payment Shares shall be treated as having been delivered to the Company by the Holder
on the date of exercise, and the Company shall issue to the Holder a certificate for
the number of Shares subject to the option exercise less the number of Payment Shares.
The Committee shall have the authority to amend the foregoing
Attestation Procedure
from time to time.
|
Section 8. Limited Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights.
|
(a) |
|
Grant of Limited Rights. The Committee may grant Limited Rights with
respect to any option granted under the Plan at the time the option is granted. The
number of Limited Rights covered by any such grant shall not exceed, but may be less
than, the number of Shares covered by the related option. The term of any Limited Right
shall be the same as the term of the option to which it relates. The right of a Holder
to exercise a Limited Right shall be canceled if and to the extent a related option is
exercised or canceled, and the right of a Holder to exercise an option shall be
canceled if and to the extent a related Limited Right is exercised. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Events Permitting Exercise of Limited Rights. A Limited Right shall be
exercisable only if and to the extent that the related option is exercisable; provided,
however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a Limited Right issued in connection with
an Incentive Stock Option shall not be |
6
|
|
|
exercisable unless the Current Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise
exceeds the exercise price of a Share subject to the related option. A Limited Right
which is otherwise exercisable may be exercised only during the following periods: |
|
(i) |
|
during a period of 30 days following the date of expiration of
a Tender Offer (other than an offer by the Company) for Shares, if the offeror
acquires Shares pursuant to such Tender Offer; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
during a period of 30 days following the date of approval by
the shareholders of the Company of a definitive agreement: (x) for the merger
or consolidation of the Company into or with another corporation not controlled
by the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, if the
Company will not be the surviving corporation or will become a subsidiary of
another corporation or (y) for the sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company (each of the foregoing transactions is hereinafter
referred to as an Acquisition Transaction); |
|
|
(iii) |
|
during a period of 30 days following the date upon which the
Company is provided a copy of a Schedule 13D (filed pursuant to Section 13(d)
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder)
indicating that any person or group (as such terms are defined in Section
13(d)(3) of such act) has become the holder of 20% or more of the outstanding
voting Shares of the Company (the foregoing transaction hereinafter referred to
as a Change of Control); and . |
|
|
(iv) |
|
during a period of 30 days following a change in the
composition of the Board of Directors such that individuals who were members of
the Board of Directors on the date two years prior to such change (or who were
elected, or were nominated for election by the Companys shareholders, with the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office
who were directors at the beginning of such two year period) no longer
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors (such a change in composition
is hereinafter referred to as a Change in Composition of the Board). |
|
(c) |
|
Exercise of Limited Rights. |
|
(i) |
|
Upon exercise of a Limited Right, the Holder thereof shall
receive from the Company a cash payment equal to the excess of: (x) the
aggregate exercise value on the date of exercise (determined as provided
below) of that number of Shares as is equal to the number of Limited Rights
being exercised over (y) the aggregate exercise price under the related option
of that number of Shares as is equal to the number of Limited Rights being
exercised. A holder shall exercise a Limited Right by giving written notice of
such exercise to the Companys General Counsel, its Chief Financial Officer or
its Treasurer (or such other person as the Committee may designate). A Limited
Right shall be deemed exercised on the date the any such officer (or other
person) receives such written notice. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The exercise value of a Limited Right on the date of exercise
shall be: |
|
(A) |
|
in the case of an exercise during a period
described in Section 8(b)(i), the highest price per Share paid pursuant
to any Tender Offer which is in effect any time during the 60-day
period prior to the date on which the Limited Right is exercised; |
|
|
(B) |
|
in the case of an exercise during a period
described in Section 8(b)(ii), the greater of: (x) the highest Current
Market Value of a Share during the 30-day period prior to the date of
shareholder approval of the Acquisition Transaction, |
7
|
|
|
or (y) the highest fixed or formula per Share price payable pursuant
to the Acquisition Transaction (if determinable on the date of
exercise); |
|
|
(C) |
|
in the case of an exercise during a period
described in Section 8(b)(iii), the greater of (x) the highest Current
Market Value of a Share during the 30-day period prior to the date, the
Company is provided with a copy of the Schedule 13D, or (y) the highest
acquisition price of a Share shown on such Schedule 13D; and |
|
|
(D) |
|
in the case of an exercise during a period
described in Section 8(b)(iv), the highest Current Market Value of a
Share during the 30-day period prior to the date of the Change in
Composition of the Board. |
|
(iii) |
|
Notwithstanding Section 8(c)(ii) above, in no event shall the
exercise value of a Limited Right issued in connection with an Incentive Stock
Option exceed the maximum permissible exercise value for such a right under the
Code and the regulations and interpretations issued pursuant thereto. Any
securities or property which form part or all of the consideration paid for
Shares pursuant to a Tender Offer or Acquisition Transaction shall be valued at
the higher of (1) the valuation placed on such securities or property by the
person making such Tender Offer or the other party to such Acquisition
Transaction, or (2) the value placed on such securities or property by the
Committee. |
|
(d) |
|
Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may grant Stock
Appreciation Rights with respect to any option granted under the Plan at the time the
option is granted. The aggregate number of Stock Appreciation Rights covered by any
such grant shall not exceed, but may be less than, the number of Shares covered by the
related option. The term of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be the same as the term
of the option to which it relates. The right of a Holder to exercise a Stock
Appreciation Right shall be canceled if and to the extent a related option is exercised
or canceled, and to the extent a related Limited Right is exercised. In no event shall
both a Stock Appreciation Right and Limited Right be both paid in connection with an
option to which they both relate. The exercise, cancellation or termination of a Stock
Appreciation Right covering any Shares shall automatically terminate the Limited Right
corresponding to such Shares with the converse being equally true, and the right of a
Holder to exercise an option shall be canceled if and to the extent a related Stock
Appreciation Right is exercised. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Events Permitting Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock
Appreciation Right shall be exercisable only if and to the extent that the related
option is exercisable; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stock
Appreciation Right shall not be exercisable unless the Current Market Value of a Share
on the date of exercise exceeds the exercise price of a Share subject to the related
option. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights. |
|
(i) |
|
Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the holder thereof
shall receive from the Company a cash payment equal to the excess of (x) the
aggregate Current Market Value on the date of exercise of that number of Shares
as is equal to the number of Stock Appreciation Rights being exercised over (y)
the aggregate exercise price under the related option of that number of Shares
as is equal to the number of Stock Appreciation Rights being exercised. A
Holder shall exercise a Stock Appreciation Right by giving written notice of
such exercise to the Companys General Counsel, its Chief Financial Officer or
its Treasurer or such other person as the Committee may designate. A Stock
Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised on the date any such officer (or
other person) receives such written notice. If a Stock Appreciation Right or
its corresponding option has not been exercised, canceled, terminated or
expired on the last day of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right, the
Holder of such Stock Appreciation Right will |
8
|
|
|
automatically receive a cash payment from the Company in an amount, if any,
that would be payable if the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised on such
date. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Notwithstanding Section 8(f)(i) above, in no event shall the
exercise value of a Stock Appreciation Right issued in connection with an
Incentive Stock Option exceed the maximum permissible exercise value for such a
right under the Code and the regulations and interpretations issued pursuant
thereto. |
Section 9. Director Options.
|
(a) |
|
At least six months prior to the commencement of each calendar year during the
term of the Plan, the Committee shall cause each eligible director to be furnished with
an appropriate form which enables the director to elect to receive payment in the form
of stock options under this plan (Director Options) of a minimum of 20% and up to a
maximum of 100% (in increments of 10%) of the annual retainer fee to be earned by such
director for service on the Board of Directors during the following calendar year. |
|
|
(b) |
|
If an eligible director has elected to receive all or a portion of the annual
retainer fee as Director Options as provided in this Section 9(b), then, on January 1
of such year in which such fee would otherwise be earned, the Company shall grant to
such director a Director Option covering that number of Shares determined by dividing
the compensation to be so received by the difference between the Fair Market Value of a
Share on such date and $1.25 (rounded to the nearest whole Share). |
|
|
(c) |
|
The option price of a Director Option shall be $1.25 per Share. The option
price for Shares with respect to which a Director Option is exercised shall be paid in
full at the time notice of exercise of the option is given to the Companys General
Counsel, its Chief Financial Officer or its Treasurer (or such other person as the
Committee may designate). The option price shall be paid to the Company either in cash
or in Mature Shares having a Current Market Value equal to the option price (or a
combination of cash and Mature Shares such that the sum of the Current Market Value of
the Mature Shares plus the cash equals the option price). In any case in which payment
of the option price is to be made by delivery of already-owned Mature Shares, the
Attestation Procedure set forth in Section 7(e) may be used, subject to the limitations
described in Section 7(e). |
|
|
(d) |
|
All directors of the Company shall be eligible to receive Director Options. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, a Director Option granted
hereunder shall extend for a term of ten years provided, however, that the otherwise
applicable ten year term of an option may be extended beyond ten years, if: |
|
(i) |
|
the exercise period is extended to a date no later than the
later of: |
|
(A) |
|
the 15th day of the third month following the
date at which, or |
|
|
(B) |
|
December 31 of the calendar year in which, the
option would otherwise have expired if the option had not been
extended, based on the terms of the option at the original grant date,
or |
|
(ii) |
|
the option is unexercisable because an exercise of the option
would violate applicable securities laws, provided that the period during which
the option may be exercised is not extended more than 30 days after the
exercise of the option first would no longer violate applicable securities
laws.. |
|
(f) |
|
A Director Option shall first become exercisable on January 1 of the year
immediately following the year of grant; provided; however, that a Director Option
shall become exercisable if the Holder ceases to be a director. The exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights relating to any
Director Option is subject to Section 8(e). |
9
|
|
(g) |
|
All rights of a director in any Director Option shall expire upon the earlier
of the end of its normal term or five years after the date of his termination as a
director for any reason including the removal, resignation or retirement of the
director; provided, however, that in the event of death of the director, the provisions
of the following paragraph shall govern. In the event a director ceases to be a
director for any reason other than the death of the director or retirement because of
disability, all rights exercisable shall expire to the extent that any portion of such
Director Option is attributable to a portion of the directors annual retainer which
was not earned due to termination. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Any Director Option granted to a director under the Plan and outstanding on the
date of the Holders death may be exercised by the person or persons (including the
Holders estate) to whom the Holders rights with respect to the Director Option shall
have passed by Designation of Beneficiary; or if none, by the laws of descent and
distribution or pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order at any time prior to
the specified expiration date of such Director Option or the first anniversary of the
Grantees death, whichever is the first to occur. Upon the occurrence of the earlier
event, the Director Option shall then terminate. |
|
|
(i) |
|
No Director Option shall include related Limited Rights and Stock Appreciation
Rights, unless the Company receives a favorable ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service or an opinion from tax counsel (satisfactory to the Company) that the inclusion
of such Limited Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights with a Director Option shall not
cause the recognition of taxable income by the director prior to the exercise of the
Director Option, Limited Right, or Stock Appreciation Right. Upon satisfaction of the
foregoing condition, Director Options thereafter issued shall include Limited Rights
and Stock Appreciation Rights. The number of Limited Rights and Stock Appreciation
Rights included in any such Director Option shall equal the number of Shares covered by
such option at the time the Limited Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights attach. |
|
|
(j) |
|
Director Options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Nonqualified
Options (and Limited Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights, if applicable) stated in
this Plan. |
Section 10. Non-Transferability.
|
(a) |
|
General Rule. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, options,
Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned,
hypothecated, or transferred other than by Designation of Beneficiary, or if none, by
will or the laws of descent and distribution upon the Holders death, and may be
exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by such Grantee or by his guardian or
legal representative. All grants under the Plan, with the exception of Incentive Stock
Options and any Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited Rights relating thereto, may be
transferred pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Permitted Transfers. Subject to this Section 10 and except as the
Committee may otherwise prescribe from time to time, the Committee may act to permit
the transfer or assignment of an option (together with any related Stock Appreciation
Right and/or Limited Right) by a Grantee for no consideration to the Grantees Family
Members, trusts for the sole benefit of the Grantees Family Members, or partnerships
whose only partners are Family Members of the Grantee; provided, however, that any such
permitted transfer or assignment shall not apply to an option that is an Incentive
Stock Option (but only if nontransferability is necessary in order for the option to
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option) and to any Stock Appreciation Rights or Limited
Rights related to an Incentive Stock Option. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Other Permitted Transfers. Unless the Committee otherwise determines at
the time of grant, the following options (together with any related Stock Appreciation
Right and/or Limited Right) may be transferred or assigned by the Grantee thereof for
no consideration to the Grantees Family |
10
|
|
|
Members, trusts for the sole benefit of the Grantees Family Members, or
partnerships whose only partners are Family Members of the Grantee: (i) Director
Options; and (ii) options that both (x) are granted to or held by an individual who
is an officer of the Company, and (y) at the time of grant, are Nonqualified
Options. The provisions of this Section 10(c) shall be applicable to any such option
(described in the preceding sentence) granted prior to July 11, 1998 notwithstanding
that the written agreement evidencing such option does not permit such transfer or
assignment. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Method and Effect of Transfer. Any permitted transfer or assignment of
an option and any Stock Appreciation Right and/or Limited Right related thereto shall
only be effective upon receipt by the General Counsel, the Chief Financial Officer, or
the Treasurer of the Company (or such other person as the Committee may designate) of
an instrument acceptable in form and substance to the Committee that effects the
transfer or assignment and that contains an agreement by the Transferee to accept and
comply with all the terms and conditions of the stock option award and this Plan. A
Transferee shall possess all the same rights and obligations as the Grantee under the
Plan, except that the Transferee can subsequently transfer such option and any related
Stock Appreciation Rights and/or Limited Rights only by (i) Designation of Beneficiary
or, if none, then by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) a transfer
to a beneficiary or partner if the Transferee is a trust or partnership, respectively. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Satisfaction of Withholding Obligations. Unless the Committee
otherwise prescribes, upon the exercise of a Nonqualified Option or its related Stock
Appreciation Rights or Limited Rights by a Transferee, when and as permitted in
accordance with this Section 10, the Grantee is required to satisfy the applicable
withholding tax obligations by paying cash to the Company with respect to any income
recognized by the Grantee upon the exercise of such option by the Transferee. If the
Grantee does not satisfy the applicable withholding tax obligations on the exercise
date of the option or related Stock Appreciation Right or Limited Right, the Company
shall, in the case of the exercise of an option, retain from the Shares to be issued to
the Transferee upon the exercise of the option a number of Shares having a Current
Market Value on the exercise date equal to the Companys mandatory statutory
withholding tax payable by the Grantee or, in the case of the exercise of a Stock
Appreciation Right or Limited Right, deduct from the cash to be delivered to the
Transferee such amount as in equal to the Companys mandatory statutory withholding tax
payable by the Grantee. |
Section 11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization.
In the event of a change in outstanding Shares by reason of a Share dividend,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of Shares, extraordinary
dividend paid as part of a restructuring plan, or the like, the maximum number of Shares subject to
option during the existence of the Plan, the number of Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited Rights
which may be granted under the Plan, the number of options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited
Rights that may be granted to each person under the Plan, the number of Shares subject to, and the
option price of, each outstanding option, the number of Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited
Rights outstanding, the Current Market Value of a Share on the date a Stock Appreciation Right
and/or a Limited Right is granted, and the like shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company, in
a manner consistent with the requirements imposed upon adjustments under section 409A of the Code,
to the extent applicable.
|
|
|
Section 12. |
|
Conditions Upon Granting and Exercise of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited
Rights and Issuance of Shares. |
No option, Stock Appreciation Right or Limited Right shall be granted, and no option, Stock
Appreciation Right or Limited Right shall be exercised and Shares shall not be issued or delivered
upon the exercise of an option unless the grant and exercise thereof, and the issuance and/or
delivery of Shares pursuant thereto, or the payment therefore, shall comply with all relevant
provisions of state and federal law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the Exchange Act, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the
requirement of any stock exchange upon which the Shares then may be listed. The Company shall use
reasonable efforts to comply with all such requirements.
11
Section 13. Amendment and Termination of Plan.
|
(a) |
|
Amendment. Subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, the
Committee may from time to time amend the Plan or any award granted under the Plan, or
any provision thereof, in such respects as the Committee may deem advisable; provided,
however, that any such amendment shall be approved by the holders of Shares entitling
them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the Company if such approval is
required under applicable law; or: |
|
(i) |
|
if such amendment would increase the aggregate number of Shares
which may be issued and/or delivered under the Plan; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
if such amendment would modify the requirements as to the
employees or classes of employees eligible to be granted Incentive Stock
Options under the Plan; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
if such amendment would reprice, replace or otherwise
effectively lower, through a form of option cancellation and regranting or
otherwise, the exercise price of a previously granted option award. |
|
(b) |
|
Termination. The Committee may at any time terminate the Plan. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment or termination of the
Plan or any award granted under the Plan shall adversely affect any option or Limited
Right or Stock Appreciation Right previously granted under the Plan without the consent
of the Holder thereof. |
Section 14. Notices.
Each notice relating to this Plan shall be in writing and delivered in person or by mail to
the proper address. Each notice to the General Counsel, the Chief Financial Officer or the
Treasurer of the Company shall be delivered or sent to his attention at the principal business
office of the Company. Each notice to the Committee shall he delivered or sent to the principal
business office of the Company and addressed as follows: Attention: Compensation Committee. Each
notice to the Holder shall be addressed to such person or persons at the Holders address as set
forth in the records of the Company. Anyone to whom a notice may be given under this Plan may
designate a new address by written notice to the other party to that effect.
Section 15. Benefit of Plan.
This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each successor and assign of the
Company. All rights and obligations imposed upon the holder of an option and all rights granted to
the Company under this Plan shall be binding upon such holders heirs, legal representatives and
successors.
Section 16. Pronouns and Plurals.
All pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, singular or plural, as the
identity of the person or persons may require.
Section 17. Shareholder Approval and Term of Plan.
The Prior Plan became effective upon its approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the Shares at the Companys 1989 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. This Plan, as amended
and restated shall become effective upon its approval (either in person or by proxy) by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares at the Companys 2005 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders. No option shall be granted under the Plan after December 31, 1998.
12
exv10w51
EXHIBIT 10.51
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE OFFICER LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE OFFICER LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
1. |
|
NAME AND PURPOSE |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Name |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Purpose |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
Top Hat Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
General Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a)Account Value |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b)Affiliate |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c)Beneficiary |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d)Board |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e)Code |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f)Committee |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g)Company |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(h)Compensation |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(i)Effective Date |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(j)Employee |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(k)ERISA |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(l)Insurer |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(m) Notice |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(n) Participant |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(o) Participation Agreement |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(p) Participant's Death Benefit |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(q) Plan |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(r) Policy |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Number and Gender |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Underscored References |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Other Definitions |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Selection of Participants |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Conditions to Participating |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
OPERATIVE INSURANCE POLICY PROVISIONS |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Insurance Policy |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Ownership |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
Direction of Policy Account |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
Payment of Premiums |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
Designation of Policy Beneficiary/Endorsement |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
Beneficiary Designation |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
Policy Loans |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
Limitations on Corporations Rights in Policy |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Collection and Payment of Death Benefits |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
4.10 |
|
Limitation on Benefits |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
4.11 |
|
Liability of Insurer |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
4.12 |
|
Assignment of Interest |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
4.13 |
|
Termination of Participation |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
4.14 |
|
Disposition of Policy Upon Termination of Participation |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Release of Rights in Policy |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Companys Rights in Policy After Termination of Participation |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
4.15 |
|
Disposition to Participant |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
ADMINISTRATION |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
Authority |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
Rights and Powers |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
Application of Rules |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
Indemnification |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
|
CLAIMS |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Adjudication of Claims |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Claim |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Claim Decision |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Request for Review |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Review of Decision |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) Change in Decision Maker |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
|
MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
Amendments and Terminations |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Binding Effect |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Governing Law |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
7.4 |
|
Necessary Acts |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
No Contract; Other Benefits |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
No Trust Created |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
Notices |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
Plan Year |
|
|
12 |
|
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE OFFICER LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
1. NAME AND PURPOSE
1.1 Name.
The name of the Plan is the Executive Officer Life Insurance Plan. The Plan is effective as
of the Effective Date.
1.2 Purpose.
The Company has established this Plan to provide equitable, consistent and competitive life
insurance benefits to its Executive Officers.
1.3 Top Hat Plan.
The Plan is exempt from all reporting and disclosure requirements under ERISA because all
Participants are members of a select group of management or highly compensated Employees.
2. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION
2.1 General Definitions.
The following words and phrases, when used in the Plan, unless the context clearly otherwise
requires, shall have the following respective meanings:
|
(a) |
|
Account Value. |
|
|
|
|
As such term is defined in the Policy. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Affiliate. |
|
|
|
|
A wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Beneficiary. |
The person or persons designated as the recipient of a benefit in accordance with the terms of
the Plan.
|
(d) |
|
Board. |
|
|
|
|
The Board of Directors of the Company. |
1
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to the Code includes the
regulations promulgated under the Code.
The individual or group of individuals designated by the Company pursuant to Section 5.1 of
the Plan to perform the duties set forth herein and to manage the operation and administration of
the Plan.
Flowserve Corporation, together with any Affiliate of or successor to the Company.
A Participants base salary from the Company.
The Effective Date of the Plan is January 1, 2004.
Any person employed by the Company.
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to ERISA
includes the regulations promulgated under ERISA.
The insurance company that the Company may from time to time utilize to provide insurance
coverage for Beneficiaries under the Plan.
Notice 2001-10, as modified by Notice 2002-8, both issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
An Employee selected by the Company to participate in the Plan who has executed a
Participation Agreement.
2
|
(o) |
|
Participation Agreement. |
The agreement which evidences a Participants participation in the Plan and an agreement to be
bound by all of its terms.
|
(p) |
|
Participants Death Benefit. |
The Participants Death Benefit shall be equal to two times the Executive Officers
Compensation, except for the Chief Executive Officer of the Company who shall receive a Death
Benefit equal to $2,500,000.
The Flowserve Corporation Executive Officer Life Insurance Plan and all subsequent amendments
and supplements thereunder.
Each policy of life insurance on a Participants life acquired by the Company to provide the
life insurance benefits under the Plan.
2.2 Number and Gender.
The masculine and neuter, wherever used in the Plan, shall refer to either the masculine,
neuter or feminine; and, unless the context otherwise requires, the singular shall include the
plural and the plural the singular.
2.3 Underscored References.
The underscored references contained in the Plan are included only for convenience, and they
shall not be construed as a part of the Plan or in any respect affecting or modifying its
provisions.
2.4 Other Definitions.
In addition to Section 2.1, certain terms are defined in other portions of the Plan.
3. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
3.1 Selection of Participants.
Participants shall be selected by the Company. In making its decisions, the Company shall
consider past, present and expected future contributions of potential Participants to the success
of the Company.
3.2 Conditions to Participating.
Except as hereinafter provided, each Employee who is selected to be a Participant shall become
a Participant upon execution of a Participation Agreement. Each Participant must provide all
necessary medical information and evidence of insurability and execute such documents and perform
such acts required in connection with the application for, and issuance
3
of, life insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Policy cannot be obtained on an
individual, such individual cannot become a Participant in the Plan.
4. OPERATIVE LIFE INSURANCE PROVISIONS
4.1 Insurance Policy.
The Company will purchase a Policy on each Participant from the Insurer. The Company and each
Participant shall take all necessary action to cause the Policy to conform with the provisions of
the Plan. The Policy, including the dollar amount, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of
the Plan and any endorsements to the Policy filed with the Insurer.
4.2 Ownership.
The Company shall be the sole and absolute owner of the Policy, and it may exercise all
ownership rights granted to the owner by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be
provided in the Plan.
4.3 Direction of Policy Account.
The Company shall have the sole authority to direct the manner in which the Account Value,
established pursuant to the terms of the Policy, shall be allocated among various investment
options from time to time available under the Policy and to change such allocation from time to
time, as provided for in the Policy.
4.4 Payment of Premiums.
On or before the due date of each Policy premium, or within the applicable grace period, the
Company shall pay the full amount of the Policy premium to the Insurer, and shall, upon request,
promptly furnish the Participant with evidence of timely payment of such premium. The Company
shall furnish to the Participant an annual statement of the amount of income reportable by the
Participant for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance
protection provided the Participants Beneficiary under the Plan.
4.5 Designation of Policy Beneficiary/Endorsement.
Contemporaneously with the execution of a Participants Participation Agreement, the Company
shall execute a beneficiary designation for and/or an endorsement to the Policy insuring such
Participants life. No such beneficiary designation or endorsement shall be terminated, altered or
amended by the Company, except with the express written consent of the Participant. The Company
and the Participant shall take all action necessary to cause such beneficiary designation or
endorsement to conform to the provisions of the Plan. In the event that no named Beneficiary
survives the Participant, then his personal representative shall be his Beneficiary.
4.6 Beneficiary Designation.
The Participant may select a Beneficiary to receive the portion of Policy proceeds to which
the Participant is entitled under the Plan by signing and delivering the beneficiary form to the
Company. Upon receipt of such form, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Insurer the forms
necessary to designate the requested persons as the Beneficiary to receive the death
4
proceeds of the Policy to which they are entitled. The Company and the Participant shall take
all action necessary to cause the beneficiary designation to conform with the terms and conditions
of the Plan. The Company shall not terminate, alter or amend such beneficiary designation without
the express written consent of the Participant.
4.7 Policy Loans.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Policy, the Company may, at any time
and from time to time, pledge or assign the Policy insuring any Participants life for the purpose
of securing a loan from the Insurer or from a third party. The amount of such loan, including
accumulated interest, shall not exceed the cash surrender value of the Policy (as defined in the
Policy) as of the date to which premiums have been paid. The Company shall have the right to pay
or not pay interest charges on any such Policy loan, and, to the extent such interest is not paid,
it shall constitute an additional Policy loan. If the Company encumbers any Policy, other than by
a Policy loan from the Insurer, then, upon the death of the Participant, the Company shall promptly
take all action necessary to secure the release or discharge of such encumbrance.
4.8 Limitations on Corporations Rights in Policy.
Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall not sell, assign, transfer,
surrender or cancel the Policy, or change the settlement option selected by the Participant
pursuant to Section 4.6, without, in any such case, the express written consent of the Participant.
A Participants written consent may be provided to the Company electronically via e-mail or
facsimile.
4.9 Collection and Payment of Death Proceeds.
(a) Upon the death of a Participant, the Company and the Participants Beneficiary shall
promptly take all action necessary to obtain the Death Benefit provided under the Policy insuring
such Participants life.
(b) The Death Benefit shall be paid as follows:
(i) The Participants Beneficiary shall first be paid an amount equal to the
Participants Death Benefit in accordance with the terms and conditions as set forth in
the Policy and the Designation of Beneficiary as provided to the Company by the
Participant. The Participants Death Benefit shall be paid directly from the Insurer
to the Beneficiary designated by the Company at the direction of the Participant.
(ii) The Company shall then receive the balance, if any, of the Death Benefit
after the payments provided for in Section 4.9(b)(i).
(c) The Company and the Participant agree that the Designation of Beneficiary as provided to
the Company by the Participant shall conform to the provisions of this Plan.
4.10 Limitations on Benefits.
A Participants Death Benefits under the Plan are subject to the limitations described in
paragraph 2.1(p) of Section 2.1.
5
4.11 Liability of Insurer.
The Insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of
Death Benefits to the Beneficiary as designated by the Participant and to the Company (if
applicable), subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall the Insurer be
considered a party to the Plan. No provision of the Plan, shall in any way be construed as
enlarged, changing, varying or in any way affecting the obligations of the Insurer as expressly
provided in the Policy, except insofar as the provisions of the Plan are made a part of the Policy
by the beneficiary designation and/or endorsement executed by the Company and filed with the
Insurer. The Insurer may rely exclusively on a statement signed by the Company setting forth the
amounts due to the Company and each Beneficiary designated under the Policy.
4.12 Assignment of Interest.
Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant shall have
the right to absolutely and irrevocably assign by gift all of the Participants right, title and
interest in and to the life insurance death benefits provided under the Plan to an assignee. This
right shall be exercisable by the execution and delivery of a written assignment to the Company.
Upon receipt of such written assignment executed by the Participant and duly accepted by the
assignee, the Company shall consent in writing, and shall thereafter treat the Participants
assignee as the sole owner of all of the Participants right, title and interest in and to the
Death Benefits provided under the Plan. Thereafter, the Participant shall have no right, title or
interest in and to any Death Benefits under this Section 4, all such rights being vested in and
exercisable only by such assignee.
4.13 Termination of Participation.
(a) The participation of any Participant in the provisions of this Section 4 of the Plan will
be automatically terminated upon the earliest of the following occurrences:
(i) written notice from the Participant to the Company of a desire to terminate
such participation; or
(ii) termination of the Participants employment with the Company (other than due
to the Participants death); or
(iii) without notice from the Participant, upon the occurrence of the bankruptcy,
receivership, total cessation of business or dissolution of the Company.
4.14. Disposition of Policy Upon Termination of Participation.
(a) Release of Rights in Policy.
Upon termination of a Participants participation in the Plan for any reason listed in Section
4.13, the Participant or his assignee shall release to the Company all of his rights and interest
in and to the Policy insuring such Participants life; the Participant and his assignee agree to
and shall execute and deliver to the Company an appropriate instrument sufficient to release all
such rights and interests in such Policy.
6
(b) Companys Rights in Policy After Termination of Participation.
After a Participant or his assignee releases to the Company all his rights and interest in and
to the Policy insuring such Participants life, then the Company may surrender or cancel the Policy
for its cash surrender value, or it may change the beneficiary designation provisions of the
Policy, naming itself or any other person or entity as revocable beneficiary thereof, or exercise
any other ownership rights in and to such Policy, without regard to the provisions hereof.
Thereafter, neither the Participant, his assignee nor their heirs, assigns or Beneficiary shall
have any further interest in and to such Policy, under the terms thereof or under those of the
Plan.
4.15 Disposition to Participant.
(a) For 60 days after the date of the termination of the Participants participation in the
Plan for any reason listed in Section 4.13, the Participant shall have the assignable option to
purchase the Policy from the Company. The purchase price for the Policy shall be the greater of
the total amount of the premium payments paid by the Company hereunder or the case value of the
Policy, less, in either case, any indebtedness secured by the Policy which remains outstanding as
of such amount, the Company shall transfer all of its right, title and interest in and to the
Policy to the Participant, by the execution and delivery of an appropriate instrument of transfer.
(b) If the Participant fails to exercise such option within such 60-day period, then the
Company may enforce its right to receive the cash value or be repaid for the premiums which it paid
hereunder by surrendering or canceling the Policy for its cash surrender value, or it may change
the beneficiary designation provisions of the Policy, naming itself or any other person or entity
as revocable beneficiary thereof, or exercise any other ownership rights in and to the Policy,
without regard to the provisions hereof. Thereafter, the Participant shall have no further
interest in and to the Policy, either under the terms thereof or under this Plan.
5. ADMINISTRATION
5.1 Authority.
The Company shall designate a Committee to be the Plan Administrator and the named fiduciary
as defined Section 401(a)(1) of ERISA. The Committee shall have authority to control and manage
the operation and administration of the Plan.
5.2 Rights and Powers.
The Company shall have such rights and powers as may be necessary or appropriate for it to
discharge the Companys responsibilities under the Plan, including, without limitation, the
following:
(a) discretionary authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan;
(b) to adopt such rules of procedure and regulations as are consistent with the provisions of
the Plan and as it deems necessary and proper;
(c) discretionary authority to determine and resolve all questions relating to benefits and
other Plan rights of Participants;
7
(d) to maintain and keep adequate records concerning the Plan, its proceedings and acts in
such form and detail as the Committee may decide;
(e) to employ agents, attorneys, actuaries, accountants or other persons (who may also be
employed by or represent the Company) for such purposes as the Committee considers necessary or
desirable;
(f) to designate any officer or other Employee of the Company or other individual to carry out
any of the Committees duties, including all or any part of its authority to manage and control the
operation and administration of the Plan;
(g) to determine the content and form of the Participant Agreement, Designation of Beneficiary
and all other documents required to carry out the terms of the Plan; and
(h) to establish and carry out a funding policy and method consistent with the purposes of the
Plan and the requirements of applicable law as may be deemed necessary and appropriate from time to
time.
5.3 Application of Rules.
In operating and administering the Plan, the Committee shall apply all rules of procedure and
regulations adopted by the Committee in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner
5.4 Indemnification.
The Company shall indemnify each member of the Committee and each agent or delegee of the
Committee who is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
contemplated action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
relating to the Plan, from and against all expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or entity in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding unless it shall be judicially determined that such
Committee member, agent or delegee was guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct.
6. CLAIMS
6.1 Adjudication of Claims.
(a) Claim.
Any person or entity who believes that it is being denied a benefit to which it is entitled
(hereinafter referred to as Claimant), or its duly authorized representative, may file a written
request for such benefit with the Committee (the First Level Reviewer) setting forth its claim.
Such claim must be addressed to the First Level Reviewer at the Companys principal place of
business.
(b) Claim Decision.
8
Upon receipt of a claim, the First Level Reviewer shall advise the Claimant that a reply will
be forthcoming within a reasonable period of time, but in no event later than 90 days, and shall
deliver such reply within such time period. However, the First Level Reviewer may extend the reply
period for an additional 90 days for reasonable cause. If the reply period will be extended, the
First Level Reviewer shall advise the Claimant in writing during the initial 90-day period
indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the First Level
Reviewer expects to render the benefit determination.
If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the First Level Reviewer will render a written
opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant setting forth:
(i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;
(ii) the specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is
based;
(iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the
Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation as to why such material or such
information is necessary;
(iv) appropriate information as to the steps to be taken If the Claimant wishes to
submit the claim for review, including a statement of the Claimants right to bring a
civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination
on review; and
(v) the time limits for requesting a review of the denial under subsection (d)
hereof and for the actual review of the denial under subsection.
(c) Request for Review.
Within 60 days after the receipt by the Claimant of the written opinion described above, the
Claimant may request the Secretary of the Company (the Second Level Reviewer) to conduct a review
of the First Level Reviewers prior determination. Such request must be addressed to the Secretary
of the Company, at its then principal place of business. The Claimant or his or its duly
authorized representative may submit written comments, documents, records or other information
relating to the denied claim, which such information shall be considered in the review under this
subsection without regard to whether or not such information was submitted or considered in the
initial benefit determination.
The Claimant or his or its duly authorized representative shall be provided, upon request and
free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information
which:
(1) was relied upon by the First Level Reviewer in making its initial claims
decision,
(2) was submitted, considered or generated in the course of the First Level
Reviewer making its initial claims decision, without regard to whether such
instrument was actually relied upon by the First Level Reviewer in making its
decision or
9
(3) demonstrates compliance by the First Level Reviewer with its
administrative processes and safeguards designed to ensure and to verify that
benefit claims determinations are made in accordance with governing Plan
documents and that, where appropriate, the Plan provisions have been applied
consistently with respect to similarly situated claimants. If the Claimant does
not request a review of the First Level Reviewers determination within such
60-day period, he shall be barred and estopped from challenging such
determination.
(d) Review of Decision.
Within a reasonable period of time, but in no event later than 60 days, after the Second Level
Reviewers receipt of a request for review, it will review the First Level Reviewers prior
determination. If special circumstances require that the 60-day time period be extended, the
Second Level Reviewer will so notify the Claimant within the initial 60-day period indicating the
special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Second Level Reviewer
expects to render its decision on review, which shall be as soon as possible but not later than
120 days after receipt of the request for review. In the event that the Second Level Reviewer
extends the determination period on review due to a Claimants failure to submit information
necessary to decide a claim, the period for making the benefit determination on review shall not
take into account the period beginning on the date on which notification of extension is sent to
the Claimant and ending on the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional
information.
The Second Level Reviewer shall have discretionary authority to determine a Claimants
eligibility for benefits and to interpret the terms of this Agreement. The decision of the Second
Level Reviewer shall be final and non-reviewable, unless found to be arbitrary and capricious by a
court of competent review. Such decision will be binding upon the Company and the Claimant.
If the Second Level Reviewer makes an adverse benefit determination on review, the Second
Level Reviewer will render a written opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the
Claimant, setting forth:
(i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial,
(ii) the specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is
based;
(iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge,
reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information which
(1) was relied upon by the Second Level Reviewer in making its decision,
(2) was submitted, considered or generated in the course of the Second Level
Reviewer making its decision, without regard to whether such instrument was
actually relied upon by the Second Level Reviewer in making its decision or
10
(3) demonstrates compliance by the Second Level Reviewer with its
administrative processes and safeguards designed to ensure and to verify that
benefit claims determinations are made in accordance with governing Plan
documents and, that, where appropriate, the Plan provisions have been applied
consistently with respect to similarly situated claimants; and
(iv) statement of the Claimants right to bring a civil action under
Section 502(a) of ERISA following the adverse benefit determination on such review.
(e) Change in Decision Maker.
In no event may a Participant participate in a decision concerning himself. If the
Participant would otherwise participate in or be the sole decision maker, he shall not participate
in as a member of the Committee and, if under the Plan, he is the sole decision maker, the Company
shall appoint another person to make the decision concerning such Participant.
7. MISCELLANEOUS
7.1 Amendments and Terminations.
The Company shall have the right to make amendments to the Plan or to terminate the Plan at
any time. No amendment or termination shall deprive any Participant of any benefit that has been
granted under the Plan or adversely affect any such benefit.
7.2 Binding Effect.
This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and
assigns, the Participant, his successors, assigns or Beneficiary.
7.3. Governing Law.
This Plan shall be construed, governed and administered in accordance with the laws of the
State of Texas to the extent not preempted by Federal law.
7.4 Necessary Acts.
All persons claiming any interest under the Plan shall perform any and all acts and execute
any and all documents and papers which are necessary or desirable for carrying out any provisions
of the Plan.
7.5 No Contract; Other Benefits.
Participation in the Plan shall not constitute a guarantee or contract of employment between a
Participant and the Company. Nothing contained in the Plan shall restrict the right of the Company
to discharge a Participant or the right of a Participant to resign from the Companys employ. The
Plan is neither intended to be an employment contract, nor shall it be construed as an employment
contract. Participation in the Plan shall not prevent the Participant from receiving, in addition
to any benefits he may be entitled to under the Plan, any other benefits which may be payable to or
with respect to the Participant at any time under any other supplemental compensation, bonus,
severance pay, pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance, health or disability plan, or
any other incentive plan or plans of the Company now in effect or which the
11
Company may hereafter adopt. However, nothing contained in the Plan shall obligate the Company to
adopt any such plan or plans.
7.6 No Trust Created.
The Plan and any action taken pursuant to the Plan shall not be construed as creating any kind
of trust or other fiduciary relationship between the Company, the Participant, his successors,
assign, Beneficiary or any other person or entity.
7.7. Notices.
Any notice, consent or demand required under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing,
and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent or demand is
mailed, it shall be delivered by United States first class mail, potage prepaid, addressed to, the
recipients last known address as shown on the Companys records. The date of such mailing shall
be deemed the date of notice, consent or demand.
7.8 Plan Year.
The fiscal year on which records of the Plan shall be kept begins on January first of each
year.
12
exv10w68
EXHIBIT
10.68
Effective
Date: January 1, 1992
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN FOR KEY EMPLOYEES AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE
JANUARY 1, 1992
I. |
|
PURPOSE |
|
|
|
The purpose of The Duriron Company, Inc.s Incentive Compensation Plan for Key Employees
(hereinafter referred to as the Plan) is to provide an incentive and reward in the form of
additional compensation to those Key Employees whose outstanding performance has
significantly contributed to the management, growth and profitability of the business, the
Company and its Subsidiaries. |
|
|
II. |
|
DEFINITIONS |
|
A. |
|
Board The Companys Board of Directors. |
|
|
B. |
|
Committee The Compensation
Committee of the Board. |
|
|
C. |
|
Company The Duriron Company, Inc., a New York corporation. |
|
|
D. |
|
Hurdle Rate The financial performance
standards set in accordance with Section IV. |
|
|
E. |
|
Incentive Award A compensation award
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section VII. |
|
|
F. |
|
Key Employee A full-time salaried employee of the Company or a
Subsidiary who serves in executive, administrative, professional or technical
capacities with the Company or a Subsidiary and, in the opinion of the
Committee, is in a position to make a significant contribution to the
successful operation of the Company or a Subsidiary. |
|
|
G. |
|
Participant A Key Employee who is selected by the Committee to
participate in the Plan. |
|
|
H. |
|
Plan Year The fiscal year ended December 31. |
|
I. |
|
Return on Average Shareholder Equity The percentage return
reported in the Companys applicable annual report to shareholders. |
|
|
J. |
|
Subsidiary Any company of which more than 50 percent of the voting
stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. |
|
|
K. |
|
Target Incentive Award A conditional compensation ward determined in
accordance with the provisions of Section VI. |
III. |
|
ADMINISTRATION |
|
|
|
The Plan will be administered by the Committee. No member of the Committee will be
eligible to receive a Target Incentive Award while he is a member of the Committee or with
respect to any Plan Year during which he was a member of the Committee. |
|
|
IV. |
|
LIMITATIONS ON INCENTIVE AWARDS |
|
|
|
Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the Committee will establish a Hurdle Rate based
on a Return on Average Shareholders Equity. For any Plan Year in which the Return on
Average Shareholders Equity falls below the previously established Hurdle Rate, no
incentive awards will be paid regardless of the performance of any Division, Subsidiary or
Corporate unit or Participant. An additional Hurdle Rate will be proposed by the Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) and/or the President and approved by the Committee for each
Division, Subsidiary and the Corporate unit. No Incentive Awards will be paid to any
Participant unless the Division, Subsidiary or Corporate unit in which he is employed has
met or exceeded its Hurdle Rate. |
|
|
V. |
|
ELIGIBILITY |
|
|
|
Prior to March 1 of each Plan Year, the CEO and/or the President will propose, and the
Committee will determine, those current Key Employees who will be eligible to participate in
the Plan for that Plan Year. The CEO and/or the President can add participants to the Plan
later during the Plan Year, provided that any individual with a job evaluation of 1292 Hay
Points or higher (as determined under the Companys job evaluation system) shall only be
added with the approval of the Committee. The addition to this Incentive Plan will cause
participation of the newly added participant in other plans to cease, and each plan will be
appropriately prorated in that year in a manner satisfactory to the CEO and/or the President
in their/his discretion. A participant may be paid an Incentive Award with respect to a
particular Plan Year only if either (i) he is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on
the last day of such Plan Year or |
|
|
(ii), subject to the approval of the Committee, he was an employee of the Company or a
Subsidiary on the first day of such Plan Year and termination of his/her employment has
taken place (a) as a result of his/her permanent disability or death, (b) as a result of
his/her retirement under a retirement plan of the Company or a Subsidiary, or (c) as a
result of military or other service with the United states Government. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, authorize payment of an Incentive
Award to an individual who is not an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on the last day
of the Plan Year to which such award relates. No Participant will be eligible to receive an
Incentive Award with respect to a particular Plan Year if he was eligible to receive an
award under any other cash incentive compensation plan of the Company or a Subsidiary other
than the Companys Long-Term Incentive Plan or any other Plan so designated by the
Committee, except as provided above with regard to the addition of a Participant to the Plan
during the Plan Year. For purposes of the foregoing, the Companys CEO Discretionary Bonus
Plan and Equity Incentive Plan are not to be considered an incentive compensation plan. If a
Participant dies, becomes permanently disabled, retires, or enters military service prior to
the payment of an Incentive Award with respect to a particular Plan Year, the amount of the
payment of such Incentive Award (whether none, in part, or in full) shall be at the absolute
discretion of the Committee. In the case of the death of a Participant, payment of an
Incentive Award (if and to the extent authorized by the Committee) shall be made to the
Participants beneficiary. Should a beneficiary die after the Participant but before the
benefit has been disbursed, the benefit will be paid to the beneficiarys estate. |
|
|
VI. |
|
TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS |
|
|
|
A Target Incentive Award means for each Participant the amount determined by multiplying
the midpoint of the Participants salary range at the beginning of the Plan Year (or in the
event a Participants salary range is changed during the Plan Year, the salary range which
was in effect during the majority of the Plan Year) by a target percentage of midpoint salary
approved by the Committee prior to the beginning of the Plan Year. In any Plan Year in which
actual performance exceeds the target performance objectives established in accordance with
Section VII B., a Participants Incentive Award may be an amount up to 150% of his/her Target
Incentive Award. Conversely, in any Plan Year in which actual performance falls below these
target performance objectives, a Participant may receive a reduced Incentive Award, if the
actual performance is at least 80% of target performance. Actual performance results which
range between 80% and 125% or greater of target performance will receive the percentage of
target percentage shown on Appendix A-l Appendix A-2 sets forth the guideline target
percentages for selected Hay Point levels, which will be subject to modification by the CEO
and/or the President with the approval of the Committee for the applicable Plan Year. |
VII. |
|
DETERMINATION OF INCENTIVE AWARDS |
|
A. |
|
Allocation of Target Incentive Awards. Each Division President or
Corporate Unit Manager, with the guidance and direction of the applicable
Corporate Officer and approval of the CEO and/or the President, will,
based on the nature and content of each Participants position, determine,
before March 1 of the Plan Year, the portion of a Participants Target
Incentive Award which may be earned in each of the following categories:
quantitative objectives, qualitative objectives and individual performance
objectives. The Committee will make such determination with respect to
the CEO and/or the President if they/he is/are a Participant. Appendix B
illustrates an example of the manner in which Target Incentive Awards are
to be allocated among objectives for each Plan Year, provided that the
CEO and/or the President, with the approval of the Committee, may
change such allocations from Plan Year to Plan Year. |
|
|
B. |
|
Establishment of Target Performance
Objectives. Prior to the beginning
of
each Plan year, the CEO and/or the President will propose, and the
Committee will determine, Divisional, Subsidiary and Corporate target
performance objectives, with applicable weightings, based upon goals
deemed appropriate for each Division, Subsidiary or Corporate unit
Appendix C illustrates examples of target performance objectives which will
be established for each Participant by the CEO and/or the President or by
persons designated by the CEO and/or the President. |
|
|
C. |
|
Determination of Actual Performance. At the end of each Plan Year, the
CEO and/or the President or their/his/her designates, will determine on a
percentage basis (i) the extent to which each Division, Subsidiary and
Corporate unit achieved its objective, and (ii) the extent to which each
Participant achieved his/her individual objectives. No Incentive Award will
be paid to any Participant who has not received at least a meets all
expectations or equivalent rating for his/her individual performance review
during the Plan Year, provided that the CEO and/or President may
establish a higher minimum rating for any Plan Year in his and/or their
discretion. The Committee will make such determination with respect to
the CEO if he is a Participant. |
|
|
D. |
|
Computation of Incentive Awards. A Participantss Incentive Award for
any Plan Year will be the sum of the portions of the Target Incentive
Award which is earned, as set forth in Section VII C., above. If proposed
by the CEO and/or the President and approved by the Committee, the
quantitative objective may be adjusted up or down when, in the CEOs
and/or the Presidents judgment, any unusual and/or unforeseen events
occurred which affected the units results. |
|
|
|
In calculating an Incentive Award, the amount earned is arrived at by multiplying
the portion of the Target Incentive Award allocated to each objective by the
percentage of achievement as outlined in Section VIIC., above. Appendix D illustrates
an example of the calculation. |
VIII. |
|
FORM OF PAYMENT AWARDS |
|
|
Incentive Awards under the Plan may be paid in cash, deferred cash, or a combination
thereof. Unless a Participant elects deferred cash, in accordance with Section VIII B.,
below, his/her Incentive Award will be paid in cash. However, Incentive Awards of less than
$5,000 will be paid only in cash, |
|
A. |
|
Cash Awards. Cash awards will be paid in full as soon as practicable
after
the date of the award. |
|
|
B. |
|
Election to Defer. Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, each
Participant may elect to defer distribution of an Incentive Award or a
portion thereof. Such election may not be changed after the
commencement of the Plan Year with respect to which the Incentive
Award in earned. Appendix E is a copy of the Election to Defer, provided
that the CEO and/or President may accept, in his and/or their discretion,
any other written document of the Participant which states in his and/or
their opinion, the same intended election. |
|
|
C. |
|
Participants Accounts. The Company will establish and maintain a
separate account for each Participant who has elected to defer his/her
Incentive Award, in which the amount of the Participants deferred cash
award will be recorded. The Company will credit to each such account, as
of the first day of each calendar quarter, that percentage of the amount
then credited to such account, including all previous credits to such account
by operation of this Section, which is equal to the average composite bond
yield for Single A bonds, rounded to the nearest 1/10 of 1%, as published
for the month last preceding the beginning of such calendar quarter in the
Standard & Poors Indexes of the Securities Markets. |
|
Any amount credited to the account of a Participant as a deferred cash award or interest paid
on such award will represent only an unsecured promise of the Company to pay the amount so
credited in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Neither a Participant nor any beneficiary
of a Participant will acquire any right, title, or interests in any asset of the Company as a
result of any amount credited to a Participants account. At all times, a Participants
rights with respect to the amount credited to his/her account will be only those of an
unsecured creditor of the Company. The Company will not be obligated or required in any
manner to restrict the use of any of its assets as a result of any amount credited to a
Participants account. |
IX. |
|
DISTRIBUTION OF DEFERRED CASH AWARDS |
|
|
|
Deferred cash awards will be distributed only in accordance with the following
sections: |
|
A. |
|
Termination of Employment. In the event a Participant ceases to be
employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death
or retirement, any deferred cash award (earned in respect of any Plan Year
prior to the Plan Year in which such termination occurs) and any interest
on such award credited to his/her account will be distributed in a lump sum
payment within 60 days of his/her termination of employment. |
|
|
B. |
|
Retirement. In the event a Participant retires under a retirement plan
of the Company or a Subsidiary, any deferred cash award and the interest on
such award previously or currently credited to his/her account, will be
distributed commencing within 60 calendar days of his/her retirement in
accordance with the method of distribution elected by the Participant. If
the election is a lump sum, interest will be credited to the account pursuant
to Section VIII C. through the date of distribution, and the entire amount
will be paid to the participant within 60 days of his/her retirement. If
installments have been elected, interest will be calculated through the date
of retirement pursuant to Section VIII C. and added to the account. The
resulting account total shall be divided by the number of installments
elected, and the first payment will be made within 60 days of retirement.
The second and all subsequent installment payments shall be made
between January 1 and 15 of each year. Interest will continue to accrue to
the account pursuant to Section VIII C. on the balance remaining in the
Participants account until all installments have been paid, and interest will
be paid annually with each installment payment. |
|
|
C. |
|
Death. If any portion of a Participants account remains unpaid
at his/her death, then after his/her death such amount will be paid (i) to his/her
beneficiary(ies) in accordance with the method of distribution elected by the
Participant, or (ii), if the Participant has not designated a beneficiary or if the
beneficiary predeceases the Participant, to the Participants estate. Should a
beneficiary die after the Participant but before the entire benefit has been disbursed,
the balance of the benefit will be paid to the beneficiarys estate in a lump sum. |
|
|
D. |
|
Emergency Distribution. In the event an emergency situation occurs
(as defined below) while a Participant is in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary,
the Participant may request the Committee to make an immediate distribution to
him from his/her account. Any such distribution will be solely within the
discretion of the Committee and will be limited in amount to that necessary to meet the
emergency. |
|
|
|
An emergency situation means a bona fide financial emergency that is caused by
an event beyond the control of the Participant (e.g., a serious family illness or
disaster) and would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant if early
distribution were not permitted. |
X. |
|
DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY |
|
|
|
Each Participant, at the time of filing an election to defer a cash award, will
designate one or more beneficiaries to whom the Company will make any distribution to be
made after the Participants death. This designation will be made in writing on a form filed
with the Companys Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer or other officer
designated by the CEO and/or the President. Appendix F is a copy of the Beneficiary
Designation to be used for designations under Section V. Designations under Section IX will
be made on the Election to defer. If a Participant does not designate a beneficiary, or if
no beneficiary is living at the time of distribution, then, except as provided in Section IX
C above, the distribution shall be made to a Participants estate. A Participant may change
his/her designated beneficiary(ies) at any time. |
|
XI. |
|
AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION OF PLAN |
|
|
|
The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate this Plan for any Plan Year
prior to the commencement of the Plan year; provided, however, that no such amendment,
suspension, or termination will affect the rights of Participants or beneficiaries to
receive distributions of deferred cash awards previously made or the methods of distributing
deferred cash awards which have been elected. |
|
XII. |
|
GENERAL |
|
A. |
|
All expenses of administering the Plan, including reasonable compensation
to the members of the Committee, will be borne by the Company. |
|
|
B. |
|
No rights under the Plan, contingent or otherwise, will be transferable,
assignable or subject to any encumbrance, pledge or charge of any nature. |
|
|
C. |
|
Neither the adoption of the Plan nor its operation will in any way affect the
right and power of the Company or a Subsidiary to dismiss or discharge any
employee at any time, nor shall any Participant who is dismissed or
discharged by the Company have any rights or benefits hereunder, except
as determined by the CEO and/or the President in his and/or their
discretion. |
|
D. |
|
The Board, the Committee and the CEO and/or the President may rely upon any
information supplied to them by any officer of the Company or by the Companys
independent public accountants and may rely upon the advice of such accountants or
of counsel in connection with the administration of this Plan and will be fully
protected in relying upon such information or advice. |
XIII. |
|
CLAIMS PROCEDURE |
|
|
|
In the event a participant has been granted an Incentive Award and such Incentive
Award is not paid for any reason, the Participant may file with the Committee a written
claim for any payment to which he considers himself entitled. The Committee will review the
claim fully and respond in writing as soon as possible following receipt of the
Participants written claim. Appeals of denial of claims shall also be handled by the
Committee in a timely manner. |
APPENDIX
A-1
Incentive Award Percentages Earned
for Various Levels of Divisional,
Subsidiary and Corporate Unit Performance
|
|
|
|
|
Actual Performance as a |
|
Percent of Target |
Percent of Target |
|
Incentive Award |
0 79.9% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
80.0 84.9% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
85.0 89.9% |
|
|
65 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
90.0 94.9% |
|
|
80 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
95.0 99.9% |
|
|
90 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
100.0 104.9% (Target) |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
105.0 109.9% |
|
|
110 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
110.0 114.9% |
|
|
120 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
115.0 119.9% |
|
|
130 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
120.0 124.9% |
|
|
140 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
125.0 & Above % (Maximum) |
|
|
150 |
% |
APPENDIX A-2
Target Incentive Awards and
Maximum Incentive Awards
As Related to Base Salary Ranges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target |
|
Maximum |
Base Salary Ranges |
|
Incentive |
|
Incentive |
Level |
|
Hay Points |
|
Awards |
|
Awards |
A |
|
2540 & Above |
|
|
55 |
% |
|
|
82.5 |
% |
|
B |
|
|
1990 to 2539 |
|
|
|
45 |
% |
|
|
67.5 |
% |
|
C |
|
|
1628 to 1989 |
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
D |
|
|
1292 to 1627 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
52.5 |
% |
|
E |
|
|
1028 to 1291 |
|
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
45 |
% |
|
F |
|
|
905 to 1027 |
|
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
37.5 |
% |
|
G |
|
|
789 to 904 |
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
H |
|
|
657 to 788 |
|
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
15 |
% |
Appendix B
Example of Yearly Allocation
for Target Incentive
Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight
Allocation Range |
|
|
Minimum |
|
Maximum |
Divisional and Subsidiary Units |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Division or Subsidiary Quantitative
Measure |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Division or Subsidiary Qualitative
Objectives |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual Performance |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CORPORATE
UNITS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Quantitative Measurement |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Qualitative Objectives |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual Performance |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
Appendix C
Examples of Yearly Target
Performance Objectives
Quantitative Objectives
Division Return on Net Assets (RONA)
Consolidated Return on Net Assets (RONA)
Earnings Growth (Percent)
Incoming Sales
New Product Introductions (Number of)
On-time Customer Delivery Statistics
Return on Shareholders Equity
Debt-to-Equity Ratio
Cash Flow per Share
Qualitative Objectives
Effectiveness of Product Introduction
Employee Morale
Staff Development and Training
Safety Awareness
Compliance with Environmental and other Regulatory Concerns
Community Relations
Appendix D
Calculation of Incentive Award
(An Example)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary Range Midpoint |
|
|
x |
|
|
|
Target Percentage |
|
|
|
= |
|
|
Target Incentive
Award |
|
|
$90,000 |
|
|
x |
|
|
|
.40 |
|
|
|
= |
|
|
$36,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Objective |
|
Incentive |
|
Actual |
|
Percent |
|
Incentive |
Objectives |
|
Weight |
|
Award |
|
Performance |
|
Achieved |
|
Award |
Quantitative
Measurements |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
$ |
18,000 |
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
120 |
% |
|
$ |
21,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Qualitative
Objectives |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
$ |
10,800 |
|
|
at Goal |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
10,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual
Objectives |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
$ |
7,200 |
|
|
at Goal |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
7,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTALS |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
36,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
39,600 |
|
Percent
of Target Incentive Award 110%
Appendix E
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
Incentive Plan for Key Employees
Participants Election to Defer
In accordance with the provisions of the Incentive Plan for Key Employees (the Plan) of The
Duriron Company, Inc. (the Company), I elect:
1. |
|
To defer ___% of my Incentive Award for the fiscal year ended December 31,
(with the understanding that, once made, an election to defer cannot be changed for that
fiscal year. It is further understood that this election is not valid should the amount to
be deferred be less than $5,000.) |
|
2. |
|
To receive payment of the amount credited to my deferred cash award account in the
following manner (I have initialed the method I have elected): |
|
|
|
|
|
___
|
|
a.
|
|
In one lump sum payment upon retirement, or termination. |
|
|
|
|
|
___
|
|
b.
|
|
In ten equal annual installments commencing within 60
calendar days of my retirement. |
3. |
|
To have any payments required by paragraph 2 above which have not been made to me
prior to my death, paid after my death to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature of Participant |
The undersigned, Senior Vice President of the Company, acknowledges receipt of the above election
on .
Appendix F
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
Incentive Compensation Plan for Key Employees
Participants Beneficiary Designation
In accordance with the provisions of the Incentive Compensation Plan for Key Employees (the Plan)
of The Duriron Company, Inc. (the Company), I elect to have any payments which have not been made
to me prior to my death, paid after my death to:
The undersigned, Senior Vice President of the Company,
acknowledges receipt of the above election on __________.
exv10w70
EXHIBIT
10.70
Annual Incentive Plan
Flowserve Corporation
Effective January 1, 2001
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article 1. |
|
Establishment and Purpose |
|
|
1 |
|
|
Article 2. |
|
Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
Article 3. |
|
Administration |
|
|
6 |
|
|
Article 4. |
|
Eligibility and Participation |
|
|
7 |
|
|
Article 5. |
|
Award Determination |
|
|
8 |
|
|
Article 6. |
|
Payment of Final Awards |
|
|
10 |
|
|
Article 7. |
|
Termination of Employment |
|
|
10 |
|
|
Article 8. |
|
Rights of Participants |
|
|
10 |
|
|
Article 9. |
|
Change In Control |
|
|
11 |
|
|
Article 10. |
|
Amendments |
|
|
11 |
|
|
Article 11. |
|
Miscellaneous |
|
|
11 |
|
Flowserve Corporation
Annual Incentive Plan
Article 1. Establishment and Purpose
1.1 Establishment of the Plan. Flowserve Corporation, a New York
corporation (the Company as defined in Article 2 below), hereby establishes an annual
incentive compensation plan to be known as the Flowserve Corporation Annual
Incentive Plan (the Plan), pursuant to the terms and conditions as set forth herein. The
Plan permits the Company to award annual bonuses to Employees of the Company
based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals.
Upon approval by the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board), the Plan shall be
effective until December 31, 2010, or until earlier terminated by the Board.
1.2 Purpose. The primary purposes of the Plan are to: (a) motivate Participants
(as defined in Article 2 below) towards achieving annual goals that are within corporate,
divisional, group and/or local facility control, and are considered key to the Companys
success; (b) encourage teamwork among Participants in various segments of the
Company; and (c) reward performance with pay that varies in relation to the extent to
which the pre-established goals are achieved.
Article 2. Definitions
Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth
below:
(a) Affiliate or Subsidiary means any corporation which is a member of a
controlled group of corporations (determined in accordance with Section 414(b)
of the Code) of which the Company is a member and any other trade or business
(whether or not incorporated) which is controlled by, or under common control
(determined in accordance with Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company.
(b) Award Opportunity means the various levels of incentive award payouts
that a Participant may earn under the Plan, as established by the Committee
pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 herein.
(c) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(d) Cause, or the local equivalent, means: (i) the willful and continued failure
by a Participant to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than
any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after
a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by
the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes
that he has not substantially performed his duties, or (ii) the willful engaging by
the Participant in conduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company,
- 1 -
monetarily or otherwise; provided, however, that if the Participant has entered into an
employment agreement that is binding as of the date of the event or action otherwise determined to
be Cause, and if such employment agreement defines Cause, such definition of Cause shall
apply. No act, or failure to act, shall be considered willful if, in the Participants sole
judgment, the action or omission was done, or omitted to be done, in good faith and with a
reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall not be deemed to have terminated for Cause
unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire authorized membership of the
Board, or, if after a Change In Control, the Incumbent Board, at a meeting of the Board or
Incumbent Board, as appropriate, called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the
Participant and an opportunity for the Participant, together with counsel, to be heard before the
Board or Incumbent Board, as appropriate), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board or
Incumbent Board the Participant was guilty of conduct set forth above in clause (i) or (ii) of this
Article 2 Section (d). The Participant may also be heard by a representative appointed by the Board
or the Incumbent Board.
(e) Change in Control, means any change in control of a nature that would be required to be
reported, in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
Exchange Act (excluding any transaction described in Section (e) (i)-(v) below that is
specifically determined to not constitute a change in control), provided that, without limitation,
such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(i) Any Person (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act),
other than the Company or its Affiliates, becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning
of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 20% or more
of either: (A) the then outstanding common shares of the Company (the Outstanding Shares)
or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Voting Securities);
provided, however, that such beneficial ownership shall not constitute a Change In Control
if it occurs as a result of any of the following acquisitions of securities: (1) any
acquisition directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by a Subsidiary, (3) any
acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
Company or any Subsidiary or (4) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a
reorganization, merger or consolidation, if, following such reorganization, merger or
consolidation, the conditions described in clauses (A) or (B) of Article 2 Section (e)(iii)
below are satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change In Control shall not be deemed
to occur solely because any Person (the Subject Person) became the beneficial owner of
20% or more of the Outstanding Shares or Voting
- 2 -
Securities as a result of the acquisition of Outstanding Shares or Voting Securities by the
Company, including any affiliates defined in clauses (B)(2) or (B)(3) above of this Section (e)(i),
which, by reducing the number of Outstanding Shares or Voting Securities, increases the
proportional number of shares beneficially owned by the Subject Person; provided, that if a Change
In Control would be deemed to have occurred (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of
the acquisition of Outstanding Shares or Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share
acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the beneficial owner of any additional
Outstanding Shares or Voting Securities which increases the percentage of the Outstanding Shares or
Voting Securities beneficially owned by the Subject Person, then a Change In Control shall then be
deemed to have occurred; or
(ii) Individuals who constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason except for
the death, Disability, or ineligibility of the director to seek re-election to the Board as a
result of term or age limitations, to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Board within any
consecutive twenty-four (24) month period; provided, however,, that any individual becoming a
director subsequent to the date of the beginning of such twenty-four (24) month period whose
election, or nomination for election by the Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote of at
least two-thirds (2/3) of the elected directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be
considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this
purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an
actual or threatened election contest or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board, including by reason of agreement
intended to avoid or settle any such actual or threatened contest or solicitation; or
(iii) The Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, in each case, unless,
following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (A) more than 50% of, respectively, the
then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such reorganization,
merger or consolidation (or any parent thereof) and the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the
individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Shares
and Voting Securities immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such reorganization,
merger or consolidation of such Outstanding Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be, or
(B) (1) officers of the Company as of the effective date of such reorganization, merger or
consolidation constitute at least three-quarters (3/4) of the
- 3 -
officers of the ultimate parent corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or
consolidation, (2) elected members of the Board of Directors of the Company as of the effective
date of such reorganization, merger or consolidation constitute at least three-quarters (3/4) of
the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation resulting from such reorganization,
merger or consolidation and (3) the positions of Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief
Executive Officer, and the President of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger
or consolidation are held by individuals with the same positions at the Company as of the effective
date of such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or
(iv) The consummation of the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company, unless such assets have been sold, leased, exchanged or disposed
of to a corporation with respect to which following such sale, lease, exchange or other
disposition (A) more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of
such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such
corporation (or any parent thereof) entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is
then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals
and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Shares and Voting
Securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, exchange or other disposition in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such sale, lease,
exchange or other disposition of such Outstanding Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may
be, (B) no Person (excluding the Company and any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the
Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any Person, beneficially owning, immediately prior to
such sale, lease, exchange or other disposition, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the
Outstanding Shares or Voting Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or
indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such
corporation (or any parent thereof) and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities of such corporation (or any parent thereof) entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors and (C) at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the board of directors of such
corporation (or any parent thereof) were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the
execution of the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale, lease, exchange
or other disposition of assets of the Company.
(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article 2 Section (e) clauses (i) (iv) above
and without limitation, the Incumbent Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a Change
In Control has occurred under circumstances other than those contemplated by this Article 2
- 4 -
Section (e). In such circumstances, a Change In Control will be deemed to have occurred
through a vote by two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Board to approve a motion declaring such a
Change In Control has occurred.
(f) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time.
(g) Committee means the Compensation Committee established and
appointed by the Board.
(h) Company means Flowserve Corporation, a New York corporation, and its successors and
assigns.
(i) Disability means a long-term disability as defined in and meeting the terms and
conditions of the Flowserve Corporation Long Term Disability Plan, as amended or, as set forth in
any successor plans, as applicable to the Participant.
(j) Discretionary means the Committees sole and exclusive right to determine who
participates in the Plan on an annual basis, and such participation shall only be evidenced by
invitation issued by the Committee.
(k) Effective Date means the date the Plan becomes effective, as set forth in Article 1
Section 1.1.
(1) Eligible Earnings for exempt employees includes the following elements, where
applicable: regular earnings; sick pay; holiday pay; paid leave; short-term disability pay; jury
duty pay; pay for vacation time taken; and retroactive pay. All other earnings shall be excluded,
including, where applicable, Annual Incentive Plan awards for prior years, Long-Term Incentive
Plan awards, commissions, discretionary and non-discretionary bonuses, accrued vacation pay,
long-term disability pay, severance pay, expense reimbursements, car allowances, tax/financial
planning reimbursements, club dues, and foreign service allowances. Eligible Earnings for
non-exempt employees include regular earnings, overtime pay, sick pay, holiday pay, shift
differential, lead pay, field premiums, paid leave, short-term disability pay, jury duty pay,
non-discretionary bonuses, pay for vacation time taken, and retroactive pay. All other earnings
shall be excluded, including Annual Incentive Plan awards for prior years, commissions,
discretionary bonuses, accrued vacation pay, long-term disability pay, severance pay, and expense
reimbursements.
(m) Employee means any person paid through the payroll department of the Company or its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates (as opposed to the accounts payable department of the Company);
provided, however, that the term
- 5 -
Employee shall not include any person who has entered into an independent
contractor agreement, consulting agreement, franchise agreement or any similar
agreement with the Company, nor the employees of any such person, regardless of whether
that person (including his or her employees) is later found to be an employee of the
Company by any court of law or regulatory authority.
(n) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time
to time, or any successor act thereto.
(o) Final Award means the actual award earned during a Performance Period by a
Participant, as determined by the Committee following the end of the Performance
Period.
(p) Participant means an Employee chosen by the Committee to participate in the
Plan as provided for in Article 4 herein.
(q) Performance Period means the twelve (12) month period beginning January
1st and ending December 31st over which performance is measured
for purposes of determining Final Awards.
(r) Plan means the Flowserve Corporation Annual Incentive Plan, as set forth
herein.
(s) Retirement shall mean the termination of a Participants employment for any
reason other than for Cause on or after the earlier of (i) the Participants Early
Retirement Date (as such term is defined in the Companys tax-qualified retirement
plan; or (ii) the Participant attaining sixty-five (65) years of age.
(t) Target Incentive Award means the award to be paid to Participants when the
Company meets targeted performance results, as established by the Committee. This award
is based on the Employees Eligible Earnings and his or her level of responsibility.
Article 3. Administration
3.1 The Committee. The Plan shall initially be administered by the
Compensation Committee of the Board.
3.2 Authority of the Committee. Except as limited by law or by the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the
Committee shall have full power to select Employees who shall participate in the Plan; determine
the size and types of Award Opportunities and Final Awards; determine the terms and conditions of
Award Opportunities in a manner consistent with the Plan; construe and interpret the Plan and any
agreement or instrument entered into
- 6 -
under the Plan; establish, amend, or waive rules and regulations for the Plans
administration; and amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award Opportunity to the
extent such terms and conditions are within the discretion of the Committee as provided in the
Plan. Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations which may be necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan. As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its
authority as identified hereunder.
3.3 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions of the Committee
as to any disputed question arising under the Plan, including questions of construction
and interpretation, shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon all parties.
3.4 Indemnification. Each person who is or shall have been a member of the
Committee or the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company
against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or
reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action,
suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party, or in which he or she may be
involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan, and against and
from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Companys
approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit,
or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an
opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she
undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.
The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of
indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Companys certificate of
incorporation or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have
to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
Article 4. Eligibility and Participation
4.1 Eligibility. Only Employees shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
Independent contractors and employees of third parties who are performing work on
behalf of the Company, whether part time, full time, or temporary, shall not be eligible to
participate in the Plan. Employees who participate in a sales incentive plan are
ineligible to participate in this Plan.
4.2 Participation. Participation in the Plan is Discretionary and shall be
determined on an annual basis by the Committee. Participants shall be notified of their
participation in the Plan in writing and shall be apprised of the terms of the Plan as soon
as practical following the Committees Discretionary determination.
Participation in the Plan and the receipt of an award under the Plan requires that a
Participant be in an employment relationship with the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary of the
Company and that no notice of termination regarding such employment relationship has been issued
on or before December 31st of the respective year to which the award or benefit
relates.
- 7 -
4.3 Partial Performance Period Participation. An Employee who becomes
eligible after the beginning of a Performance Period may participate on a pro rata basis
in the Plan for that Performance Period. The Committee, in its sole discretion, retains the right to prohibit or allow participation in the initial Performance Period of eligibility
for such Employees.
\4.4 No Right to Participate. No Employee shall at any time have a right to
participate in the Plan for any Performance Period, despite having previously
participated in the Plan. All awards and other benefits granted under the Plan are of
voluntary nature. The grant of an award or the benefit of participating in the Plan shall
not create a claim for future awards, benefits or participation in the Plan even if awards
or benefits have been granted to a Participant repeatedly over previous plan years.
Article 5. Award Determination
5.1 Performance Measures and Performance Goals. Prior to the beginning
of each Performance Period, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Committee shall
select performance measures and shall establish performance goals for that
Performance Period. These performance measures may include, but not be limited to,
any of the following:
(a) |
|
Income measures (including, but not limited to, gross profit, operating
income, income before or after taxes, or earnings per share); |
|
(b) |
|
Return measures (including, but not limited to, return on
assets, investment, equity, or sales); |
|
(c) |
|
Cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and
cash flow return on investments); |
|
(d) |
|
Sales; |
|
(e) |
|
Economic value created; |
|
(f) |
|
Share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total
shareholder return); |
|
(g) |
|
Inventory turnover; and |
|
(h) |
|
On-time delivery measures. |
The performance goals may be based on any combination of corporate, divisional, group
and/or local facility measures.
5.2 Award Opportunities. Prior to the beginning of each Performance Period,
or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Committee shall establish, in writing, Award
- 8 -
Opportunities (including a Participants Target Incentive Award) which correspond to various
levels of achievement of the pre-established performance goals. In the event a Participant changes
job levels during a Performance Period, the Participants Award Opportunity may be adjusted to
reflect the amount of time at each job level during the Performance Period.
5.3 Adjustment of Performance Goals and Award Opportunities. Once
established, performance goals normally shall not be changed during the Performance
Period. However, if the Committee determines that external changes or other
unanticipated business conditions have materially affected the fairness of the goals,
then the Committee may approve appropriate adjustments to the performance goals
(either up or down) during the Performance Period as such goals apply to the Award
Opportunities of specified Participants. In addition, the Committee shall have the
authority to reduce or eliminate the Final Award determinations, based upon any
objective or subjective criteria it deems appropriate.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of any change in corporate
capitalization, such as a stock split, or a corporate transaction, such as any merger,
consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the
Company, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of
such term in Code Section 368), or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such
adjustment shall be made in the Award Opportunities and/or the performance measures or performance
goals related to then-current Performance Periods, as may be determined to be appropriate and
equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
5.4 Final Award Determinations. At the end of each Performance Period,
Final Awards shall be computed for each Participant as determined by the Committee.
Final Award amounts may vary above or below the Target Incentive Award, based on
the level of achievement of any combination of pre-established corporate, divisional,
group and/or local facility performance goals.
Management of the Company has the right to deny payment of calculated awards under the Plan
for any Participant who is evaluated by management as having failed to meet expectations as
determined through the annual performance management process.
5.5 Award Limit. The Committee may establish guidelines governing the
maximum Final Awards that may be earned by Participants (either in the aggregate, by
Employee class, or among individual Participants) in each Performance Period. The
guidelines may be expressed as a percentage of Company-wide goals or financial
measures, or such other measures as the Committee shall from time to time determine.
5.6 Threshold Levels of Performance. The Committee may establish
minimum levels of performance goal achievement, below which no payouts of Final
Awards shall be made to any Participant.
- 9 -
Article 6. Payment of Final Awards
6.1 Form and Timing of Payment. Each Participants Final Award shall be
paid in one lump sum, on or after March 17th, but no later than April 16th.
6.2 Unsecured Interest. No Participant or any other party claiming an interest
in amounts earned under the Plan shall have any interest whatsoever in any specific
asset of the Company. To the extent that any party acquires a right to receive payments
under the Plan, such right shall be equivalent to that of an unsecured general creditor of
the Company.
Article 7. Termination of Employment
7.1 Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability, or Retirement.
In the event a Participants employment is terminated within the Performance Period by reason of
death, Disability, or Retirement, the Final Award determined in accordance with Section 5.4 herein
shall be calculated to reflect participation prior to termination only. In the case of a
Participants Disability, the employment termination shall be deemed to have occurred on the date
that the Committee determines the definition of Disability to have been satisfied. The Final Award
thus determined shall be paid on or after March 17th, but no later than April 16th in
the year which termination of employment occurs.
7.2 Termination of Employment for Other Reasons. In the event
Participants employment is terminated and therefore a Participant ceases to be an
Employee, within the Performance Period, for any reason other than death, Disability, or
Retirement (of which the Committee shall be the sole judge), all of the Participants
rights to a Final Award for the Performance Period then in progress shall be forfeited.
However, except in the event of an involuntary employment termination for Cause, the
Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay an award for the portion of the Performance
Period that the Participant was employed by the Company, computed as determined by
the Committee.
Article 8. Rights of Participants
8.1 Employment. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed as giving any
Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any right to any
payment whatsoever, except to the extent of the benefits provided for by the Plan.
Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Company expressly reserves the right,
prior to a Change In Control, to dismiss any Participant at any time and for any reason
without liability for the effect which such dismissal might have upon him as a Participant
of the Plan.
8.2 Nontransferability. No right or interest of any Participant in the Plan shall
be assignable or transferable, or subject to any lien, directly, by operation of law or
- 10 -
otherwise, including, but not limited to, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment,
pledge, and bankruptcy.
Article 9. Change In Control
In the event of a Change In Control, each Participant shall be entitled to a pro rata payment
of his or her Target Incentive Award for the Performance Period during which such Change In Control
occurs. The pro rata Target incentive Award payment shall be calculated by dividing the number of
months within the Performance Period prior to the effective date of the Change In Control by the
annual twelve (12) month period. In order to prorate a Target Incentive Award pursuant to the
preceding sentence, the month in which the Change In Control occurs will not be considered a month
within the Performance Period prior to the Effective Date of the Change In Control unless the
Change In Control occurred after the fifteenth (15th) day of such month. Such amount
shall be paid to each Participant within forty-five (45) days after the effective date of the
Change In Control and such payment will be made in lieu of any other payment to be made to a
Participant for such Performance Period.
Article 10. Amendments
The Company reserves the right, at anytime and by action of the Board or the Committee, to
amend or terminate this Plan in whole or in part and from time to time on a prospective basis.
Article 11. Miscellaneous
11.1 Governing Law and Proper Venue. The Plan, and all provisions
hereunder, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state
of Texas without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. The proper place of venue
to enforce any terms or conditions of this Plan shall be Dallas County, Texas.
Furthermore, any legal proceeding against the Company arising out of or in connection
with this Plan shall be brought in the district courts of Dallas County, Texas, or the
United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division.
11.2 Withholding Taxes. The Company, or the applicable Affiliate or
Subsidiary, shall have the right to deduct from all payments under the Plan any federal,
state, local, or other taxes required by applicable law to be withheld with respect to such
payments.
11.3 Non-Pensionable Status of Payments under the Plan. Payments
under the Plan are not taken into account for purposes of calculating employees
pension benefits under applicable pension plans.
11.4 Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context,
any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include
the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.
- 11 -
11.5 Severability. In the event that any provision of the Plan shall be declared
or adjudicated illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, then the
illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed excised herefrom, and the
remaining parts of the Plan shall continue and remain in full force and effect and the
Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision had not been included herein.
11.6 Costs of the Plan. All costs of implementing and administering the Plan
shall be borne by the Company.
11.7 Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company, whether the
existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger,
consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the
Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan, as amended and restated to be executed on
December 22, 2004 and effective as of January 1, 2001, except as otherwise stated herein. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Ronald F. Shuff |
|
|
|
Ronald F. Shuff |
|
|
|
Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel |
|
|
- 12 -
exv10w72
EXHIBIT
10.72
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
- for -
EXECUTIVES
1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN. The purpose of this Deferred Compensation Plan for
Executives (the Plan) is to provide a procedure whereby an executive (the Executive) of The
Duriron Company, Inc. (the Company) may defer the payment of all or a specified part of the base
salary payable to him for services as an employee. This Plan is an unfunded program established for
the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management employees, and it is
exempt from Parts 1 through 4 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
2. ELIGIBILITY. Only those Executives who participate in the Companys Long-Term
Incentive Plan, or its successor as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Companys Board
of Directors, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. If the Executive ceases participation
in Long-Term Incentive Plan, his ability to defer additional amounts under this Plan shall
automatically and simultaneously cease.
3. AGREEMENT TO DEFER.
(a) An Executive may execute an agreement with the Company to defer the payment of all or
a specified part of the salary payable for services as an Executive. An agreement to defer
compensation shall be effective as of the first day of the Companys first full biweekly salaried
payroll period of the next succeeding calendar quarter. Under any such agreement, the Executive may
elect to defer salary in an amount of not less than five percent (5%) of base salary and in whole
dollar increments thereafter. Any such deferred salary amount shall be rounded upward to the next
whole dollar. The agreement shall apply only to compensation payable for services rendered on or
after the effective date of the agreement. The agreement to defer shall remain in effect until
terminated or changed as provided in this Plan for so long as the Executive remains eligible to
participate under Section 2 above.
(b) An Executive may terminate any agreement to defer the payment of compensation relating to
future services by giving notice of termination to the Company. An Executive may change any
agreement to defer the payment of compensation relating to future services either in the manner
provided in the agreement or by executing a new agreement with the Company. Any such termination
or change in the amount to be deferred shall be effective only with respect to compensation payable
for services as an Executive on or after the first day of the first biweekly Companys salaried
payroll period of the next succeeding calendar quarter.
-2-
4. EXECUTIVES ACCOUNTS.
(a) The Company shall establish and maintain a separate account for each Executive who has
elected to so defer salary, in which shall be recorded the amount of the Executives deferred
salary pursuant to this Plan, The Company shall credit to each such account, as of the first day
of each calendar quarter, interest on the amount then credited to such account (including all
previous credits to such account by operation of this subparagraph (a)) computed at an annual rate
which is equal to the composite bond yield for single A bonds, rounded to the nearest 1/10 of 1%,
as published in the Standard & Poors Indexes of the Security Markets for the month last preceding
the beginning of such calendar quarter.
(b) Each Executives account shall be solely a memorandum account, and title to and beneficial
ownership of any amounts credited thereto shall at all times remain in the Company. The effect of
an Executives agreement to defer salary is simply to create an unfunded and unsecured promise to
pay deferred salary to the Executive, his estate or the Executives beneficiaries, in accordance
with the terms of the Plan, Nothing contained in the Plan and no deferral of payment pursuant to
the Plan shall by itself create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary
relationship of any kind between the Company and any Executive, his estate, or any beneficiary of
such Executive designated pursuant to paragraph 5 (e), or any other person. No right or benefit
under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance
or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the
same shall be void.
5. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION.
(a) An Executive may receive payment of the total credited to his account (i) in one lump sum
payment at the time he ceases to be an employee, or (ii) in equal annual installments during no
more than the 10 calendar years commencing with the calendar year next following the calendar year
in which he ceases to be an employee, or (iii) in a combination of such lump sum and annual
installments, provided that the Executive terminates service after age 55. If the Executive
terminates prior to age 55, his account shall only be payable as a single lump sum. The method of
receiving the amount credited to an Executives account shall be specified in the agreement
executed pursuant to paragraph 3.
(b) Unless a different manner of payment is selected pursuant to (a) above, payment of the
total amount credited to an Executives account at the time he ceases to be an employee after age
55 shall be paid to him in 10 equal annual installments.
(c) If applicable, the first annual installment payment, whether made pursuant to (a) or (b)
above, shall be paid before the fifteenth business day of the calendar year first following the
year in which the Executive ceases to be an employee, and subsequent installments shall be paid
before the fifteenth business day of each succeeding calendar year until the entire amount credited
to the Executives account shall have been paid.
-3-
(d) |
|
To each installment payment there shall be added, and paid to the former Executive, an
amount equal to the interest credited, since the date of the last previous installment payment, to
the former Executives account pursuant to paragraph 4 (a). |
|
(e) |
|
If all of the payments required by this paragraph 5 shall not have been fully made to a
former Executive prior to his death, then, after his death, the balance in his account shall be
paid to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as he shall have designated by written notice delivered
to the Secretary or Treasurer of the Company prior to his death or, failing such written notice, to
his estate in a single lump sum. |
|
(f) |
|
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this paragraph 5, if the total amount credited
to an Executives account at the time he ceases to be an employee is less than $10,000, payment of
such amount shall be made to him in one lump sum at the time he
ceases to be an employee. |
|
(g) |
|
Notwithstanding the above, the Executive may apply to the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors (the Committee) for an early distribution of all or a part of the deferred
amount in his Plan account in the event of unforeseen circumstances which create hardship for the
Executive and which are beyond the Executives control. The Committee may, in its absolute
discretion, grant or deny such application upon its findings of such hardship. |
|
6. |
|
ADMINISTRATION. This Plan shall be
administered by the Committee. The decision
of the Committee shall be final and binding with respect to the interpretation, construction or
application of the Plan. |
|
7. |
|
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Plan
at any time. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall void an agreement already in effect for
the then current calendar quarter or any preceding calendar quarter, nor adversely affect the right
of a former Executive, his estate or designated beneficiaries to payments in accordance with
paragraph 5 of amounts credited to his account prior to such amendment or termination together with
amounts credited thereto subsequent to such amendment or termination pursuant to paragraph 4 (a). |
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES
Executives Election
In accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the
Plan) of The Duriron Company, Inc. (the Company), I elect:
|
1. |
|
To defer ____ % (at least 5%) of all salary, rounded to the next highest whole dollar, payable
to me for my services as an Executive, which are rendered beginning with the first day of the
first biweekly salaried payroll period at the calendar quarter beginning
, 19 ___ and continuing through
succeeding calendar quarters. |
|
|
2. |
|
If I terminate service as an employee after age 55, to receive payment of the
amount credited to my deferred salary account in the following manner (and I have marked
the applicable method): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a. |
|
In equal annual
installments during the _______ (not to exceed 10) calendar years
commencing with the calendar year next following the calendar year in
which I cease to be an employee of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b. |
|
In one lump sum payment at the time I cease to be an Executive. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c. |
|
In the following combination of (i) a lump sum at the time I cease to
be an employee and (ii) annual installments commencing with the calendar year next
following the calendar year which I cease to be an employee. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ ___ in a lump sum. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the balance in ___ (not to exceed 10) equal annual installments. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the above election, I understand that I will
automatically receive payment of my account as a single lump sum if I
terminate service as an employee prior to age 55. |
|
3. |
|
To have any payments required by paragraph 2 above which have not been
made to me prior to my death, paid after my death in a lump sum to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature of Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The undersigned, Treasurer of the Company, acknowledges receipt of the above election on , 19
. |
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
EXECUTIVE
DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
THIS
AGREEMENT, made and entered into this ___ day of , 19___
and effective the first day of the Companys first full biweekly salaried payroll period of next
immediately following full calendar quarter (the First Day), by and between THE DURIRON COMPANY,
INC. (the Company) and (the Executive), is hereby executed under the following
circumstances:
A. Under the Companys Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the Plan), an
Executive may defer payment of all or a specified part of the salary payable to him for
services as an Executive (Executives Salary).
B. The Executive desires to defer Executives Salary in accordance with the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Election to Defer. The Executive hereby elects to defer that percentage of the
Executives Salary indicated on the election (the Election) attached hereto. (Executives
Salary heretofore or hereafter deferred is hereinafter referred to as Deferred Salary.) The
Executive may, by delivery of a revised Election to the Secretary of the Company, change the
percentage to be deferred of Executives Salary payable for services rendered on or after the First
Day next succeeding delivery of the revised Election.
2. Payment of Deferred Compensation. Payment of the Deferred Salary shall be made,
after the Executive ceases to be an employee, in the manner indicated on the Election. The
Executive may, by delivery of a revised Election to the Secretary or Treasurer of the Company,
change the manner of payment of Executives Salary payable for services rendered on or after the
First Day next succeeding delivery of such revised Election. The Executive may change his Election
with respect to the manner of payment of Deferred Salary which shall have been earned prior to the
change only with the consent of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors in its
absolute discretion in the event of hardship as described in the Plan.
3. Payments upon Death. Any Deferred Salary payable after the death of the Executive
shall be paid in a lump sum to the payee indicated on the Election. The Executive may, by delivery
of a revised Election to the Secretary of the Company, change the payee to whom such payment is to
be made.
4. Incorporation by Reference. The terms of the Plan are incorporated herein by
reference and made a part of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Executive Deferred
Compensation Agreement as of the day and year first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE EXECUTIVE |
|
|
|
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature:
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w73
EXHIBIT
10.73
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
-for-
DIRECTORS
(AS AMENDED DECEMBER 9, 1987,
EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 31, 1987)
1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN. The purpose of this Deferred Compensation Plan (the
Plan) is to provide a procedure whereby a member of the Board of Directors (a Director) of The
Duriron Company, Inc. (the Company) may defer the payment of all or a specified part of the
compensation payable to him for services as a Director (which, for the purpose of the Plan, shall
include compensation for services as a member of a committee of the Board of Directors).
2. AGREEMENT TO DEFER.
(a) A Director may execute an agreement with the Company to defer the payment of all or a
specified part of the compensation payable for services as a Director. An agreement to defer
compensation shall be effective as of the first day of the next succeeding calendar quarter. In
the case, however, of a person who has been elected to serve as a Director but whose term has not
yet commenced, the agreement to defer shall be effective as of such date as may be specified in the
agreement. In either such case, the agreement shall apply only to compensation payable for services rendered
on or after the effective date of the agreement. The agreement to defer shall remain in effect
until terminated or changed as provided in this Plan.
(b) A Director may terminate any agreement to defer the payment of compensation relating to
future services by giving notice of termination to the Company. A Director may change any agreement
to defer the payment of compensation relating to future services either in the manner provided in
the agreement or by executing a new agreement with the Company. Any such termination or
-2-
change in the amount to be deferred shall be effective only with respect to compensation payable
for services as a Director on or after the first day of the next succeeding calendar quarter.
(c) A Director who has in effect an election to defer compensation under the Plan as in
effect prior to January 1, 1988 and who desires to defer compensation relating to services on and
after January 1, 1988, shall execute with the Company an
agreement to defer.
3. DIRECTORS ACCOUNTS.
(a) The Company shall establish and maintain a separate account for each Director who has
elected to defer compensation in which shall be recorded the amount of the Directors deferred
compensation pursuant to this Plan. The Company shall credit to each such account, as of the first
day of each calendar quarter, interest on the amount then credited to such account (including all
previous credits to such account by operation of this subparagraph (a)) computed at an annual rate
which is equal to the composite bond yield for single A bonds, rounded to the nearest 1/10 of 1%,
as published in the Standard & Poors Indexes of the Security Markets for the month last preceding
the beginning of such calendar quarter.
(b) Each Directors account shall be solely a memorandum account, and title to and beneficial
ownership of any amounts credited thereto shall at all times remain
in the Company. The effect of
a Directors agreement to defer compensation is simply to create an unfunded and unsecured promise
to pay deferred compensation to the Director, his estate or the Directors beneficiaries, in
accordance with the terms of the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan and no deferral of payment
pursuant to the Plan shall by itself create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a
fiduciary relationship of any kind between the Company and any Director, his estate, or any
beneficiary of such Director designated pursuant to paragraph 4(e), or any other person. No right
or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge,
encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or
charge the same shall be void.
4. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION.
(a) A Director may receive payment of the total credited to his account (i) in one lump
sum payment at
-3-
the time he ceases to be a Director, or (ii) in equal annual installments during no more than the
10 calendar years commencing with the calendar year next following the calendar year in which he
ceases to be a Director, or (iii) in a combination of such lump sum and annual installments. The
method of receiving the amount credited to a Directors account shall be specified in the
agreement executed pursuant to paragraph 2.
(b) Unless a different manner of payment is selected pursuant to (a) above, payment of the
total amount credited to a Directors account at the time he ceases to be a Director shall be paid
to him in 10 equal annual installments.
(c) The first annual installment payment, whether made pursuant to (a) or (b) above, shall be
paid before the fifteenth business day of the calendar year first following the year in which the
Director ceases to be a Director, and subsequent installments shall be paid before the fifteenth
business day of each succeeding calendar year until the entire amount credited to the Directors
account shall have been paid.
(d) To each installment payment there shall be added, and paid to the former Director, an
amount equal to the interest credited, since the date of the last previous installment payment, to
the former Directors account pursuant to paragraph 3(a).
(e) If all of the payments required by this paragraph 4 shall not have been made to a former
Director prior to his death, then after his death such payments shall be made to such beneficiary
or beneficiaries as he shall have designated by written notice delivered to the Secretary of the
Company prior to his death or, failing such written notice, to his estate.
(f) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this paragraph 4, if the total amount
credited to a Directors account at the time he ceases to be a Director is less than
$10,000, payment of such amount shall be made to him in one lump sum at the time he ceases
to be a Director.
5. ADMINISTRATION. This Plan shall be administered by the Executive Committee of the
Board of Directors. The decision of the Executive committee shall be final and binding with
respect to the interpretation, construction or application of the Plan.
-4-
6. AMENDMENT
OR TERMINATION. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Plan
at any time. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall void an agreement already in effect for
the then current calendar quarter or any preceding calendar quarter, nor adversely affect the right
of a former Director, his estate or designated beneficiaries to payments in accordance with
paragraph 4 of amounts credited to his account prior to such amendment or termination together with
amounts credited thereto subsequent to such amendment or termination pursuant to paragraph 3(a).
12-3-87
FORM 1
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this
day of December , 1987 and effective as of December 31,
1987, by and between THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC. (the Company)
and
(the Director), is hereby
executed under the following circumstances:
A. Under the Companys Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the Plan) a director
may defer payment of all or a specified part of the compensation payable to him for services
as a director (Directors Compensation).
B. The Director has deferred and desires to continue to defer Directors Compensation in
accordance with the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Prior Deferrals. The Director has heretofore deferred Directors Compensation with
respect to the following periods of service:
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Method of |
of Service
|
|
Payment Selected |
|
|
|
2.
Election to Defer. The Director hereby elects to defer that percentage of the
Directors Compensation indicated on the election (the Election) attached hereto. (Directors
Compensation heretofore or hereafter deferred is hereinafter referred to as Deferred
Compensation.) The Director may, by delivery of a revised Election to the Secretary of the
Company, change the percentage to be deferred of Directors Compensation payable for services
rendered on or after the first day of the calendar quarter next succeeding delivery of the revised
Election.
3.
Payment of Deferred Compensation. Payment of the Deferred Compensation shall be
made, after the Director ceases to be a director, in the manner indicated on the Election, except
that amounts referred to in Section 1 shall be paid as indicated therein. The Director may, by
delivery of a revised Election to the Secretary of the Company, change the manner of payment of
Directors Compensation payable for services rendered on or after the first day of the calendar
quarter next succeeding delivery of such revised Election. The Director may change his election
with respect to the manner of payment of Deferred Compensation which shall have been earned prior
to the change only with the consent of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors in the
event of unforeseen circumstances creating an economic hardship for the Director from events beyond
the control of the Director.
4.
Payments upon Death. Any Deferred Compensation payable after the death of the
Director shall be paid to the payee indicated on the Election. The Director may, by delivery of a
revised Election to the Secretary of the Company, change the payee to whom such payment is to be
made.
5.
Incorporation by Reference. The terms of the Plan are incorporated herein by
reference and made a part of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Deferred Compensation Agreement
as of the day and year first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director |
|
|
12-3-87
THE DURIRON COMPANY, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS
Directors Election
In accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the
Plan) of The Duriron Company, Inc. (the Company), I elect:
1. To defer % of all compensation payable to
me for my services as a Director and as a member of a Committee of the Board of
Directors of the Company which are rendered during the calendar quarter
beginning , 19 and succeeding calendar
quarters.
2. To receive payment of the amount credited to my deferred compensation
account in the following manner (I have lined out the methods not applicable):
a.
In equal annual installments during the
______ (not to exceed 10) calendar years commencing
with the calendar year next following the calendar year in which I cease to
be a Director.
b. In one lump sum payment at the time I cease to be a Director.
c. In the following combination of (i) a lump sum at the time I cease
to be a Director and (ii) annual installments commencing with the calendar
year next following the calendar year in which I cease to be a Director:
$
in a lump sum.
the balance in (not to exceed 10)
equal annual installments.
3. To have any payments required by paragraph 2 above which have not been made to
me prior to my death, paid after my death to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
Signature of Director |
The undersigned, Secretary of the Company,
acknowledges receipt of the above election on , 19
.
exv10w74
EXHIBIT
10.74
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN
Section 1 Purpose.
(a) This Amended and Restated Flowserve Corporation Non-Employee Directors Stock
Option Plan (the Plan) has been adopted to update the BW/IP Holding, Inc. Non-Employee
Directors Stock Option Plan (the Prior Plan), in order to permit continuation of
unexercised options that would otherwise expire during a period in which exercise is not
permitted. The changes reflected in this Plan are not intended to negatively impact any
Non-Employee Director (as defined below).
(b) As amended and restated, the purpose of the Plan, like the Prior Plan, is to secure
for the Company and its stockholders the benefits of the incentive inherent in common stock
ownership by the members of the Board of Directors (the Board) of the Company who are not
employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
Section 2 Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board shall have
all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan, such powers to include authority (within the
limitations described herein) to prescribe the form of the agreement embodying awards of stock
options made under the Plan (Options). The Board shall, subject to the provisions of the Plan,
have the power to construe the Plan, to determine all questions arising thereunder and to adopt and
amend such rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan as it may deem desirable. Any
decision of the Board in the administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall be final and
conclusive. The Board may act only by a majority of its members in office, except that the members
thereof may authorize anyone or more of their number or the Secretary or any other officer of the
Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Board. No member of the Board shall be
liable for anything done or omitted to be done by such member or by any other member of the Board
in connection with the Plan, except for such members own willful misconduct or as expressly
provided by statute.
Section 3 Amount of Stock. The stock which may be issued and sold under the Plan will be the
Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the Common Stock), of the Company of a total
number not exceeding 125,000 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 7. The stock
to be issued may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares acquired by the Company
or its subsidiaries. In the event that Options granted under the Plan shall terminate or expire
without being exercised in whole or in part, new Options may be granted covering the shares not
purchased under such lapsed Options.
Section 4 Eligibility. Each member of the Board of the Company who is not an employee of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries (a Non-Employee Director) shall be eligible to receive an
Option in accordance with Paragraph 5.
Section 5 Terms and Conditions of Options. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be
evidenced by an agreement in the form as the Board shall prescribe from time to time in accordance
with the Plan and shall comply with the following terms and conditions:
(a) The Option exercise price shall be the fair market value of the Common Stock shares
subject to such Option on the date the Option is granted, which shall be the closing price
on the New York Stock Exchange (or such successor reporting system as may be selected by the
Board) on the date the value of the Common Stock is to be determined or, if there are no
sales on such date, the next preceding date for which a sale is reported.
(b) Upon adoption by the Board of Directors and subject to approval of the Plan by the
stockholders at the 1993 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company, the Company grants
to each Non-Employee Director an Option for 5,000 shares of Common Stock. Thereafter, as of
the date of each Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company (each, an Annual Meeting),
each Non-Employee
Director who has been elected or reelected or who is continuing as a member of the
Board as of the adjournment of such Annual Meeting shall automatically receive an Option for
2,000 shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that each Non-Employee Director elected to
the Board of Directors after the adoption of the Plan shall receive (i) at the time such
person first becomes a Non-Employee Director, an Option for 5,000 shares of Common Stock and
(ii) if such person is first elected at an Annual Meeting, such Non-Employee Director shall
on the adjournment of each subsequent Annual Meeting automatically receive an option for
2,000 shares of Common Stock, but if such person is first elected or appointed other than at
an Annual Meeting, then as of the adjournment of the first Annual Meeting following the
election or appointment of such Non-Employee Director, such person shall receive an Option
for that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of 2,000 times a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of meetings of the Board of Directors held while such
person was a Non-Employee Director and the denominator of which is the total number of
meetings of the Board of Directors held between the last preceding Annual Meeting and the
Annual Meeting following which such Option is granted.
(c) The Option shall not be transferable by the Non-Employee Director otherwise than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during their lifetime
only by them.
(d) No Option or any part of an Option shall be exercisable:
(i) before the earlier to occur of (A) the time at which the Non-Employee
Director has served one term-year as a member of the Board since the date the Option
was granted (as used herein, the term term-year means that period from one Annual
Meeting to the subsequent Annual Meeting), (B) the Non-Employee Directors death or
retirement and (C) a Change of Control of the Company (as defined in subparagraph
6(b));
(ii) after the expiration of ten years from the date the Option was granted;
provided, however, that the otherwise applicable ten year term of an option may be
extended beyond ten years, if:
(A) the exercise period is extended to a date no later than the later
of:
(I) the 15th day of the third month following the date at which,
or
(II) December 31 of the calendar year in which,
the option would otherwise have expired if the option had not been extended,
based on the terms of the option at the original grant date, or
(B) the option is unexercisable because an exercise of the option would
violate applicable securities laws, provided that the period during which
the option may be exercised is not extended more than 30 days after the
exercise of the option first would no longer violate applicable securities
laws.;
(iii) unless written notice of the exercise is delivered to the Company
specifying the number of shares to be purchased and payment in full is made for the
shares of Common Stock being acquired thereunder at the time of exercise; such
payment shall be made
(A) in United States dollars by certified check or bank draft, or
(B) by tendering to the Company Common Stock shares owned by the person
exercising the Option and having a fair market value equal to the cash
exercise price applicable to such Option, such fair market value to be the
closing price on the New York Stock Exchange (or such successor reporting
system as may be selected by the Board) on the date the value of the Common
Stock is to be determined or, if there are no sales on such date, the next
preceding date for which a sale is reported, or
2
(C) by a combination of United States dollars and Common Stock shares
as aforesaid; and
(iv) unless the person exercising the Option has been at all times during the
period beginning with the date of grant of the Option and ending on the date of such
exercise, a Non-Employee Director of the Company, except that
(A) if such person shall cease to be a Non-Employee Director for
reasons other than retirement or death, such person, at any time within one
year after the date he ceases to be a Non-Employee Director (but in no event
after the Option has expired under the provisions of subparagraph 5(d)(ii)),
may exercise any unexercised portion of any Option that was exercisable on
the date such person ceased to be a Non-Employee Director (the Cessation
Date). Any portion of any Option that is not exercisable on a Cessation
Date shall expire on such Cessation Date; or
(B) if such person shall cease to be a Non-Employee Director by reason
of retirement or death, such person or, in the case of death, the executors,
administrators or distributees, as the case may be, may, at any time within
five years after the date such person ceased to be a Non-Employee Director
(but in no event after the Option has expired under the provisions of
subparagraph 5(d)(ii)), exercise any unexercised portion of any Option
outstanding on the Cessation Date; or
(C) if any person who has ceased to be a Non-Employee Director for
reasons other than death shall die holding an Option that has not been fully
exercised and has not otherwise expired, such persons executors,
administrators, heirs or distributees, as the case may be, may, at any time
within the greater of (1) one year after the date of death or (2) the
remainder of the period in which such person could have exercised the Option
had the person not died (but in no event under either (1) or (2) after the
Option has expired under the provisions of subparagraph 5(d)(ii)), exercise
the Option with respect to any Common Stock shares as to which the decedent
could have exercised the Option at the time of death.
In the event any Option is exercised by the executors, administrators, legatees or
distributees of the estate of a deceased Non-Employee Director, the Company shall be
under no obligation to issue Common Stock shares thereunder unless and until the
Company is satisfied that the person or persons exercising the Option are the duly
appointed legal representatives of the deceased Non-Employee Directors estate or
the proper legatees or distributees thereof.
(e) Subject to subparagraph 5(d)(i) and Paragraph 6, fifty percent (50%) of the total
number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Option shall become exercisable beginning
with the first anniversary date of the grant of the Option, thereafter the remaining fifty
percent (50%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Option shall
become exercisable on the second anniversary date of the grant of the Option. In the event
the Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Non-Employee Director by reason of retirement or
death, the total number of Common Stock shares covered by the Option shall, notwithstanding
subparagraph 5(d)(i), become exercisable.
Section 6 Change of Control.
(a) Upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company, as herein defined, each
Option outstanding under this Plan which was granted more than six months and one day before
the change of control, shall immediately vest, and then be canceled in exchange for payment
in cash of an amount equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock
subject to such Option and (ii) the amount by which the change of control price exceeds the
exercise price of such Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cancellation and cash out
provisions of this subparagraph shall be rendered without effect with respect to any
Non-Employee Director if in the opinion of counsel to the Company such Non-Employee Director
would incur a liability to the Company under Section 16(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Securities Exchange Act) were such cash out provisions to apply to
such Non-Employee Director.
3
(b) A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the ownership of the
voting stock of the Company owned by any person, as that term is defined for purposes of
Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, reaches in the aggregate more than
fifty percent (50%) of all outstanding voting stock of the Company, whether such increase
occurs by way of a merger, consolidation, redemption, direct transfer or sale of stock or
otherwise, (ii) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of
the Company, (iii) the stockholders of the Company or International approve an agreement for
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or
International or (iv) the occurrence of a transaction requiring stockholder approval for the
acquisition of the Company by an entity other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries
through purchase of assets, by merger or otherwise.
(c) Change of control price means the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in
any transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange (or such successor reporting system
as may be selected by the Board) at any time during the sixty day period immediately
preceding such change of control or, if higher, the highest price per share of Common Stock
paid or offered in connection with such change of control.
Section 7 Adjustment in the Event of Change in Stock. In the event of changes in the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company by reason of stock dividends, recapitalizations, mergers,
consolidations, split-ups, combinations or exchanges of shares and the like, the aggregate number
and class of Common Stock shares available under the Plan, and the number, class and price of
Common Stock shares subject to outstanding Options shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board,
whose determination shall be conclusive.
Section 8 Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Non-Employee Director or other person
shall have any claim or right to be granted an Option under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor
any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Non-Employee Director any right
to be retained in the service of the Company.
(b) A Non-Employee Directors rights and interest under the Plan may not be assigned or
transferred in whole or in part either directly or by operation of law or otherwise (except
in the event of a Non-Employee Directors death, by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution), including without limitation execution, levy, garnishment, attachment,
pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner, and no such right or interest of a Non-Employee
Director in the Plan shall be subject to any obligation or liability of such participant.
(c) No Common Stock shares shall be issued hereunder unless the General Counsel for the
Company shall be satisfied that such issuance will be in compliance with applicable federal,
state and other securities laws and regulations.
(d) It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to issue Common Stock
shares upon exercise of an Option that the Non-Employee Director (or any beneficiary or
person entitled to act under subparagraph 5(d)(iv)) pay to the Company upon its demand such
amount as may be requested by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability to
withhold federal, state, local or foreign income or other taxes. If any amount requested is
not paid, the Company may refuse to issue Common Stock shares.
(e) The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.
(f) The Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any
special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the issuance
of Common Stock shares
4
upon exercise of any Option under the Plan. The issuance of Common Stock shares upon
exercise of Options shall be subordinate to the claims of the Companys general creditors.
(g) By accepting any Option or other benefit under the Plan, each Non-Employee Director
and each person claiming under or through such person shall be conclusively deemed to have
indicated his acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the
Plan by the Company or the Board.
(h) It is the intent of the Company that the Plan comply in all respects with Rule
16b-3 or any successor rule (Rule 16b-3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, that any ambiguities or inconsistencies in construction of the Plan be interpreted
to give effect to such intention and that if any provision of the Plan is found not to be in
compliance with Rule 16b-3, such provision shall be deemed null and void to the extent
required to permit the Plan to comply with Rule 16b-3. The Board may adopt rules and
regulations under, and amend, the Plan in furtherance of the intent of the foregoing.
Section 9 Amendment or Discontinuance. The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to
time by the Board as the Board shall deem advisable, including without limitation amendments
necessary to qualify for any exemption or to comply with applicable law or regulations; provided,
however, that except as provided in paragraph 6, the Board may not, without further approval by the
stockholders of the Company in accordance with paragraph 11 increase the maximum number of shares
of Common Stock as to which Options may be granted under the Plan, increase the number of shares
subject to an Option, reduce the minimum Option exercise price described in subparagraph 5(a),
extend the period during which Options may be granted or exercised under the Plan or change the
class of persons eligible to receive Options under the Plan. No amendment of the Plan shall
materially and adversely affect any right of any Non-Employee Director with respect to any Option
theretofore granted without such Non-Employee Directors written consent. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provisions of the Plan which determine (a) the number of shares of Common Stock
subject to any Option, (b) the exercise price per share of any Option, c) the time at which any
Option shall be granted or (d) the class of persons eligible to receive an option under the Plan
may not be amended more frequently than once every six months.
Section 10 Termination. This Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of the following dates or
events to occur:
(a) upon the adoption of a resolution of the Board terminating the Plan; or
(b) ten years from the date the Plan is initially approved by the shareholders of the
Company in accordance with Paragraph 10.
Section 11 Effective Date of Plan. The Prior Plan became effective as of the May 18, 1993 and
was approved at the BW/IP Holding, Inc 1993 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. This Plan, as amended
and restated shall become effective upon its approval (either in person or by proxy) by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares at the Companys 2005 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders.
5
exv10w75
EXHIBIT
10.75
FLOWSERVE CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
1992 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
Section 1. Purpose of the Plan. This Flowserve Corporation Amended and Restated 1992
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Plan) has been adopted to update the BW/IP International, Inc. 1992
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Prior Plan), in order to permit continuation of unexercised options
that would otherwise expire during a period in which exercise is not permitted. The changes
reflected in this Plan are not intended to negatively impact any Grantee (as defined below).
Section 2. Definitions.
(a) Award means a grant of Stock Options under Section 6 of this Plan.
(b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the percentage of the
voting stock of Company owned by one or more persons (person as that term is defined for
purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), or entities becomes more than 50
percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (determined on the basis of all
outstanding stock of Company and not just with regard to a percentage increase of such
persons or entities over their prior interest), whether such increase occurs by way of a
merger, consolidation, redemption, direct transfer or sale of stock or otherwise, (ii) the
stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company, or (iii)
the stockholders of the Company approve an agreement for the sale or disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company.
(d) Committee means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board, or any such
other committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan.
(e) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
(f) Company means Flowserve Corporation, a New York corporation and its successors in
interest.
(g) Date of Grant means the date on which the granting of a Stock Option is
authorized by the Committee.
(h) Employee means any person who is a regular full time employee of the Company or a
Subsidiary, including those who are officers or directors of the Company or a Subsidiary.
(i) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(j) Fair Market Value of Stock means the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange
(or such successor reporting system as may be selected by the Committee) on the date the
value of a Share is to be determined or, if there are no sales on such date, the next
preceding date for which a sale is reported.
(k) Grantee means an Employee who has been selected as a Participant in the Plan, and
has received an Incentive Award.
(l) Company means Flowserve Corporation., or any successor thereto.
(m) Incentive Award means a Stock Option granted under the Plan.
(n) Incentive Stock Option means a Stock Option as defined under section 422 of the
Code and regulations thereunder.
(o) Key Employee means any Employee deemed to have a direct and significant impact on
the performance of the Company, as determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute
discretion.
(p) Non-Qualified Stock Option means an option other than an Incentive Stock Option.
(q) Option Agreement means an agreement entered into in connection with Stock Options
granted under the Plan.
(r) Participant means an Employee determined in the Committees sole and absolute
discretion to be eligible to receive Incentive Awards under this Plan.
(s) Plan means the Flowserve Corporation Amended and Restated 1992 Long-Term
Incentive Plan as set forth herein, and as amended from time to time.
(t) Prior Plan means the BW/IP International, Inc. 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
(u) Stock means the Class A Common Stock of Company, $1.25 par value per share.
(v) Stock Option means a Non-Qualified Stock Option or Incentive Stock Option.
(w) Subsidiary means a subsidiary corporation as defined in section 424 of the Code
that is subsidiary to the Company.
(x) Ten Percent Stockholder means a Grantee who, at the time an Incentive Stock
Option is granted, owns Stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of Company.
Section 3. Shares Subject to the Plan.
(a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7(a) below, the aggregate number of
shares of Stock to be delivered upon exercise of Stock Options granted under the Plan shall
not exceed 1,000,000 shares. The shares of Stock to be delivered upon the exercise of Stock
Options under the Plan shall be made available either from the authorized but unissued
shares or from previously issued and reacquired shares of Stock held as treasury shares,
including shares purchased on the open market.
(b) If any Stock Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled
without having been exercised in full, the number of shares of Stock as to which the Stock
Option has not been exorcised shall become available for further grants under the Plan.
Section 4. Administration.
(a) The Plan shall be administered by non-employee members of the Committee, consisting
of not less than two (2) members of the Board who shall qualify to administer the Plan as
contemplated by Rule 16b-3, as amended, or any successor provision thereto (Rule 16b-3),
or other applicable rules under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
(b) The Committee shall have full and final authority to operate, manage and administer
the Plan on behalf of the Company. This authority includes, but is not limited to, the
following:
(i) Determining eligibility for awards;
(ii) Granting of Incentive Awards (conditionally or unconditionally);
2
(iii) Entering into Stock Option exchanges;
(iv) Directing the Company to make accruals and payments provided for by the
Plan;
(v) Interpreting the Plan;
(vi) Prescribing, amending, or rescinding rules and regulations relating to the
Plan; and
(vii) Determining the vesting schedules for all Awards.
(c) With respect to Stock Options the Committee shall have full and final authority in
its sole and absolute discretion to: determine whether the same shall be an Incentive Stock
Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option; determine the number of shares of Stock subject to
each Stock Option; determine the time or times at which Stock Options will be granted;
determine the exercise price of the shares subject to each Stock Option, which price shall
not be less than the prices set forth in Section 6(a)(ii) and Section 6(c)(iii) of the Plan;
and determine the time when each Stock Option shall become exercisable and the duration of
the exercise period, which shall not exceed the maximum periods as set forth in Section
6(a)(ii) and Section 6(c)(v) of the Plan.
(d) A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of a majority
of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in
writing by all the members in the absence of a meeting, shall be the acts of the Committee.
All Committee interpretations, determinations and actions will be final, conclusive and
binding on all parties.
(e) No member of the Board or the Committee will be liable for any action taken or
determination made in good faith by the Board or the Committee with respect to the Plan or
any Incentive Award granted hereunder.
Section 5. Eligibility.
(a) Awards will be granted to Employees, groups of Employees, or classes of Employees
selected or determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. Generally,
awards will be granted to Key Employees of the Company. In determining the number of
persons to whom awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be covered by
each award, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective persons,
their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other
factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes
of the Plan.
(b) No Incentive Awards may be made to any person, who, at the time of the grant of the
Incentive Awards, is a member of the Committee responsible for the administration of the
Plan.
Section 6. Stock Options.
(a) Incentive Stock Options. Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 6(a) are
intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options and shall be subject to the following special
terms and conditions, in addition to the general terms and conditions set forth in Section
6(c) hereof.
(i) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the incentive
Stock Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive
Stock Options granted under this Plan (or any other plan of the Company or a
Subsidiary) becoming exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any
calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.
(ii) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent
Stockholder, (a) the option price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the Fair Market Value
3
of the shares of Stock on the date of grant of such
Incentive Stock Option, and (h) the exercise period shall not exceed five (5) years
from the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option.
(b) Non-Qualified Stock Options. Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 6(b)
are intended to constitute Non-Qualified Stock Options and shall be subject only to the
general terms and conditions specified in Section 6(c) hereof.
(c) General Terms and Conditions of Options.
(i) Each Option Agreement shall state the number of shares of Stock to which
the Stock Option relates.
(ii) Each Option Agreement shall specifically state whether the Option
constitutes an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(iii) Each Option Agreement shall state the option price, which, in the case of
an Incentive Stock Option (subject to Section 6(a)(ii) above) or a Non-Qualified
Stock Option shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market
Value of the shares of Stock on the date of grant.
(iv) The option price shall be paid in full, at the time of exercise, in cash
or in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such option price or in
combination of cash and such shares.
(v) Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, Stock Options shall be
exercisable commencing on the third anniversary of the grant thereof, in one or more
installments and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may determine.
Except as described in the following sentence, however, in no event shall Stock
Options be exercisable until the first anniversary of the grant thereof. The
Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any
outstanding option at such time and under such circumstances as it deems
appropriate. The exercise period shall be determined by the Committee. No Stock
Option may he exercised more than ten years after the date of grant; provided,
however, that the otherwise applicable ten year term of a Stock Option may be
extended beyond ten years, thus causing the Stock Option to generally become a
Nonqualified Option, if:
(A) the exercise period is extended to a date no later than the later
of:
(1) the 15th day of the third month following the date at which,
or
(2) December 31 of the calendar year in which,
the option would otherwise have expired if the option had not been extended,
based on the terms of the option at the original grant date, or
(B) the option is unexercisable because an exercise of the option would
violate applicable securities laws, provided that the period during which
the option may be exercised is not extended more than 30 days after the
exercise of the option first would no longer violate applicable securities
laws.
(vi) The exercise period shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in
Section 6(c)(vii) through Section 6(c)(ix) hereof. A Stock Option may be exercised
after it has become exercisable by giving written notice of such exercise to the
Committee or its designated agent.
(vii) Except as provided for in this Section 6(c)(vii) or Section 6(c)(ix)
hereof, a Stock Option may not be exercised unless the
4
Grantee is then an Employee,
and unless the Grantee has remained continuously employed since the date of the
grant of the Stock Option. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or after
grant, in the event that the employment of a Grantee shall terminate (other than by
reason of death, disability, or retirement at or after age 60), all Stock Options of
such Grantee that are exercisable at the time of termination may, unless earlier
terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised within ninety (90) days
after the date of such termination,
(viii) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or after grant, if a
Grantee shall die, or if the Grantees employment shall terminate by reason of
disability while an Employee, all Stock Options theretofore granted to such Grantee
(to the extent otherwise exercisable) may, unless earlier terminated in accordance
with their terms, be exercised by the Grantee or by the Grantees estate or by a
person who acquired the right to exercise any such Stock Options within one (1) year
after the date of termination of such Grantees employment.
(ix) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or after grant, if a
Grantee shall retire from the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof at or
after age 60, all Stock Options theretofore granted to such Grantee (to the extent
otherwise exercisable) may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their
terms, be exercised by the Grantee within three (3) years after the date of
termination of such Grantees employment.
Section 7. Changes in Capital Structure and Other Events.
(a) If there is any change in the number of shares of Stock through the declaration of
extraordinary dividends, recapitalization, stock splits, or combinations or exchanges of
shares, or in the event of an extraordinary cash dividend or other similar transaction, the
number of shares of Stock available for awards, the number of such shares covered by
outstanding awards and the price per share of Stock Options or the applicable market value
of Performance Units shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to reflect any such
changes; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall
be eliminated.
(b) Upon dissolution or liquidation of Company or upon a reorganization, merger or
consolidation of the Company with one (1) or more corporations as a result of which Company
is not the surviving corporation, or upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets
of Company, (i) the Stock Options then outstanding under the Plan will become fully vested
and exercisable, and (ii) all or some outstanding Performance Units will be immediately paid
on the basis of an amount determined by the Committee.
(c) In the event of a Change in Control, (i) all Stock Options shall immediately become
fully vested and exercisable; (ii) the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion,
determine to pay cash to any or all Stock Option holders in exchange for the cancellation of
some or all of their outstanding Stock Options; and (iv) subject to the consent of the
Grantee, the Committee may make any other adjustments to outstanding Incentive Awards or
substitute new incentive awards for such outstanding Incentive Awards as it may, in its sole
discretion, determine.
(d) Adjustments made under this Section 7 will be made by the Committee as constituted
immediately prior to the event occasioning such adjustment, whose determination as to what
adjustments will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No
fractional interest will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.
Section 8. Agreement by Grantee Regarding Withholding Taxes.
If the Committee shall so require, as a condition of exercise of a Stock Option, each Grantee
shall agree that no later than the date of exercise or other payment of an award hereunder, the
Grantee will pay to the Company
or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any federal, state, or
local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the exercise or realization of an
Incentive Award, The Committee may
5
also provide that a Grantee may elect to have the Corporation
withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable upon Stock Option exercise in satisfaction of federal,
state and local tax with Company obligations (up to an amount permitted by applicable law or
regulation, including Rule 16b-3) in connection with the exercise or realization of any such
Incentive Award.
Section 9. Term of the Plan.
Incentive Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time within a period of ten
(10) years from the date the Prior Plan was adopted by the Board, or the date the Prior Plan was
approved by the stockholders of BWIP Holding, Inc., whichever was earlier.
Section 10. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
The Board at any time and from time to time may suspend, terminate, modify, or amend the Plan;
provided, however, that any amendment that would materially increase the aggregate number of shares
of Stock as to which awards may be granted under the Plan or materially increase the benefits
accruing to Grantees under the Plan or materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for
participation in the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of the
Stock issued and outstanding to the extent required by Rule 16b-3, applicable law or any other
governing rules or regulations, except that any such increase or modification resulting from
adjustments authorized by Section 7 hereof shall not require such approval. Except as otherwise
provided for in Section 6, no suspension, termination, modification, or amendment of the Plan may
adversely affect any Incentive Award previously granted, unless the written consent of the Grantee
is obtained.
Section 11. General Provisions.
(a) All Incentive Awards shall be evidenced by an instrument in such form as the
Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan (and
with other such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan as the
Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall establish).
(b) Nothing in the Plan or in any Incentive Award granted pursuant hereto shall confer
upon an individual any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or
interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate such
employment.
(c) No shares of Stock will be issued or transferred pursuant to an Incentive Award
unless and until all then applicable requirements imposed by federal and state securities
and other laws, rules and regulations and by any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction,
and by any stock exchanges upon which the Stock may be listed, have been fully met. As a
condition precedent to the issuance of shares pursuant to the grant or exercise of an
Incentive Award, the Company may require the Participant to take any reasonable action to
meet such requirements.
(d) The Plan shall take effect upon its adoption by the Board subject to approval by
the holders of a majority of the shares of Stock which are represented in person or by proxy
and entitled to vote on the subject within twelve months after the date the Plan is adopted
by the Board.
(e) Awards granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution, and awards may be exercised or otherwise realized
during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee or by his guardian or legal
representative.
(f) The section and subsection headings are contained herein for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.
6
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
Flowserve Corporation
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction |
|
Percentage |
Name of Subsidiary |
|
of Incorporation |
|
Owned |
Flowserve S.A. |
|
Argentina |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Australia Pty. Ltd. |
|
Australia |
|
|
100 |
% |
Invensys Flow Control Australia Pty. Ltd. |
|
Australia |
|
|
100 |
% |
Thompson, Kelly & Lewis Pty. Ltd. |
|
Australia |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve (Austria) GmbH |
|
Austria |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve FSD N.V. |
|
Belgium |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Belgium N. V. |
|
Belgium |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve
Finance Belgium BVBA |
|
Belgium |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve do Brasil Ltda. |
|
Brazil |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Ltda. |
|
Brazil |
|
|
100 |
% |
Valtek Registros, Ltda. |
|
Brazil |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Canada Corp. |
|
Canada |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Canada Holding Corp. |
|
Canada |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Canada Limited Partnership |
|
Canada |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Nova Scotia Holding Corp. |
|
Canada |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Chile S.A. |
|
Chile |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve
Shanghai Limited |
|
China |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Colombia, Ltda. |
|
Colombia |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Czech Republic, s.r.o. |
|
Czech Republic |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Finance ApS |
|
Denmark |
|
|
100 |
% |
Naval OY |
|
Finland |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve France Holding S.N.C. |
|
France |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve France S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Pleuger S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Polyvalves S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Pompes S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Sales International S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
|
100 |
% |
Argus GmbH & Co. K.G. |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Deutsche Ingersoll-Dresser Pumpen GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Ahaus GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Dortmund GmbH & Co. KG |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Dortmund Verwaltungs GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction |
|
Percentage |
Name of Subsidiary |
|
of Incorporation |
|
Owned |
Flowserve Essen GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Flow Control GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Hamburg GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Gestra AG |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
IDP Pumpen GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumpen GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
IPSCO GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
65 |
% |
Audco India Ltd. |
|
India |
|
|
50 |
% |
Flowserve India Controls Pvt. Ltd. |
|
India |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Microfinish Pumps Pvt. Ltd. |
|
India |
|
|
76 |
% |
Flowserve Microfinish Valves Pvt. Ltd. |
|
India |
|
|
76 |
% |
Flowserve Sanmar Limited India |
|
India |
|
|
40 |
% |
Limitorque India Limited |
|
India |
|
|
24 |
% |
PT Flowserve |
|
Indonesia |
|
|
75 |
% |
Audco Italiana Srl |
|
Italy |
|
|
12.5 |
% |
Flowserve S.p.A. |
|
Italy |
|
|
100 |
% |
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps S.p.A. |
|
Italy |
|
|
100 |
% |
Worthington S.p.A. |
|
Italy |
|
|
100 |
% |
Ebara-Byron Jackson, Ltd. |
|
Japan |
|
|
40 |
% |
Flowserve Japan K.K. |
|
Japan |
|
|
100 |
% |
Niigata Equipment Maintenance Co., Ltd. |
|
Japan |
|
|
50 |
% |
Niigata Worthington Company Ltd. |
|
Japan |
|
|
50 |
% |
Hyosung-Ebara Co. Ltd. |
|
Korea |
|
|
5 |
% |
Korea Seal Master Company Ltd. |
|
Korea |
|
|
40 |
% |
Flowserve Finance S.a.r.l. |
|
Luxembourg |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve SAAG Sdn Bhd |
|
Malaysia |
|
|
70 |
% |
Flowserve (Mauritius) Corporation |
|
Mauritius |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve S.A. de C.V. |
|
Mexico |
|
|
100 |
% |
Industrias Medina S.A. de C.V. |
|
Mexico |
|
|
36.6 |
% |
Inmobiliaria Industrial de Leon S.A. de C.V. |
|
Mexico |
|
|
36.6 |
% |
Maquiladora Industrial de Leon S.A. de C.V. |
|
Mexico |
|
|
36.6 |
% |
Fabromatic B.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve B.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Netherlands C.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Global Lending B.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction |
|
Percentage |
Name of Subsidiary |
|
of Incorporation |
|
Owned |
Flowserve International B.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Repair & Services BV |
|
Netherlands |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Finance B.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Flow Control Benelux B.V. |
|
Netherlands |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve New Zealand Limited |
|
New Zealand |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Peru S.A.C. |
|
Peru |
|
|
100 |
% |
Gestra Polonia SP. z.o.o. |
|
Poland |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Portuguesa Mecanismos de Controlo de
Fluxos, Lda. |
|
Portugal |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve ooo |
|
Russia |
|
|
100 |
% |
Arabian Seals Company, Ltd. |
|
Saudi Arabia |
|
|
40 |
% |
Flowserve Abahsain Co. Ltd. |
|
Saudi Arabia |
|
|
60 |
% |
FlowserveAl Rushaid Company Ltd |
|
Saudi Arabia |
|
|
51 |
% |
Flowserve Flow Control Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
|
100 |
% |
Limitorque Asia Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
|
60 |
% |
Flowserve South Africa (Proprietary) Limited |
|
South Africa |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve S.A. |
|
Spain |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Spain S.A. |
|
Spain |
|
|
100 |
% |
Gestra Espanola, S.A. |
|
Spain |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Sweden AB |
|
Sweden |
|
|
100 |
% |
NAF AB |
|
Sweden |
|
|
100 |
% |
Palmstierna International AB |
|
Sweden |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve International S.A. |
|
Switzerland |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve S.A. |
|
Switzerland |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Trading Sarl |
|
Switzerland |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve (Thailand) Limited |
|
Thailand |
|
|
60 |
% |
Flowserve Al Mansoori Services Company, Ltd. |
|
United Arab Emirates |
|
|
49 |
% |
Audco Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Automax UK Ltd. |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Durco UK Ltd. |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Flow Control (U.K.) Ltd |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Flow Control Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve International Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction |
|
Percentage |
Name of Subsidiary |
|
of Incorporation |
|
Owned |
Flowserve Pumps Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve UK Finance Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Services Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
PMV Controls Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
BW/IP New Mexico, Inc. |
|
United States - Delaware |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowcom Insurance Company, Inc. |
|
United States - Hawaii |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Holdings, Inc. |
|
United States - Delaware |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve International, Inc. |
|
United States - Delaware |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Management Company |
|
United States - Delaware |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve Receivables Corporation |
|
United States - Delaware |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve US Inc. |
|
United States - Delaware |
|
|
100 |
% |
PMV USA, Inc. |
|
United States - Texas |
|
|
100 |
% |
Flowserve de Venezuela S.A. |
|
Venezuela |
|
|
100 |
% |
Hot Tapping & Plugging C.A. |
|
Venezuela |
|
|
100 |
% |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No.
333-62044) and to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos.
333-46234, 333-81707, 333-57773, 333-50667, 033-72372, 333-82081, 333-29541, and 033-62527) of
Flowserve Corporation of our report, dated June 30, 2006, relating to the consolidated financial
statements, financial statement schedule, managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, which appears in this 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Dallas, Texas
June 30, 2006
exv31w1
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
BY PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Lewis M. Kling, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 10-K
of Flowserve Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial
reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrants internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I
have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Lewis M. Kling
Lewis
M. Kling
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: June 30, 2006
exv31w2
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
BY PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Mark A. Blinn, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 10-K
of Flowserve Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial
reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrants internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I
have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Mark A. Blinn
Mark
A. Blinn
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: June 30, 2006
exv32w1
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Lewis M. Kling, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Flowserve Corporation (the Company), certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
that to my knowledge:
(1) the Annual Report of the Company on
Form 10-K
for the period ended December 31, 2005 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Annual Report) fully complies with the requirements
of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended; and
(2) the information contained in the Annual Report fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company.
Lewis M. Kling
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: June 30, 2006
exv32w2
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Mark A. Blinn, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Flowserve Corporation (the Company), certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
that to my knowledge:
(1) the Annual Report of the Company on
Form 10-K
for the period ended December 31, 2005 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Annual Report) fully complies with the requirements
of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended; and
(2) the information contained in the Annual Report fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company.
Mark A. Blinn
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: June 30, 2006